Home

Service Manual

1. ESiEN09 06 Refrigerant Circuit ERQ 250 A7W1B CHECK VALVE N moto EXPANSION VALV 56 FILTER PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE 08 ACCUMULATOR co FILTER 4 FOUR WAY VALVE D0 HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR ie X SOLENOID 90 VALVE 1 1 CHECK VALVE IZ CHECK VALVE Z FILTER FILTER HIGH PRESSURE 8 HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SH z HH SENSOR CAPILLARY 95 FILTER 58 TUBE 9 FILTER gt A COMPRESSOR FILTER CAPILLARY TUBE CAPILLARY X cop son FILTER 7 TUBE TUM TI 8 amp XSOLENOIDVAVE ow PRESSURE s P SENSOR Y ad i STOP VALVE WITH SERVICE PORT 07 9mm FLARE CONNECTION 7 7 J 7 E 7 30050784 Refrigerant Circuit 17 Functional Parts Layout ESiEN09 06 2 Functional Parts Layout 2 1 ERQ 125 A7W1B Plan Accumulator ass y Solenoid valve accumulato
2. In cooling 1 Faulty Faulty low pressure sensor lt Are the electrical characteristics normal Faulty low compressor lt 15 the pressure value checked with the Service Checker pressure capacity Faulty controli PGE corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor control control Faulty low pressure sensor lt the electrical characteristics normal Faulty low In both codling Protection Faulty hot gas solenoid valve Are the coil resistance and insulation normal and heating control s the pressure value checked with the Service Checker x 2 eT Faulty control corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor normally low 5 Ice press In cooling Faulty valve coil lt the coil resistance and insulation normal Low evaporating f the AHU expansion valve temperature electronic Faulty valve body expansion valve is
3. ERQ 200 A7W1B CHECK VALVE N ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE ELECTRONIC ui EXPANSION VALVE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE D CHECK VALVE TYPE ACCUMULATOR Ce FILTER HIGH PRESSURE 90 I SENPH SENSOR e SOLENOID OO VALVE Z CHECK VALVE 18 FILTER LR HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH CAPILLARY TUBE 90 FILTER AN CAPILLARY FILTER E FILTER lex ae LOW PRESSURE apr Q SENSOR Dr I I STOP VALVE WITH SERVICE PORT 07 9mm FLARE CONNECTION B 30050783 Refrigerant Circuit 15 Refrigerant Circuit ESiEN09 06 1 3 ERQ 250 A7W1B No in refrigerant system Symbol Name Major Function diagram A M1C Inverter compressor INV Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 210Hz by using the inverter while Standard compressor is operated with commercial power supply Standard compressor 1 only The number of operating steps is as foll
4. Piping Diagrams ESiEN09 06 1 Piping Diagrams 11 Outdoor Unit ERQ 125 A7W1B Pressure Filter regulating valve NH check valve type Electronic expansion valve Solenoid valve Accumulator Capillary tube Four way valve isa High pressure sensor Check valve Z Filter Fa L Filter Capillary tube Filter E o8 Solenoid High pressure valve Filter Bh switch Filter COMPRESSOR INV Capillary tube 85 Solenoid valve OX Low pressure Stop valve with service port 7 9 flare connection 3D050782 260 Appendix ESiEN09 06 Piping Diagrams ERQ 200 A7W1B Check valve N Electronic expansion valve expansion valve of Electronic lat Filter Pressure regulating valve check valve type Accumulator Filter Bil se High pressure sensor Solenoid OX 12 Check valve Filter E High pr
5. Tightening torque N m Turn clockwise to close Shutoff valve size Ca Shaft valve body valve lid Service port 9 5 5 4 6 6 Hexagonal wrench 13 5 16 5 12 7 8 1 9 9 18 0 22 0 _ Hexagonal wrench 11 5 13 9 15 9 13 5 16 5 B mm 22 5 27 5 19 1 27 0 33 0 Hexagonal wrench 025 4 8mm Service port 1 7 Seal section A N Hex holes Shaft valve bod fig 34 To open 1 Remove the cap and turn the shaft counterclockwise with the hexagon wrench JISB4648 2 Turn it until the shaft stops 3 Make sure to tighten the cap securely For the tightening torque refer to the item Tightening Torque gt To close 1 Remove the cap and turn the shaft clockwise with the hexagon wrench JISB4648 2 Securely tighten the valve until the shaft contacts the main body seal 3 Make sure to tighten the cap securely For the tightening torque refer to the item Tightening Torque gt Test Operation 95 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 1 2 4 2 Procedure of Adding Refrigerant Charging and Check Operation A Warning A Electric Shock Warning N Caution Make sure to close the EL COMPO BOX lid before turning on the power when performing the refrigerant charging operation Perform the setting on the PC board A1P of the outdoor unit and check the LED display after the power is on via the inspection doo
6. gt Je SPS lt gt lt 2 H3 H5 H5 H6 H7 H8 NOTES DAIKIN EKEQMCBV3 CONTENTS Page Lait fore tC 79 Before installation e eret te teeth 79 Installation rr emere reiner ren 80 MEE 80 Name and function Of parts euo er ret er eite enn 80 Before installation uu etr reete tret 80 Selecting the installation a 81 Piping installation 81 Valve anc 83 Installation of the electrical control 84 Electric WINING WORK cia cere cerent rere to te ertet 84 Installationvof thermlistOrs nre ctr n nen enorm nennen 86 Refrigerant piping WO K u cir pee eben 87 87 Operation and maintenance 87 What to do before operation eee edes 87 Operation and display 87 Troubleshooting eoo rectori 88 Maintenance 2 88 Disposal requirements Cen eee 88 A READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION IMPROPER INSTALLATION OR ATTACHMENT OF EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES COULD R
7. Em 3 a 3 U7 x x 3 3 e 3 3 3x qx 3 3 3 qx NM UA e x 3 e x id e x w J O EG e i G x mele e Xk d xk UH EC e e x UJ E U e x malfunction first digit malfunction second digit malfunction in detail malfunction in detail 1 Master Slave1 e Slave2 xk System 184 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 1 RO AHU Error of External Protection Device Remote Control Display Applicable All AHU models Models Method of Detect open or short circuit between external input terminals in AHU Malfunction Detection Malfunction When an open circuit occurs between external input terminals with the remote control set to Decision external ON OFF terminal Conditions Supposed m Actuation of external protection device Causes W improper field set m Defect of AHU PC board Troubleshooting A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred External
8. 13 C H SELECTOR TOINID UNIT AIP 19 17 16 051 5 1234 ON OFF t 22 20 14 13 15 16 25 21 DAIKIN ERQ125A7W1B ERQ200A7W1B Inverter condensing unit Installation manual ERQ250A7W1B CONTENTS Page 55 The refrigerant R410A requires strict cautions for keeping cerca cora 142 the system clean dry and tight 1 1 Combination 142 1 2 Standard supplied accessories 142 E and s ial includi oil h 1 3 Technical and Electrical specifications 142 oreign ma erlals inc uding minera oils such as 2 Maitt componeris rer tet iere tenete einer 142 SUNISO oil or moisture should be prevented from getting mixed into the system ENEC Cibi 142 W Tight 4 Inspecting and handling the
9. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ERQ125A7W1B ERQ200A7W1B ERQ250A7W1B Nominal Cooling kW 14 0 22 4 28 0 capacity Heating kw 16 0 25 0 31 5 COP Cooling 3 98 4 29 3 77 Heating 4 00 4 50 4 09 Capacity range HP 5 8 10 Nominal input Cooling kW 3 52 5 22 7 42 Heating kW 4 00 5 56 7 70 PED category 2 Casing Colour Daikin white Material Painted galvanised steel Dimensions Unit Height mm 1680 Width mm 635 930 Depth mm 765 Packing Height mm 1855 Width mm 796 1055 Depth mm 860 Weight Unit kg 159 187 240 Packed unit kg 182 217 273 Packing Carton kg 3 8 4 02 information wood kg 19 15 20 85 Plastic kg 0 215 0 265 Heat Specifications Length mm 1483 1778 exchanger Nr of rows 54 Fin pitch 2 Nr of passes 8 18 Face area m 1 762 2 112 Nr of stages 2 Empty tubeplate 0 hole Tube type HI XSS 8 Fin Type Non symmetric waffle louvre Treatment Hydrophylic and anti corrosion resistant Fan Type Propeller Quantity 1 Airflow rate Cooling m min 95 171 185 nominal at 230V Heating m min 95 171 185 External static pressure Pa 78 Pa in high static pressure Discharge direction Vertical Motor Quantity 1 Model Brushless DC Speed rpm Output w 350 750 Speed nominal rpm Cooling Speed rpm nominal Heating Compressor Quantity 1 2 Motor Quantity 1 Model Inverter Speed rpm 6300 7980 6300 cae RW 2 8 3 8 1 2 Hermetically sealed scroll compressor Quantity 0 1 Model ON OFF Speed rpm 2900
10. Actuator Operation Compressor OFF Outdoor unit fan D cou Four way valve Holds Main motorized valve EV1 0 pls Subcooling motorized EV2 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF Accumulator oil return valve SVO OFF Injection SVT ERQ 125 A7W1B model OFF Ending conditions 3 min 3 5 2 Crankcase Heater Control In order to prevent the refrigerant from melting in the compressor oil in the stopped mode this mode is used to control the crankcase heater Crankcase heater OFF Discharge pipe temperature 70 C gt heater Discharge pipe temperature 75 C ON 34 Function ESiEN09 06 Special Control 3 6 Stopping Operation 3 6 1 When System is in Stop Mode Normal operation stop This mode is used to define actuator operations when the system stops Actuator Operation Compressor OFF Outdoor unit fan OFF Four way valve Holds Main motorized valve EV1 0 pls Subcooling motorized valve EV2 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF Accumulator oil return valve SVO OFF Injection SVT ERQ 125 model only OFF Ending conditions AHU thermostat is turned ON 3 6 2 Stop due to Malfunction In order to protect compressors if any of the following items has an abnormal value the system will make stop with thermostat OFF and the malfunction will be determined according to
11. Cross section Maximum length Description Connect to Type of cable mm2 m Specifications Power supply Power supply H05VV F3G2 5 2 5 Power supply 230 V 1 50 Hz Y1 Y6 Expansion valve Expansion valve kt LIYCY3 x 2 x 0 75 20 Digital output 12 V DC connection R1 R2 Thermistor R2T liquid pipe A Standard 2 5 R3 R4 Thermistor R3T Max 20 Analog input 16 V DC gas pipe 0 75 R5 R6 Thermistor R1T air H05VV F2 x 0 75 P1 P2 Remote control icati 100 Communication line 16 V DC piro Communication to Outdoor unit outdoor unit T1 T2 ON OFF Digital input 16 V DC Capacity step Error signal Controller field supply LIVCY4 x 2x 0 75 Optional connection when the function of the switch box needs to be 9 extended see KRP4A51 for details of settings and instructions Operation signal Air handling unit fan Digital output voltage free C1 C2 Fan signal field supply HOSVV F3G2 5 25 Maximum 230 V maximum 2 A Recommended size all wiring must comply with local codes Wiring diagram Printed circuit board Field wiring Printed circuit board option KRP4 ON Live Fuse 250 V F5A A1P Nasce ae Neutral Field fuse Es Connector Light emitting diode service monitor green iene eee Wire clamp Magnetic rela 9 Protective earth screw Magnetic relay Separate component Earth leakage breaker Em gne Optional accessory Thermistor air Therm
12. i ON e OFF xt Blink Malfunction Operation Inspection Unit No Malfunction contents Page code lamp display Referred AHU AO E E 3k Error of external protection device 185 A1 3k E E PC board defect E PROM defect 186 A3 3k E 3k Malfunction of drain level control system S1L 187 A6 3k xk Fan motor lock overload 189 9 3k xk E Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion 190 valve 20E AF x e Drain level about limit 192 AH x e 3k Malfunction of air filter maintenance AJ 3k xk Malfunction of capacity setting 193 C4 3k xk 3k Malfunction of thermistor R2T for heat exchange 194 loose connection disconnection short circuit failure C5 E E d Malfunction of thermistor R3T for gas pipes loose 195 connection disconnection short circuit failure C9 3k xk 3k Malfunction of thermistor R1T for air inlet loose 196 connection disconnection short circuit failure GJ xt xt x Malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote control 197 Outdoor Unit E1 3k ES PC board defect 198 E3 3k Actuation of high pressure switch 199 E4 3k es Actuation of low pressure sensor 201 E5 3k E 3k Compressor motor lock 203 E6 3k x ES Standard compressor lock or over current 205 E7 xk E 3k Malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor 206 E9 xk xk 3k Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion 209 valve Y1E Y2E F3 E E Ei Abnormal discharge pipe temperature 211 F6 3k E 3k Refrigerant overcharged
13. Field Setting ESiEN09 06 c Monitor mode LED display No Setting item Data display H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P To enter the monitor mode push the 0 Various settings e ele e Lower4 digits MODE BS1 button when in I Setting mode 1 1 C H unified address 2 Low noise demand address ke e e 3 Not used x x 4 Airnet address 6 digit 5 Number of connected AHUs lt Selection of setting item gt 6 Number of connected BS units xke e ex xe Push the SET BS2 button and set Number of connected zone units the LED display to a setting item 7 excluding outdoor and BS unit 8 Number of outdoor units Kl e e 9 Number of connected BS units ke upper 10 Number of connected BS units WT e mitad Confirmation setting contents Number of zone units excluding iqi lt g gt l outdoor and BS unit 3x Io x iS Lower 6 digits Push the RETURN BS3 button to Lower 4 digits display different data of set items 12 Number ofterminal blocks 13 Number of terminal blocks ke rx x e x paid Contents of malfunction the Malfunction 14 latest 3k e e T i it 9 code table Contents of malfunction Ref 15 1 cycle before x ease Contents of malfunction 16 2 cycle before ue e e
14. Xppumoy jou T opens 121 usu dev ud did susp een d avav pm oad Jassy Gosuas _ oni pap esirai ETJ lavar Addins nod 54 jojo E un SCA STAA ETEEN SLAEN EE a aouen b sornas duong dn yr uspatep vounge Suusytj BaL aedd dH dH diH etutio oos azv asng _ 95 NSi vere nid ve estote ins did pede 2 lesen iso 165 uS und div dov div Bien 263 Appendix ESiEN09 06 Wiring Diagrams for Reference ERQ 200 A7W1B uogsog i BRAS 940 Weald NYJ alg NYG SYM LHM 9719 N78 qas 7 Hd LS 3919p uogoajaid q eu jou oq 9 US ZSA LSC Pu 658 158 asn uo pue 24 14 oj uonoeuuoo 1340Y 6 uogejejsul y 0 13421 igydepe uondo ay ueuM i mauos
15. 165 or fire when making contact with electrical parts 11 Troubleshooting ctt 166 Ask your dealer for improvement repair and maintenance 12 After sales service and warranly teet 167 Incomplete improvement repair and maintenance may result in 12 1 After Sales service uuu 167 a water leakage electric shock and fire 12 2 Shortening of maintenance cycle and replacement cycle Do not insert fingers rods or other objects into the air inlet or needs to be considered in following situations 167 outlet When the fan is rotating at high speed it will cause injury Never let the air handling unit or the remote control get wet Thank you for purchasing this Daikin air conditioner It may cause an electric shock or a fire Carefully read this operation manual before using the air Never use a flammable spray such as hair spray lacquer or conditioner It will tell you how to use the unit properly and paint near the unit help you if any trouble occurs After reading the manual It may cause a fire file it away for future reference Never replace a fuse with that of wrong ampere ratings or other The Enalish text is th Other wires when a fuse blows out e ng IS tex IS e origina insirucuon er languages Use of wire or copper wire may cause the unit to break down or translations of the original instructions cause a fire Never
16. Check the compressor for abnormal sounds vibration operating conditions and others according to the Compressor Diagnosis Procedure 230 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 35 LC Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Transmission Between Inverter and Control PC Board I Remote Control LL Display Applicable ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Models Method of Check the communication state between inverter PC board and control PC board by micro Malfunction computer Detection Malfunction When the correct communication is not conducted in certain period Decision Conditions Supposed Malfunction of connection between the inverter PC board and outdoor control PC board Causes Defect of outdoor control PC board transmission section Defect of inverter PC board Defect of noise filter Faulty fan inverter Incorrect type of fan inverter Faulty compressor Faulty fan motor Troubleshooting 231 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Are the fan transmission Wire connectors X3A Black gt Connect the connectors ee
17. Pay special attention to places such as a basements etc where refrigerant can stay since refrigerant is heavier than air Procedure for checking maximum concentration Check the maximum concentration level in accordance with steps 1 to 4 below and take whatever action is necessary to comply 1 Calculate the amount of refrigerant kg charged to each system separately amount of additional charging total amount of refrigerant in a amount amountof refrigerant kg in single unit system refrigerant added the system amount of locally in refrigerant with accordance with which the system the length or is charged before diameter of the leaving the factory refrigerant piping NOTE Where a single refrigerant facility is divided into tz 2 entirely independent refrigerant systems use the amount of refrigerant with which each separate system is charged 2 Calculate the smallest room volume m3 In a case such as the following calculate the volume of A B as a single room or as the smallest room A Where there are no smaller room divisions f cr EE ES SOY 0 Where there is room division but there is opening between the rooms sufficiently large to permit a free flow of air back and forth a 1 opening between rooms 2 partition Where there is an opening
18. Inverter current gt 14 7A from current compressor frequency Inverter current gt 14 7A gt Under inverter current protection control nverter current lt 14 7A amp gt INV upper limit frequency 1 step down upper limit frequency Inverter current lt 14 7A continues for 20 sec or more p INV upper limit frequency 1 step up from current compressor frequency Inverter current 16 1A continues for 260 sec Inverter current standby Inverter fin temperature control Nomal operation When occurring 4 times within 60 min the malfunction code L8 is output A Tfin gt 84 C INV upper limit frequency 1 step amp 5 limit 1 min down from current P E compressor rps Tfin gt 84 C Under fin temperature protection control Inverter fin temp lt 81 C continues for 3 min or more INV upper limit frequency 1 step 1 min up Tfin gt 93 C Fin temp standby from current compressor frequency Interval e When occurring 4 times within 60 min the malfunction code L4 is output Function 39 Protection Control ESiEN09 06 4 5 STD Compressor Overload Protection This control is used to prevent abnormal heating due to overcurrent to the compressor resulting from failures of STD
19. 237 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure 240 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 276 Pressure Sensor 272 Procedure and Outline 91 Protection Control 36 Pump down Residual Operation 33 R Refrigerant Circuit 12 RXYOT0B 12P uuu unie 16 Is feb PC E TE 12 RXYQ P p X P 14 Refrigerant Cylinders 278 Refrigerant Overcharged 212 Restart Standby uuu 34 Reverse Phase Open Phase 239 S Service TOONS iro 279 Setting by pushbutton switches 118 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation sirenaren ini eaud 128 Special Control 29 Specifications 8 Outdoor Units uuu rei tret ni 8 SLANG DY E E A TT 34 Startup Control eir treten e Herr pela 29 STD Compressor Overload Protection 40 Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans 27 Stopping Operation 35 Symptom based Troubleshooting 171 System is not Set yet 250
20. Push the RETURN 3 button and switch to the initial status of Monitor mode Push the IMODE BS1 button and return to Setting mode 1 Contents of malfunction Malfunction code Open phase Power supply imbalance Imbalance of inverter power supply P1 voltage Faulty temperature sensor inside Switch box Faulty thermistor of inverter box Faulty temperature sensor of inverter radiation fin Faulty thermistor of inverter fin P4 Incorrect combination of Inverter and fan driver Gas shortage Incorrect combination of inverter PJ Incorrect combination of fan driver 1 Incorrect combination of fan driver 2 Gas shortage alarm Reverse phase Reverse phase error Abnormal power supply voltage Insufficient Inverter voltage Inverter open phase phase T Charging error of capacitor in inverter main circuit No implementation of test run Transmission error between AHU and outdoor unit transmission error transmission error Transmission error between outdoor units transmission error between thermal storage units duplication of IC address Sequential startup ADP alarm Sequential startup ADP malfunction Malfunction of transmission between multi units Multi 1 Malfunction of transmission between multi units Multi 2 Abnormal multi horsepower setting Detail Abnormal multi ad
21. 221 222 L 223 ERR 225 LG sce RA E T 227 E 229 ES 231 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 267 Outdoor Unit uq ee nen nens 267 Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure 238 Low Pressure Protection Control 37 M Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit PC board 181 Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device 193 Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R3 R31 99T ua ua eme bete 216 Malfunction of Drain Level Control System S1L 187 Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor 221 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Bie 223 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Index ESiEN09 06 Rise SensOr ev 235 Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor R6T 219 Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor 222 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve 190 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Y2E 2 e 209 Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor 206 Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor 220 Malfunction of System Refrigerant System Address Undefined nre ete ees
22. 3 1 Operation sound level set with Low noise mode instructing setting Operation sound set with Operation sound set with External low noise setting When external low noise External low noise setting instruction is received during the operation with night time 8 00 10 00 PM 0 00 6 00 AM 7 00 AM 8 00 low noise mode Mode 2 Set with Night time low noise start setting Factory setting is PM 10 00 precedes Mode 1 and Mode 3 Set with Night time low noise end setting precedes Moda Factory setting is AM 8 00 V3080 Test Operation 129 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 Setting of Demand Operation By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the outdoor unit external control adapter optional the power consumption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the compressor operating condition Set item Condition Content Demand 1 Mode 1 The compressor operates at approx 60 or less of rating Mode 2 The compressor operates at approx 70 or less of rating Mode 3 The compressor operates at approx 80 or less of rating Demand 2 The compressor operates at approx 40 or less of rating A When the demand operation is carried out by external instructions with the use of the external control adapter for outdoor unit 1 While in Setting mode 2 set the
23. 38 4 4 Inverter Protection Control 39 4 5 STD Compressor Overload Protection 40 4 6 Injection Control only Tor ERO 125 A7W1B 40 Other Control 41 5 1 Emergency Operation only for 250 A7W1B 41 Table of Contents i ESiEN09 06 5 2 ccce etate ii a Ves uaa 43 5 3 Heating Operation Prohibition 43 6 Outline or Control LL ae aie ea ud ti bts 44 6 1 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control only for Z control 44 6 2 c a Hot Start Control In Heating Operation Only 45 0 3 Freeze tbe tte aR eR YU 46 64 Low Outdoor Air Temperature Protection Control 47 Part 5 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 49 1 Co O Different Systems with their Control Boxes 50 1 4 System du Lm 50 12 System B MUET MET 52 Ya Z a a RCM 55 21 u u iie Re aE ra pate t v an a asas 55 2 2 Y GOMUO sees
24. V2 ES ef 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 6850 h Pressure Enthalpy curves of HFC 32 125 50 50wt 276 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 06 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A m Thermodynamic characteristic of R 410A DAIREP ver2 0 Temperature Steam pressure Density Specific heat at constant Specific enthalpy Specific entropy C kPa kg m pressure kJ kgK KJ kg KJ KgK Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor 36 13 40 83 46 02 51 73 58 00 64 87 72 38 80 57 89 49 99 18 101 32 109 69 121 07 133 36 146 61 160 89 176 24 192 71 210 37 229 26 249 46 271 01 293 99 318 44 344 44 372 05 401 34 432 36 465 20 499 91 536 58 575 26 616 03 658 97 704 15 751 64 801 52 853 87 908 77 966 29 1026 5 1089 5 1155 4 1224 3 1296 2 1371 2 1449 4 1530 9 1615 8 1704 2 1796 2 1891 9 1991 3 2094 5 2201 7 2313 0 2428 4 2548 1 2672 2 2800 7 2933 7 3071 5 3214 0 3361 4 3513 8 3671 3 3834 1 4002 1 4175 7 4166 8 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 277 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 06 1 2 Refrigerant Cylinders W Cylinder specifications e The cylinder is painted refrigerant color pink e The oylinder valve is equipped with a siphon tube Cylinder i Siphon tube Refrigerant can be charged in liquid
25. 7 Low pressure Compressor Inverter SINPL Solenoid valve M1C Accumulator oil return Conp lead wire Inverter Y28 M1C Thermistor Suction pipe R2T Crank case heater wire E1HC Refrigerant Circuit 19 Functional Parts Layout ESiEN09 06 2 33 ERQ 250 A7W1B Plan Accumulator LL Pressure switch High D e Heat exchanger pressure protection S1PH 3 6 Pressure switch High pressure protection 52 Thermistor M1C Discharge pipe Thermis R31T R32T or M2C Discharge pipe Front View Fan motor M1F Thermistor Sub cooling heat exchanger e R5T RM Thermistor Inlet pipe of accumulator Pressure sensor R7T High pressure Electronic expansion valve S1NPH Y2E Electronic expansion valve Y1E 4 Way valve Y3S 2 Thermistor Air R1T Solenoid valve Hot gas bypass 719 Thermistor Coil R4T Thermistor Liquid pipe R6T A Conp lead wire STD1 M2C Compressor STD1 Compressor Inverter M2C M1C Crank case heater wire Conp lead wire Inverter E2HC M1C Crank case heater wire Pressure sensor Low pressure S1NPL Solenoid valve
26. Magnetic relay operation compressor ON OFF gt Connector Magnetic relay fan o eee Wire clamp Enas Magnetic relay defrost signal K1R KAR KPR Magnetic relay Earth leakage breaker Thermistor liquid ROW oce Thermistor gas RO sayway a Resistance 120 Capacity adapter Transformer 220 21 8 V X1M X2M X3M Terminal block ees Electronic expansion valve X1M C7 C8 Output fan ON OFF X1M C9 C10 Output defrost signal X1M R1 R2 Thermistor liquid Thermistor gas X1M Y1 6 Expansion valve X2M C1 C2 Output error status Protective earth screw Separate component Optional accessory Black Blue Brown Green Gray Orange Pink Red EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 69 Connecting the wiring EKEQDCBV3 Connect the wires to the terminal board according to the wiring diagram in figure 5 See figure 6 for wiring intake in the control box The wiring intake hole indication H1 refers to the H1 cable of the corresponding wiring diagram Connect cables according to specifications of the next table Table connection and application
27. ed d e kane c ner nutu na 56 2 9 tenet Rid d NON DI usu 57 Wiring Diagram of Control Box nenne tke Etruria 58 3 1 e M 58 3 2 59 IU SPEI UNS C T T o o S SS 60 System A EKEQF amp EKEQD box Installation and Operation Manual 61 System B EKEQM box Installation and Operation Manual 76 Part 6 Test Operation 89 1 N SST BST T TT 90 1 1 Installation ProCeSS ries o uuu uuu bah kai aage 90 1 2 Procedure and Outline uuu uu u 91 1 3 Operation When Power is Turned 104 Outdoor Unit PC Board 105 a Eu 106 3 1 Field Setting from Remote Pub Ub vo S cose aat n HAE 106 3 2 Field Setting from Outdoor rri ie Pa 114 Part 7 Installation and Operation Manual 137 Part 8 Troubleshooting 169 1 Symptom based Troubleshooting eere e 171 2 Troubleshooting by Remote Control s 174 2 1 The INSPECTION TEST 174 2 2 Self di
28. A093 01d Gi gt jojoeuuo diys irc E XOQUOUMS pls no syed JO uonie9Ipu F Buuw AES z 100pjno oj s lldde Ajuo siu S J0N pe sme ER aet SXSSCESS omo eg am aE NUN UTEM UN LN p uonsog azon nie AlddfiS Appendix 264 Wiring Diagrams for Reference ERQ 250 A7W1B ESiEN09 06 q gp ya sou ipcoyue sis x 40 9085 1894 00 ay DW 4 T A eDueiQ 940 USAID NUD 819 AUD ET pm sa oson az p p p p p n NYG MTA SWUM LHM nlq r8 qas Weg y18 L 5 Aq yun y eyeredo jou 9 nen an L YAMS ZSA LSA pue 658 158 oj uo pue EN anea auone XA 24 14 1 oj 104 uonel ejsu 0 6 omona GIA mw su 0 uondo y ueuM IN Io uoqsoq rm cJ i x xa 9 ui 4
29. A1P 28 lt gt X61A lt gt X402A A2P A3P X1A lt gt X403A 2 P1 P2 lt gt Reactor terminal L1R P3 N3 lt P1 N1 A4P e P2 N2 lt gt P1 N1 YES inverter PC board caused If any wiring has damage replace the harness Has the fan YES gt A3P Replace the inverter PC board the PC board replaced is badly damaged the compressor is likely to get faulty To make sure recheck the compressor driver caused damage gt A4P A8P Replace the fan driver PC board If the PCB replaced is badly damaged the fan motor is likely to get faulty To make sure recheck the compressor Turn ON the power supply top standby before YES Recheck for the power supply If the fan rotates Sto p standby when the MES 7 there is no problem with the power supply replace the A2P noise filter PC board If the malfunction recurs replace the inverter PC board compressor starts YES 7 Recheck for the power supply If there is no problem with the power supply replace the A3P inverter PC board the PC board replaced is badly damaged compressor is likely to get faulty To make sure recheck the compressor The U2 malfunction recurs NO 7 Check the harness and then replace it if necessary gt End of measures w The malfuncti
30. Does the refrigerant type of AHU and outdoor unit match YES Matches the refrigerant type of AHU and outdoor unit Is ita multi outdoor unit connection system Replace the outdoor unit main PC board combination of master unit and slave unit Change to a correct combination gt Replace the outdoor unit main PC board V2827 The number of AHUs that can be connected to a single outdoor unit system depends on the model of outdoor unit Troubleshooting 249 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 47 UF System is not Set yet Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All models of AHUs ERQ 125 250 A7W1 On check operation the number of AHUs in terms of transmission is not corresponding to that of AHUs that have made changes in temperature The malfunction is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through checking the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation improper connection of transmission wiring between AHU outdoor units and outdoor outdoor units W Failure to execute check operation W Defect of AHU PC board W Stop valve is left in closed Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred A Cau
31. 1 U 1 P3 U Notless t may take time to than determine the voltage 2 P3 V 2 01 2 P3 M 1 2V due to capacitor 3 P3 W 3 P3 W including charge or else 4 U P3 4 U P3 5 v It may take 5 V P3 6 W P3 Notless time to 6 W P3 than determine the 7 N3 U 15kQ resistance due 7 N3 U 0 3 to 0 7V including to capacitor 8 N3 V charge or else 8 N3 V 9 N3 W 9 N3 W 10 U N3 10 U N3 Notless lt may take time to than determine the voltage 11 V N3 2 to 15kQ 11 V N3 12V due to capacitor 12 W N3 12 including charge or else 2 Diode module checking When using the analog type of multiple tester make measurement in resistance measurement mode in the x1kQ range When using the digital type of multiple tester make measurement in diode check mode Measuring Measuring No point Criterion Remark No point Criterion Remark 1 P1 J1 1 P1 J1 Notless t may take time to than determine the voltage 2 P1 42 2 to 15kQ 2 P1 J2 12V due to capacitor 3 P1 J3 3 P1 J3 including charge or else 4 J1 P1 4 J1 P1 5 J2 P1 It may take 5 J2 P1 6 J3 P1 Notless time to 6 J3 P1 than determine the 7 N3 J1 15kQ resistance due 7 N3 J1 0 3 to 0 7V including to capacitor 8 N3 J2 charge or else 8 N3 J2 9 N3 J3 9 N3 J3 10 J1 N3 10 J1 N3 Notless t may take time to than determine the
32. If A gt B for C minutes thermo off is applied for C minutes After C minutes the units starts to operate Mode n setting Setting switch n Setting position n Setting min 51 2 00 2 3 01 4 3 02 6 3 03 8 3 04 2 5 4 06 6 5 07 8 5 08 2 7 09 4 7 10 6 7 11 8 7 12 2 10 13 4 10 14 6 10 15 8 10 5 3 Z control Standard Daikin thermostat on off control 6 Target Refrigerant Temperature Setting 6 1 X control Cooling Upper amp lower limit of Ta can be chosen Mode n setting Setting switch n Setting position n Setting Lower limit Upper limit Te 51 1 00 7 20 01 3 20 02 0 20 03 3 20 04 7 15 05 3 15 06 0 15 07 3 15 08 7 10 10 0 10 11 3 10 12 7 8 13 3 8 14 0 8 15 3 8 Test Operation 111 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 m Heating Upper amp lower limit of T can be chosen Mode n setting Setting switch n Setting position n Setting Lower limit Upper limit C 51 0 00 30 55 01 35 55 02 40 55 03 43 55 04 30 50 05 35 50 06 40 50 07 43 50 08 30 49 09 35 49 10 40 49 12 30 45 13 35 45 14 40 45 15 43 45 6 2 Y control Since there is no
33. Introduction ESiEN09 06 IN Caution Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly and if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation fire or an electrical shock If the installation platform or frame has corroded replace it Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall resulting in injury Check the grounding and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair and make sure that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock Be sure to check the drainage of the AHU after the repair Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture and floor 1 1 4 Using Icons Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information The meaning of each icon is described in the table below 1 1 5 Using Icons List Icon Type of Description Information Note A note provides information that is not indispensable but may nevertheless be valuable to the reader such as tips and tricks Note Caution A caution is used when there is danger that the reader through A incorrect manipulation may damage equipment loose data get Caution an unexpe
34. Jojsiuueu edid pinbr edid seo M ENSE ENSE D A Am dt mre ad A Ionuo5s uo s d z Ajuo godoax 893033 t i ZHOS AOEZ L Ajddns 4 a S om Bb te 2 8240393 uoneurquioo I 1 1 gems s 3 i 1 1 4 uonogjos 2 jeou jooo 1 s gt f i i l i i z3 13 seu Z gt sasa P edid HUN OFF V TET pun Bursuepuoo uo pejoeuuoo o AYA jue eJd tuonueny Oud dH 9 S p ZH0S A08Z L Ajddns 1amod pajeoipeq 51 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 Different Systems with their Control Boxes ESiEN09 06 Allowable lengths and heights System A P E EXV kit P s d f NS EU 5 ERQ Control AHU D or F type L j C _____ gr L DDC Allowable height AHU lt 5 Total system lt 30 m EXV kit outdoor unit can be above or below the AHU outdoor Piping Communication A B D E F 125 ER d d an 200 5 lt
35. 17 The outdoor gets While stopping operation The reason is thatthe compressor Normal operation hot is warmed up to provide smooth startup of the system 18 Hot air comes Hot air is felt while the system On VRV systems small quantity Normal operation out from the system even though it stops stops of refrigerant is fed to AHUs in the stopped state when other AHUs are in operation 19 The system does not cool air well The system is in dry operation The reason is that the dry operation serves not to reduce the room temperature where possible Change the system to cooling operation Troubleshooting 173 Troubleshooting by Remote Control ESiEN09 06 2 Troubleshooting by Remote Control 2 1 The INSPECTION TEST Button The following modes can be selected by using the Inspection Test Operation button on the remote control Press Inspection Test Operation button for more than 4 seconds Service data can be obtained Malfunction code history Temperature data of various sections Service settings can be made Forced fan ON AHU settings can be made Others Local setting mode Press Inspection Test Operation button for more than 4 seconds Press Inspection Test Operation button once Press Inspection Test Operation button once Press Inspection Test Operation Or after
36. edid sec F aki 1 AMA quw Sa bt cab edid sec l LnHvAA seo ZO m Senna me 2214 ZHOS A00b S uu ls S ANA uo 10 Jo Jequinu Jo uonoeuuoo ZH0S A08Z L a SI pej euuoo eq ueo u SIN AX3 JO Ajddns pejeoipeg WIH AXA AYA 8 53 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 Different Systems with their Control Boxes ESiEN09 06 Allowable lengths and heights System B EXV kit B er r Y r 7 VRV k gt Control Box AHU H P amp VRV oow _ L 5 WN N C N b Indoor 1 y r 1 Indoorn Allowable height AHU1 E Total system lt 40m EXV kit 1 m outdoor unit can be above AHUn or below lt 5m EXV kit outdoor Piping Communication A B B C D E follow std VRV considersameas1 lt 5m VRV wiring lt 50m lt 50m indoor unit length policy Connection ratio 50 110 54 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 ESiEN09 06 X Y Z Control 2 X Y Z Control The D F M boxes have different types of control giving the ability
37. 0peuuo dys euwel Kins das 7 lt ov CO yun 100pjno oj s lldde juo urei amp eip Buu siu aw enpou amod MIA S8 0N Indu ssonap Hees tos yuoung vu yams ainssaid HdzS HdiS Josuos JANIS Bu somes ainssaig 7 HdNIS uondo IZN 1268 soenunsoy APII IIN eddpnbn EC 1 wxeyeH dou _ dey OBP db ay corona estes Josse 7 ons gt meag doeane 00 pap esos ETJ avv dns Buts 7 vey _ 0ssexhumo Joe _ w SEAM SZAMA UNDUE Wa E an 2 un 0peuoo ageun 7 a Jg auben I A uaib ouou exuues IeL amdud dzH deH diH oBueio pyuou sawas ev vert nue eon moi pod nes aw nose nai mid aw ve asna Ja esee yews 250150 _ Lee E NN lt ry weet sss I mien ay 70 D D Mp aansaorzoor ne l EN POE dev av ay T AI HOMO EN NER BeWwappaud 265 Appendix ESiEN09 06 for Reference iagrams
38. 12 11 ERQ 125 ATW IB a A Rag Fu RENTEN REA 12 1 2 ERQ200 ATW IB E 14 1 3 250 A7W1B esee nemi reino na naa L daa na Eran omar sacs 16 Functional Parts Layout dnan 18 2 1 ERO 125 ATW TB tete da sei aaa amia d a ro aqu dad aka 18 2 2 ERQ 200 AT7WYATB 19 2 3 ERQ 250 A7W1B Refrigerant Circuit Refrigerant Circuit ESiEN09 06 1 Refrigerant Circuit ERQ 125 A7W1B 1 1 No in puc Symbol Name Major Function diagram Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 188Hz by using _ A M1C Inverter compressor INV The number of operating steps is as follows when Inverter compressor is RXYQ5P 18 steps Since the system is of air heat exchanging type the fan is operated at 9 step rotation D MF Inverter fan speed by using the inverter E Y1E Electronic expansion valve While in heating operation PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree Main EV1 of air heat exchanger constant G Y1S Solenoid valve Hot gas SVP Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling J Y2S Solenoid valve Oil return SVO Used to return oil from the accumulator to the compressor eH Used to cool the compressor by injecting refrigerant when the compressor discharge K Y4S Solenoid valve Injection SVT temperature is high M Y3S 4 way valve Used to switch
39. Mode Setting Contents Second Code n Remark n 00 Renewal of target 20 4 refrigerant control 10 x control s 8 System setting 3 Fan at thermo off heating T1T2 stays 22 T1T2 gt j 12 5 Auto restart after power open at failure power restore prior to power failure Control setting EKEQF 0 box y control Target refrigerant 1 temperature setting 5 6 y control cooling 23 Target refrigerant 13 2 temperature setting T 43 44 y control heating 6 Hot start B min 0 1 7 Hot start A C 34 37 Fan at defrost amp oil return 0 AT control x control 30 55 35 55 40 55 1 AT control x control 7 20 3 20 0 20 Thermo off y control 2 heating B min C min 23 43 6 3 Thermo on x control E 5 min 10 Thermo off x control B 7 6 C min fs 1 7 Thermo on x control 2 cooling D level 8 Thermo off x control cooling A level 9 Thermo off x control 1 heating A level Thermo on x control b cooling D level 3 1 Remark 1 more settings possible see Field Settings 3 1 4 Field Settings Details 1 System Setting The ERQ is a heat pump but can be limited to cooling only or heating only by a setting Mode n Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 20 10 8 Heat pump 02 Cooling only 03 Heating only 108 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting 2 Control Sett
40. Orange 1 2 O Measuring points Yellow 3 4 1 6 2 6 Black 4 3 6 5 4 6 Gray 6 gt Replace outdoor unit PC board V3067 V3067 210 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 19 F3 Outdoor Unit Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe temperature sensor When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly m Faulty discharge pipe temperature sensor Faulty connection of discharge pipe temperature sensor m Faulty outdoor unit PC board Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred N Caution Discharge pipetemperature is YES 115 C or higher when the unit stop by malfunction gt Refrigerant shortage compression defect etc Defect of the refrigerant system NO Pull out the discharge pipe thermistor from the outdoor PCB and then make measurement of resistance using a multiple meter characteristics o the discharge pipe thermistor normal
41. Pressing the TEMP ADJUST button immediately resets the system If the OPERATION lamp on the remote control turns ON the system will be normal These symptoms indicate that the system is controlled so as not to put unreasonable loads on the system Normal operation The system will automatically start operation after a lapse of five minutes The system stops immediately after turning ON the power supply The system is in preparation mode of micro computer operation Wait for a period of approximately one minute 5 The system makes intermittent stops The remote control displays malfunction codes U4 and U5 and the system stops but restarts after a lapse of several minutes The system stops due to an interruption in communication between units caused by electrical noises coming from equipment other than air conditioners Remove causes of electrical noises If these causes are removed the system will automatically restart operation 7 The system conducts fan operation but not cooling or heating operation This symptom occurs immediately after turning ON the power supply The system is in preparation mode of operation Wait for a period of approximately 10 minutes Troubleshooting 171 Symptom based Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Symptom Supposed Cause Countermeasure The airflow rate is not reproduced according to th
42. YES NO Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred NO gt Open the stop valve Check the compressor cable for any disconnection or flaws Disconnect the cable from the compressor and then check the compressor for the insulation resistance Power OFF insulation resistance is low i e not more than 100kQ YES gt Rectify the wire connections Check the power transistor on the inverter PC board using a multiple tester NO Does the power transistor have any abnormalities YES gt Replace the compressor Connect the compressor cable and then restart the operation Y gt Replace the inverter PCB The inverter is likely to have got faulty due to the malfunction of the compressor After the completion of replacement be sure to check the compresssor Troubleshooting 229 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting Isa difference between NO high pressure and low pressure gt Faulty pressure prior to startup equalization 0 2MPa Check the refrigerant system Does the NO Power ON malfunction L9 recur gt End of measures It can take a maximum of 60 minutes Check the refrigerant to determine the malfunction system gt Check of
43. 192 E Error of External Protection Device 185 F Fan Motor M1F Lock Overload 189 Faulty Field Setting after Replacing Main PC Board or Faulty Combination of PC Board 237 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit 114 Mode changing procedure 118 Setting by dip switches 116 Freeze Prevention ett trt adea 46 Functional Parts Layout 18 Improper Combination of AHU and Outdoor Units AHUs and Remote Controller 248 Inverter Compressor Abnormal 225 Inverter Compressor Motor Lock 203 Inverter Current Abnormal 227 Inverter Over Ripple Protection 234 Inverter Start up 229 L Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure 238 M Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device 193 Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R3 xs tti mu Si RSEN 216 Malfunction of Drain Level Control System S1L 187 Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor 221 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Diae 223 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature ISG SONSOM E 235 Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermist
44. This symbol indicates action that must be taken instruction The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol m After the repair work is complete be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the equipment operates normally and explain the cautions for operating the product to the customer 1 1 1 Caution in Repair A Warning Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before disassembling the equipment for a repair Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an electrical shook If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or inspecting the circuits do not touch any electrically charged sections of the equipment If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work do not touch the discharging refrigerant gas The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the welded section release the refrigerant gas completely at a well ventilated place first If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor the refrigerant gas or refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected and it can cause injury If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work ventilate the area The refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames The step up capacitor supplies high voltage electricity to the electrical components of
45. 190 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 1 Coil check method for the moving part of the electronic expansion valve Disconnect the electronic expansion valve from the PC board and check the continuity between the connector pins Normal Pin No 1 White 2 Yellow 3 Orange 4 Blue 5 Red 6 Brown 1 White x 300Q 1500 2 Yellow x O x 3009 150Q 3 Orange x 1500 4 Blue x 1500 5 Red x 6 Brown O Continuity x No continuity Troubleshooting 191 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 6 RF AHU Drain Level above Limit Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting AHU Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON OFF operation while the compressor is in non operation When the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is in non operation m Humidifier unit optional accessory leaking W Defect of drain pipe upward slope etc W Defect of AHU PC board A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred ield drain piping has a defect such as upward
46. 3 Air handling unit L1 50 5 L2 5 5 1 50 B 30 300 Below or above the outdoor unit Installation manual DAIKIN ERQ125 250A7W1B 146 Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 7 LEAK TEST AND VACUUM DRYING The units were checked for leaks by the manufacturer After connecting the field piping perform the following inspections 1 Preparations Referring to figure 12 connect a nitrogen tank a cooling tank and a vacuum pump to the outdoor unit and perform the airtightness test and the vacuum drying The stop valve and 2 valves A and B in figure 12 should be open and closed as shown in the table below when performing the airtightness test and vacuum drying 1 Pressure reducing valve 2 Nitrogen 3 Measuring instrument 4 Tank siphon system 5 Vacuum pump 6 Charge hose 7 Service port for adding refrigerant 8 Liquid line stop valve 9 Gas line stop valve 10 Outdoor unit 11 To air handling unit 12 Stop valve service port 13 Dotted lines represent on site piping 14 Valve B 45 Valve C 16 Valve A State of the valves A and B Valve Valve and the stop valve B C Performing the airtightness test and vacuum drying Valve A must always be shut Otherwise the refrigerant in the unit will pour out Close Open Open Close 8 Vacuum drying Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate to 100 7 kPa 5 Torr 755 mm Hg Evacuate the system from the liquid an
47. Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Test Operation Shutoff Valve Operation Procedure When operating the shutoff valve follow the procedure instructed below Note W Do not open the shutoff valve until 1 2 1 Check work prior to turn power supply on in page 91 are completed If the shutoff valve is left open without turning on the power it may cause refrigerant to buildup in the compressor leading insulation degradation Be sure to use the correct tools The shutoff valve is not a back seat type If forced it to open it might break the valve body When using a service port use the charge hose After tightening the cap make sure no refrigerant gas is leaking Tightening torque The sizes of the shutoff valves on each model and the tightening torque for each size are listed in the table below lt Size of Shutoff Valve gt 5HP type 8HP type 10HP type 12HP type 14HP type 16HP type 18HP type 9 5 The 12HP type corresponds to the 12 7 diameter onsite piping using the included piping 12 7 The 18HP type corresponds to the 15 9 diameter onsite piping using the accessory pipe 25 4 Gas side The 10HP type corresponds to the shutoff valve 15 9 19 1 22 2 diameter onsite piping using the accessory pipe The 12 18HP type corresponds to the 28 6 diameter onsite piping using the accessory pipe Liquid side shutoff valve Tightening torque
48. W Do not forget to place the capacity setting adapter Otherwise you ll get UA or PJ error All capacity setting adapters are delivered with the control box m Polarity of the C5 C6 contact F box X control C5 60 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 ESiEN09 06 System A EKEQF amp EKEQD box Installation and Operation Manual 5 System A EKEQF amp EKEQD box Installation and Operation Manual Control Box EKEQ CBV3 61 DAIKIN y INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 field supplied air handling units Installation and operation manual Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units Installations und Bedienungsanleitung Erweiterungsbausatz f r die Verbindung von Daikin Verfl ssigern mit bauseitigen Luftbehandlungsger ten Manuel d installation et d utilisation Kit d options pour combinaison de groupes condenseur Daikin et unit s de traitement de l air non fournies Montagehandleiding en gebruiksaanwijzing Optiekit voor combinatie van condensorunits van Daikin met lokaal geleverde luchtbehandelingsunits Manual de instalaci n y operaci n Kit de opciones para la combinaci n de unidades de condensaci n Daikin con unidades de tratamiento de aire suministradas Manuale di installazione e d uso Kit opzioni per la combinazione di unit di condensazione Daikin con unita
49. protection device is YES connected to terminals T1 and gt T2 of the AHU terminal Actuation of external protection block device ON OFF input from outside mode No 12 first code No 1 has been set to external protection device input second code No 03 by remote control YES gt Change the second code No to 01 or 02 gt AHU PC board replacement V2776 Troubleshooting 185 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 2 AP PC Board Defect Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All AHU models Check data from When data could not be correctly received from the EPROM E PROM Type of nonvolatile memory Maintains memory contents even when the power supply is turned off m Defect of AHU PC board A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn power supply OFF then power ON again Does the system return to normal YES The AHU PC board is normal gt External factor other than malfunction for example noise etc Replace the AHU PC board V2777 186 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 3 R3 AHU Malfunc
50. 11 4 Additional refrigerant charge closed F3 on page 152 u The phases of the ul Exchange two of the three phases power to the outdoor L1 L2 L3 to make a positive units are reversed phase connection No power is supplied ul Check if the power wiring for the to an outdoor unit Ud outdoor units are connected control box or air correctly handling unit If the power wire is not connected including phase to L2 phase no malfunction display interruption will appear and the compressor will not work Incorrect UF Check if the refrigerant line piping interconnections and the unit wiring are consistent between units with each other Refrigerant E3 Recalculate the required amount of overcharge refrigerant from the piping length UF and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine Insufficient refrigerant Check if the additional refrigerant F3 charge has been finished correctly Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant After correcting the abnormality press the BS3 RETURN button and reset the malfunction code Carry out the test operation again and confirm that the abnormality is properly corrected 13 SERVICE MODE OPERATION Vacuuming method At the first installation this vacuuming is not required It is required only for repair purposes 1 When the unit is at
51. 3 2 Oil Return Operation In order to prevent the compressor from running out of oil the oil return operation is conducted to recover oil flown out from the compressor to the system side 3 2 1 Oil Return Operation in Cooling Operation Start conditions Referring to the set conditions for the following items start the oil return operation in cooling Cumulative oil feed rate Timer setting Make this setting so as to start the oil return operation when the initial cumulative operating time reaches two hours after power supply is turned ON and then every eight hours Furthermore the cumulative oil feed rate is computed from Tc Te and compressor loads Outdoor unit actuator Oil return preparation operation Oil return operation Post oil return operation Compressor Take the current step as the upper limit 5 HP 52 Hz Low pressure constant control Other model 52 Hz ON ON Low pressure Posta control Maintain number of compressors in oil return preparation operation ON Same as the oil return operation mode Outdoor unit fan Fan control Normal cooling Fan control Normal cooling Fan control Normal cooling Four way valve OFF OFF OFF Main motorized valve EV1 480 pls 480 pls 480 pls Subcooling motorized valve EV2 SH control 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF OFF OFF Accumulator oil return valve SVO ON ON ON Ending condit
52. 3 5 400KQ NO gt Replace the discharge pipe thermistor YES Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3068 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 Troubleshooting 211 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 20 F6 Outdoor Unit Refrigerant Overcharged Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Excessive charging of refrigerant is detected by using the outside air temperature heat exchanging deicer temperature and liquid pipe temperature during a check run When the amount of refrigerant which is calculated by using the outside air temperature heat exchanging deicer temperature and liquid pipe temperature during a check run exceeds the standard Refrigerant overcharge Misalignment of the outside air thermistor Misalignment of the heat exchanging deicer thermistor Misalignment of the liquid pipe thermistor Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred A Caution Check the mounting condition of the temperature sensors of the outside air thermistor heat exchanging deicer thermistor and liquid pipe thermistor in the piping Are the above thermistor installed on pipes correctly NO
53. P DA IKIN ESiEN09 06 Service Manual ERQ Condensing Unit Three Phase ERQ 125 200 250 A7W1B EKEQDIF MCBV3 control box EKEXV 50 63 80 100 125 140 200 250 PDA IKIN ESiEN09 06 Service Manual ERQ Condensing Unit Three Phase ERQ 125 200 250 A7W1B EKEQDIF MCBV3 control box EKEXV 50 63 80 100 125 140 200 250 ESiEN09 06 T 01 io ope ICE V 1 1 Safety CaulloriS m V Part 1 General Information J U U 4 1 Model Names of Outdoor Unit Control Box and Expansion Valve Kit 2 Outdoor WINS io c u u Susu 2 1 2 Control Box cece 3 1 3 Expansion Valve Kil iecit eR Rp Ia sere E era ved 4 2 Combination Table a a 5 Part 2 Specifications 7 UNES eec e RP EU 8 1 44 Outdoor 8 Part 3 Refrigerant Circuit 11 1 Refrigerant Ple 12 1 1 125 12 12 206 LS Su muyu 14 1 3 250 A7W1B n n 16 2 Functional Parts ay QUI Ate 18 2
54. SET button Press BS3 y RETURN button Press BS3 y RETURN button Setting condition selection SET button Contents display Press BS3 RETURN button Press BS3 RETURN button Y Setting condition Contents display Press BS3 RETURN button Press BS1 MODE button Press BS1 MODE button V2762 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting a Setting mode 1 This mode is used to set and check the following items 1 Set items In order to make COOL HEAT selection in a batch of outdoor unit group change the setting e COOL HEAT selection IND 08 Used to select COOL or HEAT by individual outdoor unit factory set 2 Check items The following items can be checked 1 Current operating conditions Normal Abnormal In check operation 2 Setting conditions of COOL HEAT selection Individual Batch master Batch slave 3 Low noise operating conditions In normal operation In low noise operation 4 Demand operating conditions In normal operation In demand operation Procedure for changing COOL HEAT selection setting Normally Setting mode 1 is set In case of other status push MODE BS1 button one time and set to Setting mode 1 Push the SET BS2 button to set the Setting displaying item MODE TEST COOL HEAT select
55. TEST OPERATION is displayed on the remote control and the all outdoor unit operation is prohibited After setting do not cancel Setting Mode 2 until completion of refrigerant recovery operation Collect the refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery unit See the instruction attached to the refrigerant recovery unit for more detal Press Mode button BS1 once and reset Setting Mode 2 134 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting 3 2 5 Setting of Vacuuming Mode In order to perform vacuuming operation at site fully open the expansion valves of the units and turn on some solenoid valves Operating procedure With Setting Mode 2 while the unit stops set Refrigerant recovery Vacuuming mode to ON The expansion valves of the units fully open and some of solenoid valves open H2P blinks to indicate the test operation and the remote control displays Test Operation thus prohibiting operation After setting do not cancel Setting Mode 2 until completion of Vacuuming operation Use the vacuum pump to perform vacuuming operation Press Mode button BS1 once and reset Setting Mode 2 3 2 6 Check Operation Detail CHECK OPERATION FUNCTION Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step4 8 Step 9 Step 10 Press the MODE button BS1 once and set to SETTING MODE 1 H1P OFF Unit stopping Y Pressure equalizing Y Cooling start control Y Stability
56. normal YES Check the wiring from power supply current sensor A6P A7P MgS K2M K3M compressor Replace the magnetic switch Is above wiring correct gt Correct wiring Is current sensor correct 1 NO gt Replace the corresponding current sensor A6P or ATP Replace compressor V3051 1 Note 1 Abnormal case W The current sensor value is 0 during STD compressor operation W The current sensor value is more than 15 0A during STD compressor stop Troubleshooting 205 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 17 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Remote Control Display Applicable ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Models Method of Malfunction of fan motor system is detected according to the fan speed detected by hall IC Malfunction when the fan motor runs Detection Malfunction m When the fan runs with speed less than a specified one for 6 seconds or more when the fan Decision motor running conditions are met Conditions m When connector detecting fan speed is disconnected m When malfunction is generated 4 times the system shuts down Supposed m Malfunction of fan motor Causes m The harness connector between fan motor and PC board is left in disconnected or faulty connector W Fan does not run due to foreign matters tangled W Clearing condition Operate for 5 minutes normal 206 Troubleshooting ES
57. 0 0 0 05 Combustibility None None None Toxicity None None None 1 Non azeotropic mixture refrigerant mixture of two or more refrigerants having different boiling points 2 Quasi azeotropic mixture refrigerant mixture of two or more refrigerants having similar boiling points 3 The design pressure is different at each product Please refer to the installation manual for each product Reference 1 MPa 10 19716 kgf cm HFC 32 125 50 50 wt 20 0 I 19 IS AU 1 KS 1824 x S aT p TEES ala 19 2 Skee 10 0 Fa a Sf S AM S lt 156 QD SESS RF al 5 C e SHE 5 ilL JT 80 5 0 1 TITRE ia ae 2 lt mm 1 0 02 2 0 LL sapos LUI bs 1 we 1 0 bee HEEL yl aly 2 ees B du a pL 0 5 pt H 10 T A So Q Atti Hi H 2 0 2 T 0 1 Cem fee ae 0 05 1 asl 0 02 d TU 2 et 4 4 0 01 o eet H C d ETE Sa Tee 7 0 005 SL PSE C AUTE
58. 2 Measure voltage at terminals L1 L2 and L3 of the diode module inside the inverter while the compressor is running No abnormalities are observed in the power supply but the imbalance in voltage recurs V Power supply voltage imbalance measure gt Replace the inverter PC board Explanation for users In accordance with notification of inspection results accompanying spare parts Give the user a copy of notification of inspection results and leave Be sure to explain to the user that it up to him to improve the imbalance there is a power supply imbalance for which DAIKIN is not responsible V2816 234 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 37 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise Sensor Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Resistance of radiation fin thermistor is detected when the compressor is not operating When the resistance value of thermistor becomes a value equivalent to open or short circuited status Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued P4 will be displayed by pressing the inspection button W Defect of radiator fin temperature sensor W Defect of i
59. 5 Close the unnecessary openings with stoppers closing cups 6 Close the lid securely after installation to ensure that the control box is watertight ELECTRIC WIRING WORK 1 field supplied parts and materials and electric works must be conform to local codes Use copper wire only All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician A main switch or other means for disconnection having a contact separation in all poles must be incorporated in the fixed wiring in accordance with relevant local and national legislation Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit for the size of power supply electric wire connected to the outdoor unit the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch wiring and wiring instructions Attach the earth leakage circuit breaker and fuse to the power supply line Connection of the wires inside the control box 1 For connection to outdoor unit and to controller field supply Pull the wires inside through the screw nut and close the nut firmly in order to ensure a good pull relieve and water protection 2 The cables require an additional pull relief Strap the cable with the installed tie wrap Precautions Thermistor cable and remote control wire should be located at least 50 mm away from power supply wires and from wires to the controller Not following this guideline may result in malfunction due to electrical noise Use only s
60. 6e w setting Mode 3 26 Night time O PM8 0 Ol e e eo x low noise PM 10 00 start settin 8 Factory e setting PM 0 00 Oje e 27 Night time O O O AM6 00 Ol e e e o x low noise end setting AM 7 00 Oe 8 00 Factory setting 29 Capacity Low noise precedence precedence setting O Factory Ole e x setting Capacity Olele ele ule precedence 30 Demand 60 of setting 1 Ole jratedpower gt consumption 70 of rated power consumption w e Factory setting 80 of ratedpower w consumption 32 Normal OFF demand Ol e Factory setting setting ON eo Setting mode indication section Setting No indication section Set contents indication section Test Operation 133 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 3 2 4 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode When carrying out the refrigerant collection on site fully open the respective expansion valve All unit operation is prohibited Operation procedure In setting mode 2 with units in stop mode set Refrigerant Recovery Vacuuming mode to ON The respective expansion valve of the units are fully opened H2P turns to display TEST OPERATION blinks
61. Control of air temperature Ts or T by means of external device DDC controller Control type Y Control of evaporating and condensing temperature Te Te control DDC needed Control type Z Control of air temperature T or T Daikin control DDC needed Legend Ta Discharge air control Ts Suction air control T Room air control Te Evaporating temperature control Tc Condensing temperature control AHU Air handling unit DDC Digital controller General Information Model Names of Outdoor Unit Control Box and Expansion Valve Kit ESiEN09 06 1 3 Expansion Valve Kit Outlook Expansion valve kit installation drawing Model name Limits for outdoor unit expansion valve kit Outdoor unit class EKEXV kit 125 EKEXV63 140 200 EKEXV100 250 250 EKEXV125 250 Depending on the heat exchanger a connectable EKEXV expansion valve kit must be selected to these limitations Allowed heat exchanger volume dm Allowed heat exchanger capacity KW EKEXV class Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 63 1 66 2 08 6 3 7 8 80 2 09 2 64 7 9 9 9 100 2 65 3 30 10 0 12 3 125 3 31 4 12 12 4 15 4 140 4 13 4 62 15 5 17 6 200 4 63 6 60 17 7 24 6 250 6 61 8 25 24 7 30 8 Saturated suction temperature SST 6 C SH superheat 5 K air temperature 27 C DB 19 C WB General Information
62. In case of a multi system turn on the power to all outdoor units in the refrigerant system To energize the crankcase heater make sure to turn on for 6 hours before starting operation STEP4 Start the additional refrigerant charge operation About the system settings for additional refrigerant charge operation refer to the Service Precaution label attached on the EL COMPO BOX lid in the outdoor unit Open valve A immediately after starting the compressor STEP5 Close the valve A if the additional charging amount of refrigerant was charged and push the RETURN button BS3 once STEP6 Record the charging amount on the accessory REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION label and attach it to the back side of the front panel 5 After completing the additional refrigerant charging perform the check operation following below 98 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Test Operation NOTE For check operation the following work will be performed W Check of shutoff valve opening W Check of miswiring W Judgment of piping length m Check of refrigerant overcharge t takes about 40 minutes to complete the check operation Check Operation Procedure STEP1 Make the onsite setting as needed using the dip switches on the outdoor unit PC board A1P with the power off STEP2 Close the EL COMPO BOX lid and all front panels except as the side of the EL COMPO BOX and turn on the power to the outdoor unit and all connected AHUs Be s
63. Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated gm Check ifthe air filter is clogged Ask a qualified service person to clean the air filter The error signal is given and the system stops If the error resets after 5 10 minutes the unit safety device was activated but the unit restarted after evaluation time If the error persists contact your dealer If the system operates but it does not sufficiently cool heat Check if the air inlet or outlet of the air handling unit or the outdoor unit is blocked with obstacles Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated W Checkifthe air filter is clogged Ask a qualified service person to clean the air filter Check if the doors or the windows are open Shut doors or windows to prevent wind from coming in Check if direct sunlight enters the room Use curtains or blinds Check if there are too many inhabitants in the room Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large Check if the heat source of the room is excessive Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large The air handling unit is freezing up The liquid thermistor R2T is not put on the coldest position and part of the air handling unit is freezing up Thermistor must be put on the coldest position The thermistor has come loose The thermistor must be fixed The air handling unit fan is not operating continuously When the outdoor unit stops operating
64. Resistor Resistor current limiting Pressure sensor high Pressure sensor low Pressure switch high Safety devices input Current sensor A6P A7P Power module A4P A8P Power module A3P Connector M1F M2F Terminal strip power supply Terminal strip control A1P Terminal strip A5P Expansion valve electronic type main subcool Solenoid valve hotgas bypass Solenoid valve oil return Solenoid valve 4 way valve Solenoid valve injection Noise filter ferrite core Noise filter with surge absorber Installation manual DAIKIN ERQ125 250A7W1B 148 Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 8 3 Power circuit and cable requirements A power circuit see table below must be provided for connection of the unit This circuit must be protected with the required safety devices i e a main switch a slow blow fuse on each phase and an earth leakage breaker Minimum Phase and circuit Recommended Transmission frequency Voltage ampere fuses line section ERQ125 3N 50Hz 400V 11 9 16A 0 75 1 25 mm ERQ200 3N 50Hz 400V 185A 25A 0 75 1 25 mm ERQ250 3N 50Hz 400V 21 6A 25A 0 75 1 25 mm When using residual current operated circuit breakers be sure to use a high speed type 300 mA rated residual operating current Point for attention regarding quality of the public electric power supply This equipment complies with respectively 61000 3 11 provided that the system impedance
65. Setting mode 2 select the setting condition i e Mode 1 Mode 2 or Mode 3 for set item No 25 Setting of external low noise level 3 If necessary while in Setting mode 2 set the setting condition for the set item No 29 Setting of capacity precedence to ON If the condition is set to ON when the air conditioning load reaches a high level the low noise operation command will be ignored to put the system into normal operation mode B When the low noise operation is carried out automatically at night The external control adapter for outdoor unit is not required 1 While in Setting mode 2 select the setting condition i e Mode 1 Mode 2 or Mode 3 for set item No 22 Setting of nighttime low noise level 2 If necessary while in Setting mode 2 select the setting condition i e 20 00 22 00 24 00 for set item No 26 Setting of start time of nighttime low noise operation Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures 3 If necessary while in Setting mode 2 select the setting condition i e 06 00 07 00 or 08 00 for set item No 27 Setting of end time of nighttime low noise operation Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures 4 If necessary while in Setting mode 2 set the setting condition for set item No 29 Setting of capacity precedence to ON If the condition is set to ON
66. T Test Operation uuu petiere tee 90 Procedure and 91 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics a 270 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller 44 Troubleshooting OP Unified ON OFF Controller 253 U Unc cu ITIN MU MI EE 238 U eei 239 D PEN 240 US assays pass 243 UP 244 US ee ce etd v 246 UEM 247 UA 248 eset 250 251 Index ESiEN09 06 Drawings amp Flow Charts A Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature 211 Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal 213 Actuation of High Pressure Switch 199 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor 201 Check 1 iti tr roe eR 255 CHECK 2 255 Check Operation not Executed 243 Compressor Motor Overcurrent Lock 205 Contents of Control Modes How to Select Operation Mode 114 Current Sensor Malfunction 215 D Display Under Centralized Control Blinks Repeats Single Blink iiec rtt 255 Display of sensor and address data 177 Drain Level above Limit
67. T 45 Type Hermetically sealed scroll compressor Ee 8 Specifications ESiEN09 06 Specifications TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ERQ125A7W1B ERQ200A7W1B ERQ250A7W1B Operation Cooling Min CDB 5 range Max CDB 43 Heating Min CWB 20 Max CWB 15 Sound level Sound power dBA 72 78 nominal Sound pressure dBA 54 57 58 Refrigerant Type R 410A Charge kg 6 2 7 7 8 4 Control Electronic expansion valve Nr of circuits 1 Refrigerant oil Type Synthetic ether oil Charged volume 1 7 2 1 4 3 Piping Liquid Type Brazing connection connections Diameter OD mm 9 52 Gas Type Brazing connection oo mm 15 9 19 1 222 Discharge gas Type oo mm Drain Quantity oo mm Heat insulation Both liquid and gas Max total length m 55 Defrost method Reversed cycle Defrost control Sensor for outdoor heat exchanger temperature Capacity control method Inverter controlled Capacity control 100 Safety devices High pressure switch Fan driver overload protector Overcurrent relay Inverter overload protector PC board fuse Standard Item Installation manual accessories Quantity 4 Standard Item Operation manual accessories Quantity 4 Standard Item Connection pipes accessories Quantity
68. When occurring 3 times within 30 min HPS is activated without high pressure standby thus outputting the malfunction code ES gt Pc HP pressure sensor detection value for master unit Pc gt 3 10MPa Pc lt 2 9MPa System load down 1 ste i After 10 sec Pc gt 3 10MPa lt 3 0 PU Current step maintained gt INV upper limit rps Pc gt 3 49MPa TT 1 step up After 60 sec Pc 2 52MPa EV1 opening adjustment Pc gt 3 64MPa Reducing low pressure to make high pressure lower High pressure standby When occurring 3 times within 30 min HPS is activated without high pressure standby thus outputting the malfunction code E3 gt 36 Function ESiEN09 06 Protection Control 4 22 Low Pressure Protection Control This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient Pe lt 0 34MPa decrease of low pressure In cooling operation Low pressure not limited Pe LP pressure sensor detection value for master unit Pe gt 0 39MPa Low pressure limited v All STD compressors stop Pe lt 0 25MPa Hot gas SVP OFF Pe lt 0 15MPa Pe gt 0 30MPa Unit 52 Hz OFF OFF Hot gas SVP ON Pe lt 0 07MPa Low pressure standby gt In heating operation When occurring 4
69. apart Proximity may cause electrical interference malfunctions and breakage Be sure to connect the power wiring to the power wiring terminal block and secure it as described under 8 8 Field line connection power wiring on page 151 H Inter unit wiring should be secured as described in 8 7 Field line connection cool heat selection on page 150 Secure the wiring with the accessory clamps so that it does not touch the piping and no external force can be applied to the terminal Make sure the wiring and the electric box lid do not stick up above the structure and close the cover firmly 8 7 Field line connection cool heat selection See figure 16 Oo 01 o N Cool heat selector Outdoor unit PC board A1P Take care of the polarity Use the conductor of sheathed wire 2 wire no polarity Control box Outdoor unit Fixing transmission wiring See figure 17 Inside switchbox 1 Heating cooling switching remote control cord when a heating cooling switch remote control optional or field supplied control box is connected ABC 2 Fix to the indicated plastic brackets using field supplied clamping material 3 Wiring between the units control box outdoor F1 F2 left 4 Plastic bracket Outside unit A El Never connect 400 V to the terminal block of the Never connect the power supply to transmission wiring terminal block Otherwise the entire system may break dow
70. eee FA iT J D a _ 1 232 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control Troubleshooting Is the micro controller normal NO onitor green of the A1P blinking YES Check 10 or more seconds after the power supply is turned ON The A3P A4P and A8P do not YES Power ON gt This is not LC Recheck for the malfunction code blink The A4P or YES gt A3P Replace the inverter PCB If the PCB replaced is badly damaged the compressor is likely to get faulty To make sure recheck the compressor A8P does not blink The LC malfunction recurs YES gt A4P A8P Replace the fan driver PC board gt Replace the control PC board gt End of measures malfunction may temporarily result from on site causes Causes Instantaneous power failure open phase noises or else Troubleshooting 233 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 36 Outdoor Unit Inverter Over Ripple Protection Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Imbalance in supply voltage is detected PC board Imbalance in the power supply voltage causes increased ripple of voltage of the main circuit capacito
71. for Heat Exchanger 194 3 9 C5 AHU Malfunction of Thermistor for Gas Pipes 195 3 10 C9 AHU Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Suction Air 196 3 11 CJ AHU Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control 197 3 12 ET Outdoor Unit PC Board 198 3 13 Outdoor Unit Actuation of High Pressure Switch 199 3 14 E4 Outdoor Unit Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor 201 3 15 E5 Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Motor Lock 203 3 16 Outdoor Unit STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent Lock 205 3 17 E7 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor 206 3 18 E9 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Y V 2E eS 209 3 19 F3 Outdoor Unit Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature 211 3 20 F6 Outdoor Unit Refrigerant Overcharged 212 3 21 H7 Outdoor Unit Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal 213 3 22 H9 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Outdoor Air 214 3 23 J2 Outdoor Unit Current Sensor Malfunction 215 3 24 J3 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R3 m 216 3 25 J5 Outdoor Unit Malfunction o
72. gt Install thermistor correctly Remove the outside air thermistor heat exchanging deicer thermister and the liquid pipe thermistor from the outdoor PCB and measure resistance with a tester Is the characteristic of the NO above thermistor normal gt Replace thermistor YES gt Refrigerant overcharged V2797 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 212 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 21 Outdoor Unit Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Detection of abnormal signal from fan motor In case of detection of abnormal signal at starting fan motor W Abnormal fan motor signal circuit malfunction m Broken short or disconnection connector of fan motor connection cable m Fan Inverter PC board malfunction A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution orparts damage may be occurred Turn power off motor connector X2A connected to PC oard for Fan inverte correctly YES Check of fan motor connector 1 NO gt Connect correctly resistance of fan motor read wire connector pins between Vcc UVW and GND U
73. lt 50m length 5m lt 100m lt 20m lt 20m C 250 1 2 System B MULTI i Only for combining VRV AHU indoors No ERQ System B MULTI suction control VRV EXV Kit Qe EKEQMCB supply j a sx 1 N anu EKEXV KIT _ 1 4 m Qty of t VRV indoor 1 EKEXV kits is limited by connection ratio VRV indoor n Multi application with VRV means the ability to combine 1 outdoor unit several AHU as well as VRV indoors minimum 1 is required The required control box for this application is EKEQM Control Box EKEQ CBV3 Different Systems with their Control Boxes ESiEN09 06 oo te v Lu 2 U ees S85ue SIp uondo uonoeuuoo e 2413 2 N Z 1OISILLISUI J H 9 e Ajuo CEN J H Y NHY uo pu d p i ae jddns Z d n a K er eq JOJ p p u luo ZHOS A0EZ L s g JO SILUJOY H Kjddns PM pd 3 E i d Mena uet i uun Bw d N e 2413 ary piu L 4 NHV edid pinbiq edid
74. on the outdoor unit PC board A1P to ON it is set to OFF when shipped from the factory For the position of the dip switch DS1 see the Service Precautions label see at right which is attached to the EL COMPO BOX lid Electric Shock Warning Never perform with the power on There is a serious risk of electric shock if any live part is touched 1 2 5 2 Onsite Settings with the Power On A Warning Use the push button switches BS1 through BS5 on the outdoor unit PC board A1P to make the necessary onsite settings See the Service Precautions label on the EL COMPO BOX lid for details on the positions and operating method of the push button switches and on the onsite setting Make sure to record the setting on the accessory REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION label N Electric Shock Warning Use an insulated rod to operate the push buttons via the inspection door of EL COMPO BOX lid There is a risk of electric shock if you touch any live parts since this operation must be performed with the power on Test Operation 101 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 1 2 6 Test Run 1 2 6 1 Before Test Run 1 2 6 2 Test Run Make sure the following works are completed in accordance with the installation manual Piping work Wiring work WAir tight test mVacuum drying Additional refrigerant charge Check that all work for the AHU is finished and there is no danger to operate After check
75. r die Verbindung von Daikin Verfl ssigern mit bauseitigen Luftbehandlungsger ten Manuel d installation et d utilisation Kit d options pour combinaison de groupes condenseur Daikin et unit s de traitement de l air non fournies Montagehandleiding en gebruiksaanwijzing Optiekit voor combinatie van condensorunits van Daikin met lokaal geleverde luchtbehandelingsunits Manual de instalaci n y operaci n Kit de opciones para la combinaci n de unidades de condensaci n Daikin con unidades de tratamiento de aire suministradas Manuale di installazione e d uso Kit opzioni per la combinazione di unit di condensazione Daikin con unita per il trattamento dell aria non in dotazione Manual de instala o e de funcionamento Kit de op es para combina o de unidades de condensa o Daikin com unidades de tratamento de ar existentes no local Daikin Instrukcja montazu i instrukcja obstugi Zestawy opcji dla agregat w skraplajacych Daikin w konfiguracji z centralami klimatyzacyjnymi dostarczanymi osobno English Deutsch Frangais Nederlands Espanol Italiano Portugues polski
76. sloping NO YES gt Modify the drain piping A humidifier unit YES T optional accessory is gt Check if the humidifier unit is installed on the leaking NO Defect of AHU PC board V2782 192 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 7 Remote control display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting AU AHU Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device All AHU models Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adapter and the memory inside the IC memory on the AHU PC board and whether the value is normal or abnormal is determined Operation and When the capacity code is not contained in the PC board s memory and the capacity setting adapter is not connected W You have forgotten to install the capacity setting adapter W Defect of AHU PC board Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred N Caution The AHU PC NO board was replaced with a replacement PC board gt Replace the AHU PC board Was the capacity setting adapter mounted when replacing the PC board YES gt Replace the AHU PC board Install a capacity setting adapter V2783 Troubleshooting 193 Troubleshooting b
77. turn the breaker off or pull out the supply cord Otherwise an electric shock and injury may result Do not operate the air conditioner with a wet hand An electric shock may result Do not place items which might be damaged by moisture under the air handling unit Condensation may form if the humidity is above 80 if the drain outlet is blocked or the filter is polluted Do not place appliances which produce open fire in places exposed to the air flow from the unit or under the air handling unit It may cause incomplete combustion or deformation of the unit due to the heat Do not allow anyone to mount on the outdoor unit or avoid placing any object on it Falling or tumbling may result in injury Never expose little children plants or animals directly to the air flow Adverse influence to little children animals and plants may result Do not wash the air conditioner with water Electric shock or fire may result Do not install the air conditioner at any place where flammable gas may leak out If the gas leaks out and stays around the air conditioner a fire may break out In order to avoid electric shock or fire make sure that an earth leak detector is installed Be sure the air conditioner is electrically earthed In order to avoid electric shock make sure that the unit is grounded and that the earth wire is not connected to gas or water pipe lightning conductor or telephone earth wire Arrange the drain hose
78. 10 Outdoor unit PC board microcomputer monitor HAP blinks Supply 220 240 V The fuse on the outdoor unit s PC board is burnt YES Replace the fuse Operation ready lamp H2P is blinking Lamp does YES not go off for 12 minutes gt Push and hold the RESET or more button on the outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds Is AHU outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring normal NO Fix the AHU outdoor or outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring Disconnect the outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring and then check with a single system whether or not it is normal NO gt Replace the outdoor unit PC Board A1P Mount the DIII NET extended adapter V2822 Troubleshooting 245 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 44 US AHU Malfunction of Transmission Between Remote Control and AHU Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All models of AHUs In case of controlling with 2 remote control check the system using microcomputer is signal transmission between AHU and remote control main and sub is normal Normal transmission does not continue for specified period Malfunction of AHU remote control transmission
79. 143 i 3 3 R410A does not contain any chlorine does not 5 Unpacking and placing the unit 143 destroy the ozone layer and does not reduce the 6 Refrigerant piping m 144 earth s protection against harmful ultraviolet radiation ES m R410A can contribute slightly to the greenhouse effect Z SP PCO E if it is released Therefore we should take special 6 3 Pipe connection 144 N 6 4 Connecting the refrigerant piping 144 attention to check the tightness of the installation 6 5 Protection against contamination when installing pipes 146 Read 6 Refrigerant piping on page 144 carefully and 7 Leak test and vacuum drying u u uuu 147 follow these procedures correctly dug uu ae 147 8 1 Internal wiring Parts table 148 A eae selector s Since design pressure is 4 0 MPa or 40 bar pipes of larger caye requirements wall thickness may be required The wall thickness of 8 4 General cautions 149 ia 8 5 System 150 piping must be carefully selected refer to paragraph 8 6 Leading power line and transmission line 150 6 2 Selection of piping material on page 144 for more 8 7 Field li
80. 16 1A Compressor overload Compressor coil disconnected Defect of inverter PC board Faulty compressor Output current check A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Power ON not less than 15A flows YES gt through the compressor Overcurrent Check the compressor and refrigerant system in the same manner as that for E3 Is the stop val NO 5 the stop valve gt Open the stop valve open YES Are wire connections proper NO ade according to t iring gt Rectify the wire Diagram Check the compressor cable for connections any disconnection or flaws Disconnect the cable from the compressor and then check the compressor for the insulation resistance Power OFF The insulation resistance is low i e not more than 100kQ YES gt Replace the compressor Check the power transistor on the inverter PC board using a multiple tester NO Does the power transistor have any abnormalities YES gt Replace the inverter PCB w The inverter is likely to have got faulty due to the malfunction of the compressor After the completion of replacement be sure to check the compresssor Connect the compressor cable and then restart the operation Troubleshooting 227 Troubleshooting by
81. 3 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 3 1 Outdoor Unit 3 1 1 ERQ 125 200 A7W1B PC board Model Item Name Symbol ERQ 125 ERQ 200 Type JT1GCVDKYR S Inverter OC protection Mic device Ja A Compressor Type STD 1 OC protection M2C device Fan motor M1F 1 15A 3A Electronic expansion valve Main 1 Fully closed 0 Fully open 480pls Fully closed 0pls Electronic expansion valve Subcool Y2E Fully open 480pls For M1C S1PH OFF 4 0 3 0 0 15 High pressure Pressure switch For M2C S2PH protection For M3C S3PH Low pressure sensor SLNPL OFF 0 07MPa Discharge gas temperature protection R3T OFF 135 C Temperature Discharge pipe thermistor protection Inverter fin temperature protection R1T OFF 93 C Radiator fin thermistor For main PC F1U 250V AC 10A Class B Time lag 3 15A AC 250V Others Fuse board F2U 250V AC 10A Class B Time lag 3 15A AC 250V For Noise miter F1U 250V AC 5A Class B Appendix 267 List of Electrical and Functional Parts ESiEN09 06 3 1 2 ERQ 250 A7W1B Model Item Name Symbol ERQ 250 Type JT1GCVDKYR S Inverter OC protection M1C device TELA Compressor Type JT170G KYE T STD 1 OC protection M2C device 15 0A Fan motor M1F 3A Electronic expansion valve Main
82. 30 minutes button once After 10 seconds Following codes can be checked Malfunction codes operation Thermostat is forcibly turned on mode Press Inspection Test Operation button once V0815 174 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Remote Control 2 2 Self diagnosis by Wired Remote Control Explanation If operation stops due to malfunction the remote control s operation LED blinks and malfunction code is displayed Even if stop operation is carried out malfunction contents are displayed when the inspection mode is entered The malfunction code enables you to tell what kind of malfunction caused operation to stop See page 179 for malfunction code and malfunction contents Operation LED ON OFF button 00100 WDAIKIN j Display of AHU for which a malfunction has been detected UNIT No 7 Du Inspection display Malfunction code Inspection Test button Note 1 Pressing the INSPECTION TEST button will blink the check indication 2 While in check mode pressing and holding the ON OFF button for a period of five seconds or more will clear the failure history indication shown above In this case on the codes display the malfunction code will blink t
83. 4 Notes Nominal cooling capacities are based on indoor temperature 27 CDB 19 CWB outdoor temperature 35 CDB equivalent refrigerant piping 7 5m level difference Om Nominal heating capacities are based on indoor temperature 20 CDB outdoor temperature 7 CDB 6 CWB equivalent refrigerant piping 7 5m level difference Om Sound power level is an absolute value that a sound generates Sound pressure level is a relative value depending on the distance and acoustic environment For more details please refer to sound level drawings Sound values are measured in a semi anechoic room ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ERQ125A7W1B ERQ200A7W1B ERQ250A7W1B Power supply Name W1 Phase 3N Frequency Hz 50 Voltage V 400 Current Nominal Cooling A 5 1 7 5 11 3 current RLA Heating A 5 8 8 2 11 1 Starting current MSC A 74 Zmax Q 0 27 Minimum Ssc value kVA 889 842 Min circuit amps MCA A 11 9 18 5 21 6 Max fuse amps MFA A 16 25 TOCA current amps A 15 6 16 5 31 5 Full load amps FLA A 0 4 0 7 0 9 Voltage range V 400 10 Wiring For power Quantity 5 connections Earth wire included For Quantity 2 connection with indoor Remark F1 F2 Power supply intake Both AHU and outdoor unit Specifications Specifications ESiEN09 06 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ERQ125A7W1B ERQ200A7W1B ERQ250A7W1B Notes 1 European international technical standard setting the lim
84. A7W1B 40 lt Other Control kuu u 41 5 1 Emergency Operation only for 250 A7W1B 41 5 2 Demarnd Operation suite tote 43 5 3 Heating Operation Prohibition 43 Outline of Control 44 6 1 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control only for Z control 44 6 2 Hot Start Control In Heating Operation Only 45 6 3 Freeze Prevention uuu E 46 64 Low Outdoor Air Temperature Protection Control 47 Function 21 Function general ESiEN09 06 1 Function general 1 1 Symbol Symbol Electric symbol Description or function 20S1 Y3S Four way valve Energize during heating DSH _ Discharge pipe superheated degree DSHi _ Discharge pipe superheat of inverter compressor DSHs _ Discharge pipe superheat of standard compressor EV _ Opening of electronic expansion valve EV1 Electronic expansion valve for main heat exchanger EV2 Y2E Electronic expansion valve for sub coolig heat exchanger HTDi Value of INV compressor discharge pipe temperature R31T compensated with outdoor air temperature HTDs _ Value
85. Accumulator oil return Y28 Thermistor Suction pipe R2T E1HC 20 Refrigerant Circuit ESiEN09 06 Part 4 Function Function general MEE M 22 141 Symbol uuu yun nt th tia d ER La E Urb Pa a RUE 22 1 2 Operation MOGO ceret E vei 23 gt Basie CE RE 24 241 Normal Operation iter u 24 2 2 Compressor PI Control uu steer seek 25 2 3 Step Control of Outdoor Unit 27 2 4 Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation 28 E T 29 3 1 Startup 29 3 2 Oll Return Operation s s r riter eterne ee era ena nata 30 2 Defrosting Operation cu 0 vana 32 34 Pump down Residual Operation 33 34 3 6 Stopping Operation sieer ia aaa a ER EEEE RE 35 ioi 36 4 1 High Pressure Protection 36 4 2 Low Pressure Protection Control 37 4 3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control 38 4 4 Inverter Protection Control 39 4 5 STD Compressor Overload Protection 40 4 6 Injection Control only for 125
86. Condensorunit met inverter 5 Manual operaci n Espa ol Unidad condensadora Inverter p Manuale d uso italiano Unit di condensazione a inverter ERQ100A7V1B Manual de opera es ERQ125A7V1B Portugues Unidade de condensa o com inversor ERQ140A7V1B ERQ125A7W1B ERQ200A7W1B Instrukcja obs ugi polski ERQ250A7W1B Skraplacz typu Inverter 3708 gt Ede UUW j NOTES CET 2 285 8 ope RREZ 8 WU eRe osos Spree RREZ 8 DAIKIN ERQ100A7V1B ERQ125A7W1B ERQ125A7V1B ERQ200A7W1B ERQ140A7V1B ERQ250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit Operation manual CONTENTS Page Warnings 1 Safety Cautions se De eet eicere ee 162 itis not good for your health to expose your body to the air flow 2 Important information regarding th
87. Connection of two main remote controls when using 2 remote controls Defect of AHU PC board Defect of remote control PC board Malfunction of transmission caused by noise Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred N Caution Using 2 remote controls control SS1 of both remote controls is set to MAIN YES Set one remote control to SUB turn the power supply off once and then back on Operation returns to normal All indoor PC board microcomputer monitors blink Replace AHU PC board gt There is possibility of malfunction caused by noise Check the surrounding area and turn on again Replace the remote control YES Normal gt Normal NO Replace the AHU PC board YES Normal gt Normal NO gt There is possibility of malfunction caused by noise Check the surrounding area and turn on again V2823 246 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 45 U9 AHU Malfunction of Transmission Between AHU and Outdoor Units in the Same System Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All models of AHUs Detect the malfunction signal of any other AHU within the system concerned When th
88. D iring iring 2 2 Field W ERQ 125 200 250 A7W1B IWvH9VIG SNIHIA ANY TVONVIA 1OH 1NOO 33S NOLLO3NNOO HOS 0L SHOYNOS H3MOd SNIZITLLO LNAWdINOA 3H1 30 SLSISNOO WALSAS SIHL ASNVO3E YANNVW G3 1VHO3 LNI NV NI S3OYNOS TIY LdNYYSLNI HOLIMS NIV TIVLSNI 6 LNAWdINOA H VA 30 OL 3515 JHL HOLIMS JHL TIVLSNI OL 3805 38 8 NOLIV TIVESNI 21519345 V S IIVL3Q OL HO HOS LON ANY AINO SAGIND NOLLOANNOO SO SLNIOd 1VH3N39 3HV NMOHS 7 3009 1VNOLLVN ANY IVOO1318VOIT1ddV 3ONVIETdIWOO NI Q3qN nOt9 TIVHS LINN 9 NVIOIHLO T3 V A8 LSNW SIN3NOdNWOO SNIBIM 01315 S AL34VS LINDHIO V TIVISNI P WvH9VIG ONIHIM 33 STYLIA AINO SHOLOnGNOO H3ddOO ASN Z 83009 ANY 1v201 318VO 1ddV JHL HLIM LSNW NO 38 OLS IVIH3IVIN ANY SIN3NOdWOO TIY 1 S31ON XO8 TOHLNOD Ea b _ NOISSINSNVYL LINN HOOGLNO HOLIMS N HOLINS N J1 HOLIMS NIVIN N 1 Aldd NS H3MOd Appendix 266 ESiEN09 06 List of Electrical and Functional Parts
89. Ifa forklift is to be used preferably transport the unit with pallet first then pass the forklift arms through the large rectangular openings on the bottom of the unit See figure 5 5 1 From the moment you use a forklift to move the unit to its final position lift the unit under the pallet 5 2 Once at final position unpack the unit and pass the forklift arms through the large rectangular openings on the bottom of the unit NOTE Use filler cloth on the forklift arms to prevent damaging the unit If the paint the bottom frame peels off the anti corrosion effect may decrease 5 UNPACKING AND PLACING THE UNIT Remove the four screws fixing the unit to the pallet sure the unit is installed level on a sufficiently strong base to prevent vibration and noise A Do not use stands to only support the corners See figure 6 x Not allowed except for ERQ125 Allowed units mm Make sure the base under the unit is larger than the 765 mm of the unit depth See figure 7 The height of the foundation must at least be 150 mm from the floor The unit must be installed on a solid longitudinal foundation steelbeam frame or concrete as indicated in figure 7 Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 Model A B ERQ125 635 497 ERQ200 250 930 792 ERQ125 250A7W1B DAIKIN Installation manual 143 Support the unit with a foundation of 67 mm wide o
90. OFF 7 88Hz OFF 8 96Hz OFF 9 104Hz OFF 10 11082 OFF 11 116 Hz OFF 12 124Hz OFF 13 132Hz OFF 14 i44Hz OFF 15 158Hz OFF 16 166Hz OFF 17 176Hz OFF 18 188Hz OFF 19 202Hz OFF 20 210Hz OFF 21 52Hz ON 22 62Hz ON 23 68 Hz ON 24 74 Hz ON 25 80 Hz ON 26 88 Hz ON 27 96 Hz ON 28 104 Hz ON 29 116 Hz ON 30 124 Hz ON 31 132 Hz ON 32 144 Hz ON 33 158 Hz ON 34 176 Hz ON 35 188 Hz ON 36 202 Hz ON 37 210 Hz ON 2 Depending on the operating conditions of compressors the compressors may run in patterns other than those aforementioned 26 Function ESiEN09 06 Basic Control 2 33 Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans Used to control the revolutions of outdoor unit fans in the steps listed in table below according to condition changes STEP Fan revolutions rpm No ERQ 125 ERQ 200 ERQ 250 0 0 0 0 1 285 350 350 2 315 370 370 3 360 400 400 4 450 450 460 5 570 540 560 6 710 670 680 7 Cooling 951 760 Cooling 821 Heating 941 Heating 800 8 Cooling 951 Cooling 796 Cooling 821 Heating 941 Heating 780 Heating 800 Figures listed above are all those controlled while in standard mode which vary when the system is set to high static pressure or capacity precedence mode Function 27 Basic Control ESiEN09 06 2 44 Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation While in cooling operation if
91. RETURN button BS3 twice 6 Press the MODE button BS1 once LED display O ON OFF H1P H7P O00000 O00000 0900000 00200060 Factory set LED display O ON OFF H1P H7P cceeeeoe O00000 Oeeeeoe Factory set 42 Function ESiEN09 06 Other Control 5 2 Demand Operation In order to save the power consumption the capacity of outdoor unit is saved with control forcibly by using Demand 1 Setting or Demand 2 Setting To operate the unit with this mode additional setting of Continuous Demand Setting or external input by external control adapter is required Set item Condition Content Demand 1 Mode 1 The compressor operates at approx 60 or less of rating Mode 2 The compressor operates at approx 70 or less of rating Mode 3 The compressor operates at approx 80 or less of rating Demand 2 The compressor operates at approx 40 or less of rating 5 3 Heating Operation Prohibition Heating operation is prohibited above 24 C ambient temperature Function 43 Outline of Control ESiEN09 06 6 Outline of Control 6 1 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control only for Z control Temperature is controlled by both the thermostat sensor in remote control and air suction thermostat in the AHU This is h
92. Unit Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor 201 3 15 E5 Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Motor Lock 203 3 16 Outdoor Unit STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent Lock 205 3 17 E7 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor 206 3 18 E9 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve 209 3 19 F3 Outdoor Unit Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature 211 3 20 F6 Outdoor Unit Refrigerant Overcharged 212 3 21 H7 Outdoor Unit Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal 213 3 22 H9 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Outdoor Air 214 3 23 J2 Outdoor Unit Current Sensor Malfunction 215 3 24 J3 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R3 RIMIS T series casera Ss terse 216 3 25 J5 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R2T R7T for Suction Pipe 217 3 26 J6 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor RAT for Outdoor Unit Heat EXCHang ru eee 218 3 27 J7 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor R6T 219 3 28 J9 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor RST 220 3 29 JA Outdoor Unit Malfunction o
93. V3070 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 214 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 23 Je Outdoor Unit Current Sensor Malfunction Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Malfunction is detected according to the current value detected by current sensor When the current value detected by current sensor becomes 54A or lower or 40A or more during standard compressor operation m Faulty current sensor AGP A7P m Faulty outdoor unit PC board A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is the connector for current sensor connected to X25A X26A on outdoor unit PC board A1P Are the curren Sensors inversely connected to YES gt Connect the connector and operate unit again two STD compressors Is the current sensor gt Correct the connections between the current sensors and the STD compressors mounted on the T phase A6P and R phase A7P wire YES gt Mount the current sensor correctly and operate unit again gt Replace current sensor and outdoor unit PC board V3071 Troubleshooting 215 Troubleshooting by In
94. a malfunction Charge with the outdoor unit at standstill Calculate how much refrigerant to be added using the formula explained in the chapter 4 2 How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged on page 146 Open valve C valves A and B and the stop valves must be left closed and charge the required amount of refrigerant through the liquid side stop valve service port When the required amount of refrigerant is fully charged close valve C Record the amount of refrigerant that was added on the additional refrigerant charge label provided with the unit and attach it on the back side of the front panel Perform the test procedure as described in Test operation procedure opened correctly Checkifthe valve of the refrigerant cylinder is opened Check if the air inlet and outlet of the air handling unit are not obstructed the automatic charging procedure again Remote control cooling mode malfunction codes Error code Close valve A and replace the empty cylinder When renewed open valve A the outdoor unit will not stop operating The code on the display shows the unit where a cylinder is to be PR PH PC renewed PR master unit PH slave unit 1 PC slave unit 2 flashing PR y PH and PC all units After recplacing the cylinder open valve A again and continue the work Close valve immediately recharge Restart the automatic charging procedur
95. a refrigerant reclaimer For details see the operation manual delivered with the refrigerant reclaimer 14 CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKS Introduction The installer and system specialist shall secure safety against leakage according to local regulations or standards The following standards may be applicable if local regulations are not available This system uses R410A as refrigerant R410A itself is an entirely safe non toxic non combustible refrigerant Nevertheless care must be taken to ensure that air conditioning facilities are installed in a room which is sufficiently large This assures that the maximum concentration level of refrigerant gas is not exceeded in the unlikely event of major leak in the system and this in accordance to the local applicable regulations and standards Maximum concentration level The maximum charge of refrigerant and the calculation of the maximum concentration of refrigerant is directly related to the humanly occupied space in to which it could leak The unit of measurement of the concentration is kg m the weight in kg of the refrigerant gas in 1 m volume of the occupied space Compliance to the local applicable regulations and standards for the maximum allowable concentration level is required According to the appropriate European Standard the maximum allowed concentration level of refrigerant to a humanly space for R410A is limited to 0 44 kg m m
96. blow when brazing Brazing without performing nitrogen replacement or releasing nitrogen into the piping will create large quantities of oxidized film on the inside of the pipes adversely affecting valves and compressors in the refrigerating system and preventing normal operation After completing the installation work check that the NOTE The pressure regulator for the nitrogen released when doing the brazing should set to 0 02 less See figure 8 Refrigerant piping Location to be brazed Nitrogen Taping Manual valve Regulator WO N Nitrogen refrigerant gas does not leak Toxic gas may be produced if the refrigerant gas leaks into the room and comes in contact with a source of fire A Ventilate the area immediately in the event of a leak Do not use anti oxidants when brazing the pipe joints Residue can clog pipes and break equipment In the event of a leak do not touch the leaked refrigerant directly Frostbite may be caused 6 4 1 6 1 Installation tools Make sure to use installation tools gauge manifold charge hose etc that are exclusively used for R410A installations to withstand the pressure and to prevent foreign materials e g mineral oils such as SUNISO and moisture from mixing into the system Use a 2 stage vacuum pump with a non return valve which can evacuate to 100 7 kPa 5 Torr 755 mm Hg NOTE Make sure the pump oil does not flo
97. correctly wiring with the master NO controller disconnected or wired incorrectly master controller s YES connector for setting master controller disconnected Replace the central PC board Fix the wiring correctly Connect the connector correctly V2841 254 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting OP Unified ON OFF Controller Check No 1 Check on connector of fan motor Power supply cable 1 Turn off the power supply Measure the resistance between phases of U V W at the motor side connectors three core wire to check that the values are balanced and there is no short circuiting while connector or relay connector is disconnected Red U Whi Measure the resistance 19 values between phases U V W Black w Check No 2 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Measure the resistance between Vcc and each phase of U V W and GND and each phase at the motor side connectors five core wire to check that the values are balanced within the range of 20 while connector or relay connector is disconnected Furthermore to use a multiple meter for measurement connect the probe of negative pole to Vcc and that of positive pole to GND 5 Gray O GND 4 Pink vee Measure the resistance 3 Orange O values between Vcc and U V W and GND and U V W 2 Blue O v 1 Yellow O U Troubleshooting 255 Troubleshooting OP Unified ON OFF Controller ESiEN09 06 CH
98. defrost External low noise demand 54 42 External low noise e e e e demand setting a ae n External low noise demand High static pressure setting 18 High static pressure setting x a 12 ae static pressure setting soL OFF r eeeeee operation in Inhibi 19 STD compressor is xt e xt x X STD 1 2 operation Inhibited inhibited to operate STD 2 operation Inhibited Additional refrigerant Refrigerant charging OFF 20 charging operation e e e 34900007 setting Refrigerant charging ON Refrigerant Refrigerant recovery vacuuming OFF 21 recovery vacuuming e e x 100000 mode setting Refrigerant recovery vacuuming ON OFF 33900000 Night time low noise n zm E n Level 1 outdoor fan with 6 step or lower reeeeer setting Level 2 outdoor fan with 5 step or lower 7400000 Level 3 outdoor fan with 4 step or lower EOL LII EOSO 122 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting Setting item display No MODE TEST C H selection Low Demand Setting condition display etting H1P H2P IND Master Slave noise 7 H5P H6P Factory set Level 1 outdoor fan with 6 step or lower 25 Low noise setting xt e x xt e e XX Level 2 out
99. disappear Clean air filters and casings of air handling units Refer to the operation manual supplied with the air handling units for details on how to proceed and make sure to install cleaned air filters back in the same position 10 FOLLOWING SYMPTOMS ARE NOT AIR CONDITIONER TROUBLES Symptom 1 The system does not operate The air conditioner does not start immediately after the ON OFF button on the remote control is pushed or T1 T2 is closed If the operation lamp lights the system is in normal condition To prevent overloading of the compressor motor the air conditioner starts 5 minutes after it is turned ON again in case it was turned OFF just before The same starting delay occurs after the operation mode selector button was used if Centralized Control is displayed on the remote control and pressing the operation button causes the display to blink for a few seconds This indicates that the central device is controlling the unit The blinking display indicates that the remote control cannot be used The system does not start immediately after the power supply is turned on Wait one minute until the micro computer is prepared for operation Symptom 2 Cool Heat cannot be changed over B When the display shows jJ change over under centralized control it shows that this is a slave remote control B When the cool heat changeover remote control switch is installed and the displ
100. e 20 Contents of retry the latest xk e xt e xt e e Push the RETURN BS3 button and switches to the initial status of 21 Contents of retry 1 cycle before Jk e e Monitor mode 22 Contents of retry 2 cycle before wle Number of multi connection vat 25 outdoor units e X Lower6 digits Push the MODE BS1 button and The numbers in the No column represent the number of times to press the returns to Setting mode 1 SET BS2 button V2765 Setting item 0 Display contents of Number of units for various settings EMG operation ON T x e e backup operation setting OFF eo Defrost select setting Short oc e e Medium x Je Long WT e e Te setting H e je M xe L WT je e e Tc setting H je e e M WT x L e e 124 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting Push the SET button and match with the LEDs No 1 15 push the RETURN button and confirm the data for each setting Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers the two ways of expressing are as follows The No 1 cool heat unified address is expressed as a binary d e00e000 number consisting of the lower 6 digits 0 63 16 4 1 92 8 In O
101. electromagnetic waves may cause the control System to malfunction preventing normal operation Locations where flammable gases may leak where thinner gasoline and other volatile substances are handled or where carbon dust and other incendiary substances are found in the atmosphere Leaked gas may accumulate around the unit causing an explosion When installing take strong winds typhoons or earthquakes into account Improper installation may result in fall over of the unit 4 INSPECTING AND HANDLING THE UNIT At delivery the package should be checked and any damage should be reported immediately to the carrier claims agent When handling the unit take into account the following 1 y Fragile handle the unit with care tt Keep the unit upright in order to avoid compressor damage 2 Choose on beforehand the path along which the unit is to be brought in 3 Bringthe unit as close as possible to its final installation position in its original package to prevent damage during transport See figure 4 1 Packaging material 2 Opening large 3 Belt sling 4 Opening small 40x45 5 Protector 4 Lift the unit preferably with a crane and 2 belts of at least 8 m long See figure 4 Always use protectors to prevent belt damage and pay attention to the position of the unit s centre of gravity NOTE Use a belt sling of 20 mm wide that adequately bears the weight of the unit 5
102. filter The error signal is given and the system stops If the error resets after 5 10 minutes the unit safety device was activated but the unit restarted after evaluation time If the error persists contact your dealer If the system operates but it does not sufficiently cool heat Check if the air inlet or outlet of the air handling unit or the outdoor unit is blocked with obstacles Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated B Check if the air filter is clogged Ask a qualified service person to clean the air filter Check if the doors or the windows are open Shut doors or windows to prevent wind from coming in Check if direct sunlight enters the room Use curtains or blinds Check if there are too many inhabitants the room Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large Check if the heat source of the room is excessive Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large The air handling unit is freezing up The liquid thermistor R2T is not put on the coldest position and part of the air handling unit is freezing up Thermistor must be put on the coldest position WB thermistor has come loose The thermistor must be fixed The air handling unit fan is not operating continuously When the outdoor unit stops operating the air handling unit fan must continue operation to melt the ice that was accumulated during outdoor unit operation Ensure that
103. fin increases above 93 C Decision Conditions Supposed m Actuation of fin thermal Actuates above 93 C Causes m Defect of inverter PC board m Defect of fin thermistor N Caution Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Fin temperat f th YES Sop ascori ere ls gt Faulty radiation from the high If the fin reaches a switch box Power OFF temperature of 93 C the Conduct the checks Y NO malfunction will occur shown below Remove and insert the fin Radiation fin for stains thermistor connector X111A Airflow for interference Fan propeller for damage Whether or not outdoor Tum temperature is too high ON the power YES Supply and ten uh gt Replace the inverter Power ON malfunction ies recurs NO gt End of measures It is supposed that radiation fin temperature has risen due to on site causes Conduct the checks shown below Radiation fin for stains Airflow for interference Fan propeller for damage Whether or not outdoor temperature is too high Troubleshooting 223 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 XIIIA EH CONNECTOR WHITE Inverter PCB for compressor Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 224 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indicatio
104. function D The noise of level 3 lt level 2 lt level 1 1 H2P H3P H5P H6P H7P 3 e e e e e al oe x 2 xe 3 ux W This setting factory setting Possible settings for function E and F For function E L N O P only the noise of level 3 lt level 2 lt level 1 1 For function F DEMAND only the power consumption of level 1 lt level 2 lt level 3 a 3 al 20 gt x e a3 Kk This setting factory setting 4 Pushthe BS3 RETURN button and the setting is defined 5 When the BS3 RETURN button is pushed again the operation starts according to the setting Refer to the service manual for more details and for other settings Confirmation of the set mode The following items can be confirmed by setting mode 1 H1P LED is off Check the LED indication in the field marked 1 Indication of the present operation state normal 3 abnormal 3 under preparation or under test operation HIP H2P H3P H5P H6P e e 2 Indication of COOL HEAT selection setting 1 When set to COOL HEAT change over by each individual outdoor unit circuit factory setting HIP H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P e This setting factory setting 3 Indication of low noise operation state L N O P standard
105. gt 1 step down from current compressor rps l After 30 sec we 15 C Tp gt 135 p gt 135 C HTdi lt 110 C lt 125 HTdi gt 130 C gt INV upper limit frequency 1 step up HTdi gt 120 C as from current compressor frequency or for 90 sec After 20 sec or more Tp gt 130 C A ERQ 125 A7 52 Hz Other models HTdi gt 120 C for 10 min or more INV62 Hz OFF OFF Discharge pipe gt temperature standby for 7 a period of 10 minutes When occurring 3 times within 100 minutes the malfunction code is output STD compressor HTds Value of STD compressor discharge pipe temperature Tds compensated with outdoor air temperature Tp Value of compressor port temperature calculated by Tc and Te and suction superheated degree e HTds gt 120 C continues for 5 min or more e HTds gt 135 C Tp gt 135 C continues for 10 min more e Tp gt 145 C gt Discharge pipe temp Applicable STD protection control not limited compressor stops lt After 10 38 Function ESiEN09 06 Protection Control 4 4 Inverter Protection Control Inverter current protection control and inverter fin temperature control are performed to prevent tripping due to a malfunction or transient inverter overcurrent and fin temperature increase Inverter overcurrent protection control Nomal operation
106. ie 251 Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Suction Air 196 Malfunction of Thermistor R2T for Heat Exchanger 194 Malfunction of Thermistor R2T R7T for Suction PIDG Per eee resti AS 217 Malfunction of Thermistor R3T for Gas Pipes 195 Malfunction of Thermistor RAT for Outdoor Unit Heat EXCHA nGG uy cL 218 Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Gontftoll amp r UU inn oh trn ha khe a na 197 Malfunction of Transmission Between AHU and Outdoor Units in the Same System 247 Malfunction of Transmission Between AHUS 244 Malfunction of Transmission Between Inverter and Control PG Board uuu ver 231 Malfunction of Transmission Between Remote Controller and AHU 246 Method of Checking The Inverter s Power Transistors and Diode Modules 273 Oil Return Operation 30 Operation Lamp Blinks 253 Operation Mode 23 Operation When Power is Turned On 104 Opti niDiSt uu u m 269 41 Outdoor Unit Fan Control Cooling Operation 28 Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout 105 Outdoor Unit Thermistors for Discharge Pipe 271 P uc 234 PA P 235 PG Board Defect rere 186 198 P J
107. immediately Check charge following items After correcting the ower j i i p hold Check if the gas side stop valve is abnormality restart Perform the settings on the circuit board A1P of the outdoor unit and check the LED display after the power is on via the service lid which is in the lid of the electric box Operate switches with an insulated stick such as a ball point pen to avoid touching the life parts Make sure to re attach the inspection cover into the switch box cover after the job is finished A Make sure to turn ON the power 6 hours before starting the operation This is necessary to warm the crankcase by the electric heater If operation is performed within 12 minutes after the air handling unit and outdoor units are turned on the H2P LED will be lit and the compressor will not operate NOTE See 11 3 Stop valve operation procedure on 153 for details on how to handle stop valves The refrigerant charging port is connected to the piping inside the unit The units internal piping is already factory charged with refrigerant so be careful when connecting the charge hose After adding the refrigerant do not forget to close the lid of the refrigerant charging port The tightening torque for the lid is 11 5 to 13 9 Nem In order to ensure uniform refrigerant distribution it may take the compressor 10 minutes to start up after the unit has started operation This is not
108. incorporated in the fixed wiring in accordance with relevant local and national legislation Power supply wires must be attached securely Ifthe power supply has a missing or wrong N phase equipment will break down Make sure that all wiring is secure the specified wires are used and no external forces act on the terminal connection or wires B Improper connections or installation may result in fire B When wiring the power supply and connecting the remote control wiring and transmission wiring position the wires so that the control box lid can be securely fastened Improper positioning of the control box lid may result in electric shocks fire or overheating of the terminals ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 149 8 5 System examples See figure 14 a UN Oo nO Field power supply outdoor unit 400 V Fuse Earth leakage breaker Outdoor unit To control box Use the conductor of sheathed wire 2 wire 16 V no polarity Power supply terminal Outdoor unit PC board A1P Control box Field power supply control box sheathed wire 230 V Leading power line and transmission line Be sure to let the power line and the transmission line pass through a conduit hole Lead the power line from the upper hole on the left side plate from the front position of the main unit through the conduit hole of the wiring mount
109. made longer to up to 20 m Install the longer thermistor cable with the delivered wire to wire splices 1 Cut the wire or bundle the remainder of the thermistor cable Keep at least 1 m of the original thermistor cable Do not bundle the cable inside the control box 2 Strip the wire 7 mm at both ends and insert these ends into the wire to wire splice 3 Pinch the splice with the correct crimp tool pliers 4 After connection heat up the shrink insulation of the wire to wire splice with a shrink heater to make a water tight connection 5 Wrap electrical insulation tape around the connection 6 Puta pull relief in front of and behind the connection To the connection waterproof the connection can also be made in a switch box or connector box The connection must be made on an accessible location The thermistor cable should be located at least 50 mm away from power supply wire Not following this guideline may result in malfunction due to electrical noise REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK All field piping must be provided by a licensed refrigeration technician and must comply with the relevant local and national codes For refrigerant piping of outdoor unit refer to the installation manual supplied with the outdoor unit W Follow the outdoor unit specifications for additional charging piping diameter and installation W The maximum allowed piping length depends on the connected outdo
110. megger tester for other circuits than 380V or 415V circuit 1 Measure to be taken against decreased insulation resistance in the compressor If the compressor is left to stand for an extended period of time after the refrigerant charge with the stop valve open and the power supply OFF the Dryer refrigerant may be mixed in the 1000W compressor thus decreasing the aem insulation resistance Heat the compressor as shown on the right and then recheck the insulation Terminal Heat the left side of the terminal for a period of approximately 15 minutes O Is the pipe size proper O Is the pipe insulation material installed securely Liquid and gas pipes need to be insulated Otherwise causes water leak O Have the airtight test and the vacuum drying been conducted according to the procedure in the Installation Manual O Is a proper quantity of refrigerant refilled The following two methods are available for refilling of the refrigerant 1 Use the automatic refrigerant refilling function 2 Calculate a refrigerant refilling quantity O Check to be sure the stop valves are under the following conditions Liquid side stop valve Gas side stop valve Open Open Test Operation 91 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 1 2 2 Turn power on Turn outdoor unit and AHU power on Check the LED display of the outdoor unit PC board V Make field settings with outdoor
111. of STD compressor discharge pipe temperature R32T R33T compensated with outdoor air temperature Pc S1NPH Value detected by high pressure sensor Pe S1NPL Value detected by low pressure sensor SH _ Evaporator outlet superheat SHS _ Target evaporator outlet superheat SVO Y2S Solenoid valve for oil return SVP Y1S Solenoid valve for hot gas bypass SVT Y4S Solenoid valve for injection Ta A1P Outdoor air temperature Tb R4T Heat exchanger outlet temperature at cooling Ts2 R2T Suction pipe temperature detected with the suction pipe thermistor R2T Tsh R5T Temperature detected with the subcooling heat exchanger outlet thermistor R5T Tc _ High pressure equivalent saturation temperature TcS _ Target temperature of Tc Te _ Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature TeS _ Target temperature of Te Tfin R1T Inverter fin temperature TI R6T Liquid pipe temperature detected with the liquid pipe thermistor R6T Tp _ Calculated value of compressor port temperature Ts1 R7T Suction pipe temperature detected with the accumulator inlet thermistor 22 Function ESiEN09 06 Function general 1 2 Operation Mode AHU stop or thermostat OFF gt Operation AHU thermostat ON Malfunction Standby Retry gt Restart standby gt lt Compressor stop prior to startup Malfunction Sta
112. of other normal compressors 5 1 1 Restrictions for Emergency Operation In the case of system with 1 outdoor unit installed only when thermostats of AHUs having a capacity of 50 or more of the outdoor unit capacity turn ON the emergency operation is functional If the total capacity of units with thermostat ON is small the outdoor unit cannot operate If the emergency operation is set while the outdoor unit is in operation the outdoor unit stops once after pump down residual operation a maximum of 5 minutes elapsed Function 41 Other Control ESiEN09 06 5 1 2 Principle Set the system to operation prohibition mode by compressor In order to set an INV compressor to operation prohibition mode set No 42 of Setting mode 2 to EMERGENCY OPERATION Procedure 1 Press and hold the MODE button BS1 for a period of 5 seconds or more 2 Press the SET button BS2 42 times 3 Press the RETURN button BS3 once 4 Press the SET button BS2 once 5 Press the RETURN button BS3 twice 6 Press the MODE button BS1 once In order to set STD1 compressor to operation prohibition mode set No 19 of Setting mode 2 to STD1 OPERATION PROHIBITION ERQ 250 A7W1B Procedure 1 Press and hold the MODE button BS1 for a period of 5 seconds or more 2 Press the SET button BS2 19 times 3 Press the RETURN button BS3 once 4 Press the SET button BS2 once 5 Press the
113. outdoor UE F6 unit is left closed Open the shutoff valve U1 The phases of the power to the Exchange two of the three phases L1 L2 L3 to outdoor unit is reversed make a proper connection U1 No power is supplied to an outdoor Make sure the power source wire is properly U4 or AHU including phase connected to the outdoor unit and revise if LC interruption necessary There is conflict on the connection m pie Check if the refrigerant piping line and the UF aa wiring in the transmission wiring are consistent with each other E3 Recalculate the additional amount refrigerant from the piping length and correctthe refrigerant charge p Refrigerant overcharge level by recovering any excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine Check if the additional refrigerant charge has E4 been finished correctly Insufficient refrigerant Recalculate the additional amount refrigerant F3 from the piping length and add the adequate amount If the outdoor unit terminal is UE m connected when thereis one GT and Qo 1 from the outdoor multi terminals outdoor unit installed If any malfunction codes other than the above are displayed check service manual for how to respond 100 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Test Operation 1 2 5 Onsite Settings 1 2 5 1 Onsite Settings with the Power Off A Warning If the COOL HEAT selector was connected to the outdoor unit set the dip switch DS1
114. outdoor temperature not more than 16 CWB Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit lt s the connector properly connected Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal Degradation Dirty condenser i in condensing y Is the heat exchanger clogged In cooling capacity Mixing of non condensable gas lt s air or else mixed in the refrigerant system n F Faulty fan Can the fan motor be rotated with hands PA motor Are the motor coil resistance and i i Decreased output Faulty control insulation normal y lt spare PC board is mounted is the capacity setting capacity setting properly made High air Dirty filter lt s the air filter clogged passage resistance Obstacle lt Is there any obstacle in the air passage Excessive refrigerant charging lt Refer to F6 Outdoor unit Refrigerant Overcharged lt Is the AHU too small compared to Improper model selection In heating the large sized outdoor unit 1 In cooling it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve EV1 is fully open 2 In heating the AHU electronic expansion valve is used for subcooled degree control SDK04009 256 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting OP Unified ON OFF Controller CHECK 4 Check for causes of drop in low pressure Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis FTA shown below probe the faulty points
115. over current abnormal lock of outdoor unit fan motor Instantaneous over current of DC fan 1 motor EZ Detection of DC fan 1 motor lock Instantaneous over current of DC fan 2 motor Detection of DC fan 2 motor lock Malfunction of electronic expansion valve Abnormal position signal of outdoor unit fan motor EV1 EV2 EV3 Abnormal position signal of DC fan 1 motor Abnormal position signal of DC fan 2 motor Faulty sensor of outdoor air temperature Abnormal discharge pipe temperature Faulty Ta sensor short Faulty Ta sensor open Abnormal Td Abnormal heat exchanger temperature Faulty current sensor Refrigerant over charge Faulty CT1 sensor Faulty CT2 sensor Faulty sensor of discharge pipe temperature Faulty Tdi sensor short Faulty Tds1 sensor short Faulty Tds2 sensor short Faulty Tdi sensor open Faulty Tds1 sensor open Faulty Tds2 sensor open Faulty sensor of suction pipe temperature Faulty Ts1 sensor short Faulty Ts1 sensor open Faulty Ts2 sensor short Faulty Ts2 sensor open Faulty sensor of heat exchanger temperature Faulty Tb sensor short Faulty Tb sensor open Malfunction of the liquid pipe temperature sensor Faulty TI sensor short Faulty TI sensor open Faulty sensor of subcool heat exchanger temperature Faulty Tsh sensor short Faulty Tsh
116. performing the vacuum drying for two hours pressurize to 0 05 MPa i e vacuum breakdown with nitrogen gas then depressurize down to 100 7 kPa for an hour using the vacuum pump vacuum drying 2 If the pressure does not reach 100 7 kPa even after depressurizing for at least two hours repeat the vacuum breakdown vacuum drying process After vacuum drying maintain the vacuum for an hour and make sure the pressure does not rise by monitoring with a vacuum gauge 1 2 4 Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation Maximum piping length is 55 m For calculation of additional refrigerant charge we refer to the installation manual 1 2 4 1 Before Working A Caution About the refrigerant cylinder Check whether the cylinder has a siphon pipe before charging and place the cylinder so that the refrigerant is charged in liquid form See the figure below With siphon pipe Ca Stand the cylinder upright and charge The siphon pipe goes all the way inside so the cylinder does not need be put upside down charge in liquid form Other tanks Stand the cylinder upside down and charge m Always use the proper refrigerant R 410A If charged with the refrigerant containing an improper material it may cause an explosion or accident m R 410A is a mixed refrigerant so charging it as a gas will cause the refrigerant composition to change which may prevent normal operation 94
117. put any objects into the air inlet or outlet Objects touching the fan at high operating speed can be 1 SAFETY CAUTIONS dangerous Never press the button of the remote control with a hard pointed Read the following cautions carefully and use your equipment object properly The remote control may be damaged WARNING Never pull or twist the electric wire of the remote control It may cause the unit to malfunction Improper handling can lead to such serious consequences as death severe injury or damage to the equipment W Never inspect or Service the unit by yourself Ask a qualified service person to perform this work To prevent refrigerant leak contact your dealer NOTE These instructions will ensure proper use of the When the system is installed and runs in a small room it is tz equipment required to keep the concentration of the refrigerant if by any Be sure to follow these important safety cautions chance coming out below the limit Otherwise oxygen in the room may be affected resulting in a serious accident Keep these warning sheets handy so that you can refer to them The refrigerant in the air conditioner is safe and normally does if needed not leak If the refrigerant leaks in the room contact with a fire of Also if this equipment is transferred to a new user make sure to a burner a heater or a cooker result harmful gas hand over this user s manual to the new user Turn off any combustible he
118. selected to these limitations Allowed heat exchanger volume dm Allowed heat exchanger capacity kW Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 63 1 66 2 08 6 3 7 8 80 2 09 2 64 7 9 9 9 100 2 65 3 30 10 0 12 3 125 3 31 4 12 12 4 15 4 140 4 13 4 62 15 5 17 6 200 4 63 6 60 TET 24 6 250 6 61 8 25 24 7 30 8 Saturated suction temperature SST 6 C SH superheat 5 K air temperature 27 C DB 19 C WB 1 Selecting the condensing unit Depending on necessary capacity of the combination an outdoor unit needs to be selected see Engineering databook for capacity W Each outdoor unit can be connected to a range of air handling units W The range is determined by the allowed expansion valve kits EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 65 Selecting the expansion valve The corresponding expansion valve needs to be selected for your air handling unit Select the expansion valve according to the above limitations NOTE If conflicting result capacity selection has priority over volume The expansion valve is an electronic type it is SELECTING THE INSTALLATION SITE This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may b
119. sensor open Faulty sensor of discharge pressure Faulty Pc sensor short Faulty Pc sensor open Faulty sensor of suction pressure Instantaneous power failure Faulty Pe sensor short Faulty Pe sensor open NO display on remote control Judge during compressor operation Inverter radiation fin temperature rising Over heating of inverter radiation fin temperature DC output over current Inverter instantaneous over current IGBT malfunction Electronic thermal Electronic thermal switch 1 Electronic thermal switch 2 Out of step Speed down after startup Lightening detection Stall prevention Limit time Stall prevention Current increasing Stall prevention Faulty start up Abnormal wave form in startup Out of step Transmission error between inverter and outdoor unit Inverter transmission error Troubleshooting 181 ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Remote Control e OFF i Confirmation of malfunction 4 H1P H2P H3P H4P HPP H6P H7P Display 2 of malfunction in detail e Master ik xk Slave1 e Slave2 3k yk System Confirmation of malfunction 3 H1P H2P H3P H4P HPP H6P H7P Display 1 of malfunction
120. since mixing ratio is changed during charging When R 410A is charged in liquid state using charging cylinder foaming phenomenon is generated inside charging cylinder Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 283 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 06 9 Weigher for refrigerant charge m Specifications e High accuracy TA101A for 10 kg cylinder 2g TA101B for 20 kg cylinder 5g e Equipped with pressure resistant sight glass to check liquid refrigerant charging e manifold with separate ports for HFCs and previous refrigerants is equipped as standard accessories Differences e Measurement is based on weight to prevent change of mixing ratio during charging 10 Charge mouthpiece uw B Specifications e For R 410A 1 4 5 16 2min 2 5min e Material is changed from CR to H NBR W Differences e Change of thread specification on hose connection side For the R 410A use e Change of sealer material for the HFCs use 284 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 06 A AU 185 186 187 pns 189 190 Discharge Temperature 211 Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal 213 About Refrigerant R 410A 276 Actuation of High Pressure Switch 199 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor
121. standstill and under the setting mode 2 set the required function B refrigerant recovery operation vacuuming operation to ON ON After this is set do not reset the setting mode 2 until the vacuuming is finished The 1 LED is on and the remote control indicates TEST test operation and amp external control the operation will be prohibited 2 Evacuate the system with a vacuum pump 3 Press the BS1 MODE button and reset the setting mode 2 Refrigerant recovery operation method by a refrigerant reclaimer 1 When the unit is at standstill and under the setting mode 2 set the required function B refrigerant recovery operation vacuuming operation to ON ON The air handling unit and the outdoor unit expansion valves will fully open and some solenoid valves will be turned on H1P LED is on and the remote control indicates TEST test operation and external control and the operation will be prohibited Installation manual DAIKIN ERQ125 250A7W1B 158 Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 2 Cutoff the power supply to the control box air handling unit and the outdoor unit with the circuit breaker After the power supply to one side is cut off cut off the power supply to the other side within 10 minutes Otherwise the communication between the air handling and outdoor unit may become abnormal and the expansion valves will be completely closed again 3 Recover the refrigerant by
122. the address is 010110 binary number which translates to 16 4 2 22 base 10 number In other words the address is 22 9eeeoeo Te The number of terminal blocks for No 12 and 13 is expressed as an 8 digit binary number which is the combination of four upper and four lower digits for No 12 and 13 respectively 0 128 In the address for No 12 is 0101 the address for No 13 is 0110 and the combination of the two is 01010110 binary number which translates to 64 16 4 2 86 base 10 number In other words the number of terminal block is 86 64 No 12 128 32 See the preceding page for a list of data etc for No 0 25 Test Operation 125 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 3 2 2 Cool Heat Mode Switching There are the following 2 cool heat switching modes Set cool heat separately for each outdoor unit system remote control only for Z control Set cool heat separately for each outdoor unit system by cool heat selector X Y and Z control Set Cool Heat for Outdoor Unit System by AHU Remote Control Set outdoor unit PC board DS1 1 to IN factory set Set cool heat switching to IND individual for Setting mode 1 factory set ms Q C H SELECT MASTER SLAVE H4P H5P DEMAND C H SELECT C H SELECTOR A B C cont
123. the air handling unit fan must continue operation to melt the ice that was accumulated during outdoor unit operation Ensure that the air handling unit fan keeps operating In these cases contact your dealer MAINTENANCE Only a qualified service person is allowed to perform maintenance Before obtaining access to terminal devices all power supply circuits must be interrupted Water or detergent may deteriorate the insulation of electronic components and result in burn out of these components DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Dismantling of the unit treatment of the refrigerant of oil and of other parts must be done in accordance with relevant local and national legislation Installation and operation manual DAIKIN EKEQMCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 ESiEN09 06 Part 6 Test Operation NE Pole m 90 1 4 Installation Process reir ER Ere 90 1 2 Procedure and Outline sess 91 1 3 Operation When Power is Turned On 104 Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout nne 105 Field Setting Ee Ue 106 3 1 Field Setting from Remote Control 106 3 2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit inet pcnc ate 114 Test Operation 89 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 1 Test Operation 1 1 Installation Process B
124. the number of retry times Item Judgment Criteria Malfunction Code 1 Abnormal low pressure level 0 07MPa E4 2 Abnormal high pressure level 4 0MPa E3 3 Abnormal discharge pipe temperature level 135 C F3 4 Abnormal power supply voltage Reverse phase power supply U1 5 Abnormal inverter current level 16 1A 260 sec L8 6 Abnormal radiator fin temperature level 93 C L4 Function 35 Protection Control ESiEN09 06 4 Protection Control 4 1 High Pressure Protection Control This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due to abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient increase of high pressure In cooling operation High pressure not limited A gt 3 43 INV upper limit frequency gt 3 step down from current compressor rps After 10 sec Pc HP pressure sensor detection value for each outdoor unit INV upper limit rps max gt 3 43 INV upper limit frequency Pc lt 3 24MPa Current step maintained p 1 step up from current Pc gt 3 55MPa www compressor frequency After 15 sec After 10 sec STD compressor Pc gt 3 64MPa standby High pressure standby In heating operation High pressure not limited
125. the operation mode between cooling and heating N S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when malfunction occurs this P S1PH Hr pressure switch For INV switch is activated at high pressure of 4 0 MPa or more to stop the compressor pressor operation This valve opens at a pressure of 4 0 MPa for prevention of pressure increase thus T Pressure regulating valve 1 resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in transportation or storage Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the W Capillary tube compressor 1 Thermistor Outdoor air Ta Used to detect outdoor temperature correct discharge pipe temperature and others 2 R2T Thermistor Suction pipe Ts Used to detect suction pipe temperature 3 R3T Thermistor INV discharge Used to detect discharge pipe temperature make the temperature protection control of pipe Tdi compressor and others 4 R4T Thermistor Heat exchanger Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger determine defrosting deicer Tb operation and others 5 R6T Thermistor Liquid pipe TI Used to detect liquid pipe temperature 6 R7T Thermistor Accumulator inlet Used to detect gas pipe temperature at the accumulator inlet Keep the suction Ts1 superheated degree constant in heating o
126. the outdoor unit Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the power cable plug Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can cause an electrical shock or fire e A Introduction ESiEN09 06 IN Caution Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or wet place to avoid electrical shocks Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning the equipment The internal fan rotates at a high speed and cause injury Do not tilt the unit when removing it The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down sufficiently before conducting repair work Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns Use the welder in a well ventilated place Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency e omwegcoo 1 1 2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repai
127. throttled too much Faulty gas pipe lt Check for the thermistor resistance and connection See 3 Faulty H thermistor of AHU control Faulty electronic Faulty liquid pipe thermistor lt Check for the thermistor resistance and connection expansion valve of AHU control Fault trol PCB lt 5 the pressure value checked with the Service Checker Suy cono corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor Faulty outdoor Faulty valve coil Are the coil resistance and insulation normal unit electronic expansion valve Faulty valve body In heating wale outdoor unit Faulty low pressure sensor lt Are the electrical characteristics normal electronic i Faul gt 7 alye daa Faulty suction pipe thermistor Check for the thermistor resistance and connection See 4j Faulty control PCB in cooling Low suction air Short circuit lt 15 the suction air temperature not less than 14 C temperature of AHU Low ambient temperature lt Is the indoor temperature not more than 14 C Low suction air lt s the connector properly connected Faul tion air thermistor of AHU lemperalure of Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal the evaporator Low suction air temperature of outdoor unit lt 15 the outdoor temperature not less than 20 C 15 the connector properly connected Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal In hea
128. to assist in maintaining and improving the quality of the environment Daikin units comply with the European regulations that guarantee the safety of the product Daikin Europe N V is participating in the EUROVENT Certification Programme Products as listed the EUROVENT Directory of Certified Products The present publication is drawn up by way of information only and does not constitute an offer binding upon Daikin Europe N V Daikin Europe N V has compiled the content of this publication to the best of its knowledge No express or implied warranty is given for the completeness accuracy reliability or fitness for particular purpose of its content and the products and services presented therein Specifications are subject to change without prior notice Daikin Europe N V explicitly rejects any liability for any direct or indirect damage In the broadest sense arising from or related to the use and or interpretation of this publication All content is copyrighted by Daikin Europe N V Will ESiEN09 06 ESiEN09 06 02 2010 Copyright Daikin Prepared in Belgium by Lannoo www lannooprint be a company whose concern for kin Europe N V Zandvoordestraat 300 B 8400 Oostende set in the EMAS and ISO 14001 systems
129. to control different temperatures Td Ts Tr Te or Tc Schematic AHU Ta Discharge air control Ts Suction air control T Room air control T Evaporating temperature control Tc Condensing temperature control AHU Air handling unit DDC Digital controller EKEQD Z control EKEQF X Y control EKEQM Z control 2 4 X Control Control of air temperature Td Ts or Tr by means of an external device DDC controller 0 10V control output T 10 10 V dcm DDC ESL AT Tset AT C Te AT Tset Tmeasured Tmeasured Ta Ts or Tr Components for control m DDC field supply m Air thermistor field supply BRC1D only for servicing Possibility for Td control Flexibility in applications Higher cost DDC needed In case of X control a DDC controller is needed to operate the unit This DDC controller is field supply but in order to connect it to our ERQ system it is required that it emits a 0 10 VDC signal towards the control box Control Box EKEQ CBV3 55 X Y Z Control ESiEN09 06 2 1 1 Different levels level 1 level 2 Control Box level 3 X control level 4 level 5 Inside the control box this 0 10 VDC signal is converted into a voltage level The output voltage increase gives the voltage at which the level increases The output voltage decrease gives the voltage at which the level decreases Output level Level 1 Level
130. to ensure smooth drainage Incomplete drainage may cause wetting of the building furniture etc Do not let children play on and around the outdoor unit If they touch the unit carelessly it may result in injury Do not place a flower vase or anything containing water on the unit Water may enter the unit causing an electric shock or fire Do not place the controller exposed to direct sunlight The LCD display may get discolored failing to display the data Do not wipe the controller operation panel with benzine thinner chemical dustcloth etc The panel may get discolored or the coating peeled off If it is heavily dirty soak a cloth in water diluted neutral detergent squeeze it well and wipe the panel clean Wipe it with another dry cloth Never touch the internal parts of the controller Do not remove the front panel Some parts inside are dangerous to touch and a machine trouble may happen For checking and adjusting the internal parts contact your dealer Avoid placing the controller in a spot splashed with water Water coming inside the machine may cause an electric leak or may damage the internal electronic parts Do not operate the air conditioner when using a room fumigation type insecticide Failure to observe could cause the chemicals to become deposited in the unit which could endanger the health of those who are hypersensitive to chemicals Do touch the heat exchanger fins These fins are sharp
131. turn on again Replace the AHU PC board Replace the fan motor V2779 Troubleshooting 189 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 5 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Y1E Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All AHU models Use a microcomputer to check the electronic expansion valve for coil conditions When the pin input of the electronic expansion valve is not normal while in the initialization of the microcomputer m Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve W Defect of AHU PC board Defect of connecting cable A sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred The electronic expansion valve is connected to X7A of the AHU PC board NO gt After connecting turn the power supply off and then back on Normal when coil check 1 of the moving part of the electronic gt Replace the moving part of the expansion valve is checked electronic expansion valve Connecting cable is YES short circuited or disconnected gt Replace the connecting cable If you turn the power supply off and turn on again and it still does not help replace the AHU PC board v2781
132. valve 20 000 hours Electromagnetic valve 20 000 hours Table 1 assumes the following conditions of use 1 Normal use without frequent starting and stopping of the unit Depending on the model we recommend not starting and stopping the machine more than 6 times hour 2 Operation of the unit is assumed to be 10 hours day and 2 500 hours year NOTE 1 Table 1 indicates main components Refer to your maintenance and inspection contract for more details 2 Table 1 indicates recommended intervals of maintenance cycles However in order to keep the unit operational as long as_ possible maintenance work may be required sooner Recommended intervals can be used for appropriate maintenance design in terms of budgetting maintenance and inspection fees Depending on the content of the maintenance and inspection contract inspection and maintenance cycles may in reality be shorter than listed 12 2 Shortening of maintenance cycle and replacement cycle needs to be considered in following situations B The unitis used in locations where heat and humidity fluctuate out of the ordinary 2 power fluctuation is high voltage frequency wave distortion etc The unit cannot be used if power fluctuation is outside the allowable range 3 bumps and vibrations are frequent 4 dust salt harmful gas or oil mist such as sulfurous acid and hydrogen sulfide may be present in the air 5 the mac
133. waiting operation Y Judgement function Y Pump down residual operation Standby for restarting Y Completion Press the TEST button for 5 seconds 10 sec to 10 minutes 20 sec to 2 minutes 10 minutes Stop valve close check Wrong wiring check Correct Refrigerant charge check Piping length check 5 minutes 5 minutes LED display HTP H7P O ON OFF O BLINK 900000 900000 009000000 009000000 oeeceo oeeocoe oeceee eoeoeeo 0900000 Test Operation 135 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 136 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Part 7 Installation and Operation Manual Installation and Operation Manual 137 DAIKIN y INSTALLATION MANUAL Inverter condensing unit Installation manual Inverter condensing unit English Installationsanleitung Deutsch Invertierer Verfl ssiger Manuel d installation 4 sqa Fran ais Groupe condenseur inverter Montagehandleiding Nederlands Condensorunit met inverter Manual de instalaci n Espa ol Unidad condensadora Inverter p Manuale d installazione italiano Unit di condensazione a inverter Manual de instala o Portugues Unidade de condensa o com inversor 9 H ERQ125A7W1B Instrukcja montazu ERQ200A7W1B Skraplacz typu Invert
134. when the air conditioning load reaches a high level the System will be put into normal operation mode even during nighttime 128 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting Image of operation in the case of A Operation sound Rated operation sound If capacity precedence is set in Capacity precedence setting the fan speed will be increased according to the load of air conditioning when load is heavier Operation sound of mode 1 Operation sound of mode 2 Operation sound of mode 3 Approx 45 db target The power consumption may be increased by about 30 Operation sound during low noise mode is instructed can be set with External low noise level setting Factory setting is Mode 2 Operation sound level set with External low noise setting gt V3078 Image of operation in the case of B Operation sound Rated operation sound Time set with Night time low noise start setting If capacity precedence is set in Capacity precedence setting the fan speed will be increased according to the load of air conditioning when load is heavier Time set with Night time low noise end setting Operation sound during Operation sound of mode 1 Night time 1 1 E 1 1 1 M 1 i night time low noise mode is instructed can b
135. wrongly to the corresponding co color black or yellow Power ON whether or not the power supply voltage NO between L2 and N falls in the gt On site cause range of 220 to Correct the wiring 240VAC 5 the type PC NO No of the fan inverter gt Mount the correct type correct of fan inverter FAN2 YES 0511 3 Disconnect the cable from the compressor and then check RXYQI2P PC0511 3 PC05114 Power OFF the compressor for the RXYO16P PC0511 3 PC0511 4 insulation resistance RXYQ18P PC0511 1 PC0511 2 The YES insulation resistance is ow i e not more than 100kQ p i Disconnect the cable from the fan and then check the fan motor for the insulation resistance insulation resistance _YES gt is low i e not more Replace the fan motor than 1MQ Replace the fan driver PC board Check for connector connections Remove and insert the connectors shown below Fan 1 Fan 2 A1P 28 X6A X51A lt A8P ATP 20 lt gt X4A A4P lt gt A8P X61A lt gt X402A A2P _ Short connector A3P X1A lt gt X403A A2P A3P lt gt 4 Note black A3P lt gt X4A yellow A4P Short connector F400U of the Re i A place the noise 2P has been molten filter of the A2P NO TT 1n zl L le _
136. 1 125 A7W1B uu uuu untra ts ea leta ea ra i v ru ER 18 2 2 200 A7WAB nirien 19 2 9 ERG 250 ATW IB 20 Part 4 Function U U U U 21 Function g m ra uu uu uuu os ase m 22 1 1 22 1 2 Operation Mode a a 23 MT E 24 2 1 Normal Operation Fui dag eet ep iore rte eaa aa eat va a Rd Ru d 24 2 2 Compressor PI Control sss ener 25 2 3 Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans 27 2 4 Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation 28 C Ontol 29 Startup CON Ol seua uu un u 29 3 2 Oil Return Operation uuu uuu 30 3 3 u u uu uu cie und ns 32 34 Pump down Residual Operation I 33 39 34 3 6 Stopping Operation nnns 35 4 ue Pedes 36 4 1 High Pressure Protection Control rtt ce rtt itn 36 4 2 Low Pressure Protection Control 37 4 3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control
137. 1 Fully closed 0 Fully open 480pls Electronic expansion valve Subcool Y2E Fully closed Opls Fully open 480pls For M1C S1PH OFF 40702 3 0 0 15 High pressure 0 switch For M2C S2PH OFF 4 0 _ 42 MPa 3 0 0 15 protection For M3C S3PH Low pressure sensor SLNPL OFF 0 07MPa Discharge gas temperature protection R3T OFF 135 C Temperature Discharge pipe thermistor protection Inverter fin temperature protection R1T OFF 93 C Radiator fin thermistor For main PC F1U 250V AC 10A Class B Time lag 3 15A AC 250V board ime Others F2U 250V AC 10A Class B Time lag 3 15A AC 250V F1U 250V AC 5A Class B 268 Appendix ESiEN09 06 Option List 4 Option List ERQ125A7W1B ERQ200A7W1B ERQ250A7W1B No Item COOL HEAT SELECTOR KRC19 26A6 FIXING BOX KJB111A CENTRAL DRAIN PAN KIT Kwc26B160 KWwcC26B280 Notes 1 All options are kits 2 Only 1 option per installation is needed 3 One option per module is required 4 The option should be installed inside the outdoor unit Appendix 269 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics ESiEN09 06 5 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics AHU For air suction R1T For liquid pipe R2T For gas pipe R3T Outdoor unit for fin thermistor R1T Outdoor unit For outdoor air coil R2T For suction pipe
138. 125 250 A7W1 Models Method of Check disconnection of connector Malfunction Check continuity of expansion valve coil Detection Malfunction Error is generated under no common power supply when the power is on Decision Conditions Supposed Defect of moving part of electronic expansion valve Causes Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P W Defect of connecting cable Troubleshooting 209 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn power supply off and turn power supply on again YES Return to normal Electronic expansion valve is NO External factor other than malfunction for example noise etc Connected to X21A and X23A o outdoor unit PC board A1P X26A only for RXYQ5M Normal when coil check 1 of the NO gt After connecting turn the power off and then back on again moving part of the electronic expansion valve is checked The connecting cable is YES gt Replace the moving part of the electronic expansion valve short circuited or disconnected gt Replace the connecting cable Make measurement of resistance between the connector pins and then make sure the resistance falls in the range of 40 to 500
139. 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 DDC Output voltage increasing 18 ee a Output voltage decreasing 12 32 oe Example Room temperature 20 C set temperature 25 C Heating operation DDC controller calculates the difference and sends a 3 VDC signal fictive value to the control box This is between 1 8 and 3 8 so in level 2 When the room temperature rises to 23 C the DDC controller detects a smaller temperature difference and will send out a higher signal ex 5 VDC The output voltage has increased so you have to use the highest line indicating that you are now in level 3 When the window is opened the room temperature drops and the difference with the set temperature is higher The DDC sends a 1 V signal According to the output voltage decreasing line we are now in level 1 2 1 2 Refrigerant target temperature refrigerant target temp cooling heating level 1 2 Tee 2 level 2 1 1 Tc 4 Control Box level 3 B 0 Te Tc X control level4 1 Tei Tot level 5 2 Te2 Te2 Example continued 3 VDC level 2 thus meaning an increase of the refrigerant target temperature In heating mode this means Tc 1 C Logically the room temperature will rise so at the next signal we are in level 3 where Tc is kept even Cooling Heating AT lt 0 level 1 level 2 DDC asks less capacity DDC asks more capacity AT 0 level 3 no change no cha
140. 201 ERE 192 193 B Basic Control e LIRE Ren 24 E E E E E 194 PPE P E E ET 195 E EE n E 196 CHECKING 2 riis b m RR XR 255 Check Operation not Executed 243 J HX 197 Compressor Motor Overcurrent Lock 205 Compressor PI 25 Contents of Control Modes 113 Cool Heat Mode Switching 126 Current Sensor Malfunction 215 D Defrosting Operation 32 Demand Operation 43 Discharge Pipe Protection Control 38 Display Under Centralized Control Blinks Repeats Single Blink 2 trt te 255 Drain Level above Limit 192 E E e 198 P OP 199 E4 tcu 201 ES 203 EG HR 205 hac 206 209 Emergency Operation 41 Error of External Protection Device 185 F EUREN LL 211 go 212 Fan Motor M1F Lock Overload 189 Faulty Field
141. 212 H7 3k Abnormal outdoor fan motor signal 213 H9 3k xk Malfunction of thermistor R1T for outdoor air loose 214 connection disconnection short circuit failure J2 3k xk 3k Current sensor malfunction 215 J3 E E E Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor R31 33T 216 loose connection disconnection short circuit failure J5 E E d Malfunction of thermistor R2T for suction pipe 217 loose connection disconnection short circuit failure J6 E Y Malfunction of thermistor RAT for heat exchanger 218 loose connection disconnection short circuit failure J7 E E Ei Malfunction of receiver outlet liquid pipe thermistor R6T 219 J9 E xk d Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe 220 thermistor R5T JA E E Ei Malfunction of discharge pipe pressure sensor 221 JC 3k xk Malfunction of suction pipe pressure sensor 222 LO 3k xk 3k Inverter system error L4 3k TF Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise 223 L5 E E E DC output overcurrent of inverter compressor 225 L8 3k 3k 3k Inverter current abnormal 227 L9 3k E 3k Inverter start up error 229 Troubleshooting 179 Troubleshooting by Remote Control ESiEN09 06 x e OFF x Blink Malfunction Operation Inspection Unit No Malfunction contents Page code lamp display Referred Outdoor Unit LA E E Malfunction of power unit LC 3k 3k Malfunction of transmission between invert
142. 3 e 5 H3 LED state Throughout the manual the state of the LEDs is indicated as follows e OFF Xt ON XK Blinking Setting the dip switches only in case of a heat pump unit What to set with dip switch DS1 1 COOLIHEAT selector refer to 8 7 Field line connection cool heat selection on page 150 OFF not installed factory setting 2 4 NOT USED DO NOT CHANGE THE FACTORY SETTING What to set with dip switch DS2 1 4 NOT USED DO NOT CHANGE THE FACTORY SETTING What to set with dip switch DS3 1 2 NOT USED DO NOT CHANGE THE FACTORY SETTING Setting the push button switch BS1 5 Function of the push button switch which is located on the outdoor unit PCB A1P TEST C H SELECT MODE L NO P DEMAND HWL Xf IND SLAVE MULTI x e e e e e HP HP HP HP 5 H8P BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4 BS5 O MODE SET _ RETURN TEST RESET BS1 MODE For changing the set mode BS2 SET For field setting BS3 RETURN For field setting BS4 TEST For test operation BS5 RESET For resetting the address when the wiring is changed The figure shows state of the LED indications when the unit is shipped from the factory Check operation procedure 1 Turn the power on for the outdoor unit the control box and air handling unit Be sure to turn the power on at least 6 hours before operation inorder to have power running to the crank
143. 30 06 29 37 66 4 01 3 94 70 3 37 17 28 70 28 05 67 3 88 3 81 72 3 15 18 27 41 26 78 68 3 75 3 68 74 2 94 19 26 18 25 59 69 3 62 3 56 76 2 75 20 25 01 24 45 70 3 50 3 44 18 2 51 21 2391 23 37 71 3 38 3 32 ze gt 22 2285 22 35 72 3 27 3 21 ER 342 23 21 85 21 37 73 3 16 3 11 36 1 99 24 20 90 20 45 74 3 06 3 01 88 1 87 25 20 00 19 56 75 2 96 2 91 90 176 26 19 14 18 73 76 2 86 2 82 92 1 65 27 18 32 17 93 77 2 77 2 72 94 1 55 28 17 54 17 17 78 2 68 2 64 96 1 46 29 16 80 16 45 79 2 60 2 55 98 1 38 30 16 10 15 76 80 2 51 2 47 270 Appendix ESiEN09 06 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics Outdoor Unit Thermistors for Discharge Pipe R3T R31 33T T C 0 0 0 5 T C 0 0 0 5 T C 0 0 0 5 0 640 44 624 65 50 72 32 70 96 100 13 35 13 15 1 609 31 594 43 51 69 64 68 34 101 12 95 12 76 2 579 96 565 78 52 67 06 65 82 102 12 57 12 38 3 552 00 538 63 53 64 60 63 41 103 12 20 12 01 4 525 63 512 97 54 62 24 61 09 104 11 84 11 66 5 500 66 488 67 55 59 97 58 87 105 11 49 11 32 6 477 01 465 65 56 57 80 56 75 106 11 15 10 99 7 454 60 443 84 57 55 72 54 70 107 10 83 10 67 8 433 37 423 17 58 53 72 52 84 108 10 52 10 36 9 413 24 403 57 59 51 98 50 96 109 10 21 10 06 10 394 16 384 98 60 49 96 49 06 110 9 92 9 78 11 376 05 367 35 61 48 19 47 33 111 9 64 9 50 12 358 88 350 62 62 46 49 45 67 112 9 36 9 23 13 342 58 334 74 63 44 86 44 07 113 9 10 8 97 14
144. 327 10 319 66 64 43 30 42 54 114 8 84 8 71 15 312 41 305 33 65 41 79 41 06 115 8 59 8 47 16 298 45 291 73 66 40 35 39 65 116 8 35 8 23 17 285 18 278 80 67 38 96 38 29 117 8 12 8 01 18 272 58 266 51 68 37 63 36 98 118 7 89 7 78 19 260 60 254 72 69 36 34 35 72 119 7 68 7 57 20 249 00 243 61 70 35 11 34 51 120 7 47 7 36 21 238 36 233 14 71 33 92 33 35 121 7 26 7 16 22 228 05 223 08 72 32 78 32 23 122 7 06 6 97 23 218 24 213 51 73 31 69 31 15 123 6 87 6 78 24 208 90 204 39 74 30 63 30 12 124 6 69 6 59 25 200 00 195 71 75 29 61 29 12 125 6 51 6 42 26 191 53 187 44 76 28 64 28 16 126 6 33 6 25 27 183 46 179 57 77 27 69 27 24 127 6 16 6 08 28 175 77 172 06 78 26 79 26 35 128 6 00 5 92 29 168 44 164 90 79 25 91 25 49 129 5 84 5 76 30 161 45 158 08 80 25 07 24 66 130 5 69 5 61 31 154 79 151 57 81 24 26 23 87 131 5 54 5 46 32 148 43 145 37 82 23 48 23 10 132 5 39 5 32 33 142 37 139 44 83 22 73 22 36 133 5 25 5 18 34 136 59 133 79 84 22 01 21 65 134 5 12 5 05 35 131 06 128 39 85 21 31 20 97 135 4 98 4 92 36 125 79 123 24 86 20 63 20 31 136 4 86 4 79 37 120 76 118 32 87 19 98 19 67 137 4 73 4 67 38 115 95 113 62 88 19 36 19 05 138 4 61 4 55 39 111 35 109 13 89 18 75 18 46 139 4 49 4 44 40 106 96 104 84 90 18 17 17 89 140 4 38 4 32 41 102 76 100 73 91 17 61 17 34 141 4 27 4 22 42 98 75 96 81 92 17 07 16 80 142 4 16 4 11 43 94 92 93 06 93 16 54 16 29 143 4 06 4 01 44 91 25 89 47 94 16 04 15 79 144 3 96 3 91 45 87 74 86 04 95 15 55 15 31 145 3 86 3 81 46 84 3
145. 46 C factory setting 05 47 06 48 07 49 Depending the operating temperature condition selection of the air handling unit operation or safety activation of the outdoor unit may take priority and actual T T will be different from the set Operation setting in case of power failure Measures must be taken to ensure that after power failure T1 T2 is according to the setting of your preference Neglecting this caution will result in improper operation Mode No Code No Description of setting T1 T2 must be open at power 01 restore After power failure the status of T1 T2 must remain identical to the initial T1 T2 status prior to the power failure 12 22 5 02 After power failure T1 T2 must be changed to open no cooling heating requested EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 73 OPERATION AND DISPLAY SIGNALS For EKEQF only Abnormal operation on Error open condenser or control system C1 C2 error Power failure signal Normal operation No error closed relay activated T1 T2 is open no error detection anymore Output C3 C4 Open Compressor not operating operation signal Closed Compressor operating
146. 8 82 75 96 15 08 14 85 146 3 76 3 72 47 81 16 79 61 97 14 62 14 40 147 3 67 3 62 48 78 09 76 60 98 14 18 13 97 148 3 58 3 54 49 75 14 73 71 99 13 76 13 55 149 3 49 3 45 50 72 32 70 96 100 13 35 13 15 150 3 41 3 37 Appendix 271 ESiEN09 06 Pressure Sensor 6 Pressure Sensor Detected Pressure High Side MF PL Detected Pressure Low Side MP Output Voltage High Side VL Output Voltage Low Side 1 38V 0 69 PL 0 57V 0 28 Pu High pressure MPa Detected Pressure T a 2 a gt o o s o acl gt gt wd x n Vpc V3053 Output Voltage VH Appendix 272 ESiEN09 06 Method of Checking The Inverter s Power Transistors and Diode Modules 7 Method of Checking The Inverter s Power Transistors and Diode Modules 7 1 Method of Checking The Inverter s Power Transistors and Diode Modules Checking failures in power semiconductors mounted on inverter PC board Check the power semiconductors mounted on the inverter PC board by the use of a multiple tester lt ltems to be prepared gt e Multiple tester Prepare the analog type of multiple tester For the digital type of multiple tester those with diode check function are available for the checking lt Test points gt e Turn OFF the power supply Then after a lapse of 10 minutes or more make measurem
147. A C must be closed The valve A C means the valves in the figure 33 Display of normal system SERV TEST C H SELECTOR DE LED display MONI MODE AND MULTI Default status of shipped TOR IND MASTER SLAVE HAP 1 H2P H4P H5P H6P H7P 8 Single system E E e o x e LED display e OFF lt ON xk Blinking STEP2 If necessary set the field setting by using the dip switch on the outdoor unit PC board A1P STEP3 Close the EL COMPO BOX lid and all front panel except on the side of the EL COMPO BOX 1 and turn the power to the outdoor unit and all connected AHU 2 After H2P stop blinking about 12 minutes after turning on the power check LED displays as shown in the table Display of normal system and the system is normal state If H2P is blinking check the malfunction code in the remote control and correct the malfunction in accordance with Remote control display malfunction code in page 100 1 Lead the refrigerant charge hose etc from the pipe intake All front panels must be closed at the procedure 9 2 If you perform the refrigerant charging operation within the refrigerant system that have the power off unit the operation cannot finish properly For confirming the number of the outdoor and AHUs with the power on see How to check how many units are connected in chapter 1 2 4 1
148. AHU electronic expansion valve is used for superheated degree control 4 In heating the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve EV1 is used for superheated degree control of outdoor unit heat exchanger SDK04009 Troubleshooting 257 Troubleshooting OP Unified ON OFF Controller ESiEN09 06 258 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Part 9 Appendix UNE Piping le CETTE m 260 1 1 Outdoor Unt u u u er ER oH E ERR ERU E EY epa REDIERE 260 2 Wiring Diagrams for Reference 263 2 1 Outdoor Unit 263 2 2 rye eye NAET 266 3 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 267 3 1 Outdoor Unit n 267 EE 269 5 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics 270 b Pressure Sensor nisreen du Gea 272 7 Method of Checking The Inverter s Power Transistors and Diode use e H 273 Appendix 259
149. B A1P of the outdoor unit Refer to 12 3 Field setting on page 155 4 Set the check operation without initial refrigerant decision following setting mode 2 in the field setting and perform the check operation The system operates for 30 minutes and automatically stops the check operation If no malfunction code is displayed on the remote control after the system has stopped check if the operation is completed Normal operation will be possible after 5 minutes If a malfunction code is displayed on the remote control correct the malfunction and perform the check operation again as decribed in Correcting after abnormal completion of the test operation on page 156 Test operation procedure Close all front panels except the front panel of the electric box 2 Turn ON the power to all outdoor units and the connected air handling units Be sure to turn on the power 6 hours before operation in order to have power running to the crank case heater and to protect the compressor 3 the field setting as described in the paragraph 12 3 Field setting on page 155 4 Press the BS1 MODE button once and set to the SETTING MODE H1P LED OFF 5 Press and hold the BS4 TEST button down for 5 seconds or more The unit will start the test operation The test operation is automatically carried out in cooling mode the H2P LED will light up and the messages Test operation and Under centralized control will display on th
150. C7 C8 fan Open Fan off output Closed Fan on C9 C10 defrost Open No defrost operation output Closed Defrost operation Only necessary for field ca 0 10 V setting 13 23 0 01 pacity step 0 10 V capacity control Input 7 Open No cooling heating 1 2 requested Closed Cooling heating requested Refer to paragraph Operation with 0 10 V capacity control on page 73 T See field setting 12 22 5 For EKEQD only C1 C2 fan Open Fan off Output output Closed Fanon Open No cooling heating Input 1 720 requested Closed Cooling heating requested See field setting 12 22 5 A When the operation signal is activated the air handling unit and fan must operate Failure to this will cause a safety to operate or freezing up of the air handling unit The fan of the air handling unit must operate before cooling operation is required to the outdoor unit TROUBLESHOOTING To set up the system and make trouble shooting possible it is required to connect the remote control to the option kit Not a malfunction of the air conditioner The system does not operate The system does not restart immediately after the cooling heating is requested If the operation lamp lights the system is in normal operating condition It does not restart immediately because one of its safety devices actuates to prevent the system from being overloaded The system will turn on again automat
151. DS1 on the outdoor unit PC board at the factory setting position IN D UNIT See figure 19 1 Remote control Performing cool heat setting with the cool heat selector Connect the cool heat selector remote control optional to the A B C terminals and set the cool heat selector switch DS1 on the outdoor unit PC board A1P to OUT D UNIT See figure 20 1 Cool heat selector Perform cool heat setting with the field supplied controller Set the cool heat selector switch DS1 on the outdoor unit PC board A1P to OUT D UNIT See figure 20 Connect the A B C terminals with the field supplied controller so that A B C terminals are not connected for cooling operation AandC terminals are short circuited for heating operation Band C are short circuited for fan only operation For low noise operation it is necessary to get the optional External control adapter for outdoor unit DTA104A61 62 For details see the installation manual attached to the adapter 8 8 Field line connection power wiring The power cord must be clamped to the plastic bracket using field supplied clamp material The green and yellow striped wrapped wires must be used for grounding See figure 13 Power supply 400 V 3N 50 Hz Fuse Earth leakage breaker Grounding wire Power supply terminal block oa oO N Connect each power wire RED to L1 WHT to L2 BLK to L3 and BLU to N Ground wire GRN YLW Clamp the power
152. E REFERENCE IMPROPER INSTALLATION ATTACHMENT OF EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES COULD RESULT IN ELECTRIC SHOCK SHORT CIRCUIT LEAKS FIRE OR OTHER DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT BE SURE ONLY TO USE ACCESSORIES MADE BY DAIKIN WHICH ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR USE WITH THE EQUIPMENT AND HAVE THEM INSTALLED BY A PROFESSIONAL DAIKIN EQUIPMENT IS DESIGNED FOR COMFORT APPLICATIONS FOR USE IN OTHER APPLICATIONS PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DAIKIN DEALER IF UNSURE OF INSTALLATION PROCEDURES OR USE ALWAYS CONTACT YOUR DEALER FOR ADVICE AND INFORMATION THIS AIR CONDITIONER COMES UNDER THE TERM APPLIANCES NOT ACCESSIBLE TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC The English text is the original instruction Other languages are translations of the original instructions ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 141 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 Combination The air handling units can be installed in the following range WB Always use appropriate air handling units compatible with R410A To learn which models of air handling units are compatible with R410A refer to the product catalogs The manufacturer of this outdoor unit has limited responsibility for total capacity of the system because performance is determined by the total system The discharge air may fluctuate depending on selected air handling unit and depending on the installation configuration Both air handling unit digital controller s
153. ECK 3 Check for causes of rise in high pressure Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis FTA shown below probe the faulty points Stop valve closed lt Check to be sure the stop valve is open Local 7 High pipe i T pressure Bent or crashed pipe lt Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions rise Clogging of foreign s there any temperature difference caused before and particles after the filter or branch pipe In cooling If the outdoor unit electronic Faulty outdoor Faulty valve coil lt the coil resistance and insulation normal expansion valve is throttled motorized See 1 valve A temperature difference in excess of 10 C between Rise in high the inlet and the outlet is deemed to be abnormal i pressure Faulty Faulty high pressure sensor lt
154. ESULT IN ELECTRIC SHOCK SHORT CIRCUIT LEAKS FIRE OR OTHER DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT BE SURE ONLY TO USE ACCESSORIES MADE BY DAIKIN WHICH ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR USE WITH THE EQUIPMENT AND HAVE THEM INSTALLED BY A PROFESSIONAL IF UNSURE OF INSTALLATION PROCEDURES OR USE ALWAYS CONTACT YOUR DAIKIN DEALER FOR ADVICE AND INFORMATION The English text is the original instruction Other languages are translations of the original instructions Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units Installation and operation manual INTRODUCTION A 0 Only optional controls as listed in the optional accessories list can be used Do only use this system in combination with a field supplied air handling unit Do not connect this system to other appliances BEFORE INSTALLATION The system will operate as a standard indoor unit to control the room temperature This system does not require a specific external controller but take below cautions into account B Multiple outdoor unit connections are not allowed in 1 refrigerant system The automatic refrigerant charging and leak detection function are not possible when the EKEQMCB is used The manufacturer of this outdoor unit has limited responsibility for total performance of the system because performance is determined by the total system The discharge air may fluctuate depending on selected air handling unit and depe
155. ESiEN09 06 Combination Table 2 Combination Table Control box Expansion valve kit Outdoor unit EKEQDCBV3 EKEQFCBV3 EKEXV63 EKEXV80 EKEXV100 EKEXV125 EKEXV140 EKEXV200 EKEXV250 three ERQ125 P P P P P P P phase ERQ200 P P 2 P P P P P ERQ250 P P P P P P Heat pump P Pair Combination depending on AHU heat exchanger volume and capacity Allowed heat exchanger volume dm Allowed heat exchanger capacity kW EKEXV class Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 63 1 66 2 08 6 3 7 8 80 2 09 2 64 7 9 9 9 100 2 65 3 3 10 12 3 125 3 31 4 12 12 4 15 4 140 4 13 4 62 15 5 17 6 200 4 63 6 6 17 7 24 6 250 6 61 8 25 24 7 30 8 Saturated suction temperature SST 6 C SH superheat 5 K air temperature 27 C DB 19 C WB il Note If conflicting result occurs capacity selection has priority over volume General Information Combination Table ESiEN09 06 6 General Information ESiEN09 06 Part 2 Specifications 1 Specifications 141 Outdoor UNIS uyu a au Galau YS eae 8 Specifications 7 Specifications ESiEN09 06 1 Specifications 1 1 Outdoor Units Heat Pump 50Hz Standard Series ERQ 125 200 250 A7W1B
156. Heat pump setting setting of spare PC board DS1 4 Unit allocation ON Make the following settings according to allocation of setting unit All models are set to OFF at factory Domestic Overseas E DS2 1 Japan General DS1 4 OFF OFF ON setting of spare PC board DS2 1 OFF ON OFF DS2 2 Model setting Make the following settings according to models of outdoor units All models are set to OFF at factory ERQ 125 ERQ200 ERQ 250 ee DS2 2 OFF OFF ON DS2 3 OFF ON ON DS2 4 DS2 4 OFF OFF OFF If the DS1 1 1 4 DS2 2 2 4 setting has not been carried out error code UA are displayed and unit can not be operated Refer DS1 1 4 DS2 1 4 setting detail on next page 116 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting Detail of DS1 1 4 DS2 1 4 setting for Overseas general Unit Setting method represents the position of switches 051 052 co e x uin ee Set DS2 1 to ON 1234 1234 DS1 DS2 MEAERQ 200 n n Set DS2 1 and DS2 3 to ON 1234 1234 DS1 DS2 HEAT PUMP 10HP ON Set DS2 1 DS2 2 and DS2 3 ERQ 250 OFF ii to ON 1234 1234 Test Operation 117 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 m Setting by pushbutton switches The following settings are made by pushbutton switches on PC board LED display MODE TEST COOL HEAT select Low D
157. Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting Isa difference between high pressure and low pressure prior to startup 2 Does the malfunction L8 recur Power ON YES NO gt Faulty pressure equalization Check the refrigerant system NO gt End of measures It can take a maximum of 60 minutes Check the refrigerant to determine the malfunction system gt Check of compressor Check the compressor for abnormal sounds vibration operating conditions and others according to the Compressor Diagnosis Procedure 228 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 34 L9 Outdoor Unit Inverter Start up Error Remote Control Display Applicable 125 250 A7W1 Models Method of This malfunction code will be output if overcurrent occurs at the time of startup Malfunction Detection Malfunction When the startup control is failed Decision When an overcurrent is passed to the inverter due to the malfunction of a compressor or Conditions electrical system Supposed W Defect of compressor W Failure to open the stop valve Causes m Pressure differential start W Faulty compressor connection B Defect of inverter PC board Troubleshooting N Caution Is the stop valve open YES Are wire Connections properly made according to the iring Diagram gt
158. P GRY ise Grey Pilot lamp service monitor orange H2P Under preparation or in test operation when blinking H2P Malfunction detection when light up Pilot lamp service monitor green Magnetic relay Magnetic contactor MIC NOTE This wiring diagram only applies to the outdoor Magnetic contactor M2C M3C only for ERQ250 qu unit Magnetic relay K2M K3M B When using the option adapter refer to the Magnetic relay Y1S Y3S installation manual Magnetic relay ETHC E3HC Refer to the installation manual for connection wiring to indoor outdoor transmission F1 F2 and Reactor on how to use BS1 BS5 and DS1 DS2 switch Motor compressor Do not operate the unit by short circuiting Motor fan protection device S1PH Switching power supply A1P A3P Earth leakage breaker field supply 8 2 Optional parts cool heat selector Phase reversal detection circuit Selector switch fan cool heat Thermistor fin 2 S2S a a Selector switch cool heat Thermistor air A1P Thermistor suction E Use copper conductors only Thermistor coil deicer For connection wiring to the central remote control refer to the installation manual of the Thermistor coil outlet central remote control Thermistor liquid pipe receiver Use insulated wire for the power cord Thermistor accumulator Resistor current sensor A4P A8P Thermistor discharge M1C M3C
159. P lights Push the BS2 SET button several times and match the LED display with the Setting No you want G Push the BS3 RETURN button one time and the present setting content is displayed Push the BS2 SET button several times and match the LED display with the setting content as shown below you want Push the BS3 RETURN button two times Returns to Push the BS1 MODE button one time Returns to the setting mode 1 and turns H1P off 132 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting O ON OFF x Blink Setting Setting Setting No indication Setting No indication Setting Setting contents indication Initial setting No contents contents H2P H3P H5P HGP H7P HIP H2P 4 H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P 12 External NO lownoise O e Factory el x Demand setting setting YES Oe 22 Night time OFF low noise Factory 0 e setting setting Mode 1 Ojo 2 Mode 3 x 25 External Ol e e x low noise Medes settin ode i Factory O e
160. P2 52 Hz 124 Hz OFF OFF Compressor 0 Hz OFF OFF 2 steps 20 sec until Pc Pe gt 0 39MPa is achieved lt 20 OFF 1 step 15 sec when gt 2 16 Outdoor unit fan STEP4 Ta gt 20 C STEP4 1 step 15 sec when Pc lt 1 77MPa Four way valve 20S1 Holds OFF OFF Main motorized valve EV1 0 pls 480 pls 480 pls Subcooling motorized valve EV2 RXYQ8 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF OFF OFF Accumulator oil return valve OFF OFF OFF SVO Injection SVT RXYQ5P OFF OFF OFF Ending conditions A lapse of one minute A lapse of 10 sec A lapse of 130 sec e Pc Pe gt 0 39MPa 3 1 2 Startup Control in Heating Operation Thermostat ON Pressure equalization Startup control model control prior to startup STEP1 STEP2 52 Hz 124 Hz OFF OFF Compressor 0 Hz OFF OFF 2 steps 20 sec until Pc Pe gt 0 39MPa is achieved Outdoor unit fan STEP4 STEP8 STEP8 Four way valve Holds ON ON Main motorized valve EV1 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Subcooling motorized valve EV2 RXYQ8 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF OFF OFF Accumulator oil return valve OFF OFF OFF SVO Injection SVT RXYQ5P OFF OFF OFF Ending conditions A lapse of one minute A lapse of 10 sec e A lapse of 130 sec OR gt 2 70 e Pc Pe gt 0 39MPa Function 29 Special Control ESiEN09 06
161. R4T For Receiver gas pipe R5T For Receiver outlet liquid pipe R6T T C 0 0 TC 0 0 05 TC 0 0 0 5 10 5 20 197 81 192 08 30 16 10 15 76 8 19 186 53 181 16 31 15 43 15 10 6 88 0 18 175 97 170 94 32 14 79 14 48 4 79 1 47 166 07 161 36 33 14 18 13 88 2 71 1 16 156 80 152 38 34 1359 13 31 pu 15 148 10 143 96 35 13 04 1277 4 p 14 139 94 136 05 36 12 51 12 25 473 13 132 28 128 63 37 12 01 11 76 8 42 9 12 125 09 121 66 38 11 52 11 29 10 38 9 11 118 34 115 12 39 11 06 10 84 12 35 3 10 111 99 108 96 40 10 63 10 41 14 32 1 9 106 03 103 18 41 10 21 10 00 16 29 2 8 100 44 97 73 42 9 81 9 61 18 26 6 7 95 14 92 61 43 9 42 9 24 20 24 3 6 90 17 87 79 44 9 06 8 88 22 22 2 5 85 49 83 25 45 8 71 8 54 24 20 3 4 8108 78 97 46 8 37 8 21 3 76 93 74 94 47 8 05 7 90 5n iS 2 73 01 71 14 48 7 75 7 60 1425 1 69 32 67 56 49 7 46 7 31 34 13 1 0 65 84 64 17 50 7 18 7 04 36 12 0 1 62 54 60 96 51 6 91 6 78 38 11 4 2 59 43 57 94 52 6 65 6 53 40 10 3 3 56 49 55 08 53 6 41 6 53 42 9 5 4 53 71 52 38 54 6 65 6 53 44 8 8 5 51 09 49 83 55 6 41 6 53 46 8 2 6 48 61 47 42 56 6 18 6 06 48 7 6 7 46 26 45 14 57 5 95 5 84 50 7 0 8 44 05 42 98 58 5 74 5 43 ER EM 9 41 95 40 94 59 5 14 5 05 BE PS 10 39 96 39 01 60 4 96 4 87 58 52 11 38 08 37 18 61 4 79 4 70 50 179 12 36 30 35 45 62 4 62 4 54 62 446 13 34 62 33 81 63 4 46 4 38 64 445 14 33 02 32 25 64 4 30 4 23 66 3 87 15 31 50 30 77 65 4 46 4 08 68 3 61 16
162. Replacing Main PC Board Faulty Combination of PC Board 237 3 39 UO Outdoor Unit Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure 238 3 40 U1 Reverse Phase Open 239 3 41 U2 Outdoor Unit Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous ANUS an EA 240 3 42 U3 Outdoor Unit Check Operation not Executed 243 3 43 U4 Malfunction of Transmission Between AHUS 244 3 44 U5 AHU Malfunction of Transmission Between Remote Control and 246 3 45 U9 AHU Malfunction of Transmission Between AHU and Outdoor Units inthe Same SY SLU 247 3 46 UA Improper Combination of AHU and Outdoor Units AHUs and Remote drerit ace terne gt n v e e ud 248 3 47 System is not Set yet 250 3 48 UH Malfunction of System Refrigerant System Address Undefined 251 4 Troubleshooting OP Unified ON OFF Controller 253 4 1 Operation u uy 253 170 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Symptom based Troubleshooting 1 Symptom based Troubleshooting Symptom Supposed Cause Countermeasure 1 The system does n
163. Setting after Replacing Main PC Board or Faulty Combination of PC Board 237 Field Setting aiit reete 106 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit 114 List of Field Setting Items 114 Index Setting by pushbutton switches 118 Field Setting from Remote Controller 106 Freeze Prevention 46 Functional Parts Layout 18 IRXYOTOP 12D RR HRS ERBEN RARE 20 FRAN OOP T 18 19 H FZ aaa iod lee t e tate n deoa dte cra 213 p 214 Heating Operation Prohibition 43 High Pressure Protection Control 36 Improper Combination of AHU and Outdoor Units AHUs and Remote Controller 248 Injection Control only for 40 Inverter Compressor Abnormal 225 Inverter Compressor Motor Lock 203 Inverter Current Abnormal 227 Inverter Over Ripple Protection 234 Inverter Protection Control 39 Inverter Start up Error 229 J darse M E 215 USS 216 X 217 218 di 219 E 220
164. TION label in accordance with the IEC60335 2 40 And attach the label on the back side of the front panel NOTE After the test run when handing the unit over to the customer make sure the ELLCOMPO BOX lid the inspection door and the unit casing are all attached Test Operation 103 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 1 3 Operation When Power is Turned On 1 3 1 When Turning On Power First Time The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the master power and address Status Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P Blinks Can also be set during operation described above AHU If ON button is pushed during operation described above the UH malfunction indicator blinks Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete 1 3 2 When Turning On Power The Second Time and Subsequent Tap the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC board Operation becomes possible for about 2 minutes If you do not push the RESET button the unit cannot be run for up to 10 minutes to automatically set master power Status Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P Blinks Can also be set during operation described above AHU If ON button is pushed during operation described above the operation lamp lights but the compressor does not operate Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete 1 3 3 When an or Outdoor unit Has Been Added or AHU or Outdoor Unit PC Board Has Been Changed Be sure to
165. VW balanced NO gt Replace fan motor gt Replace fan inverter PC Board A3P V3069 1 Disconnect connector X2A and measure the following resistance X2A 5 Gray O GND 4 Pink O Measure the resistance between Vcc UVW and 3 Orange O W GND UVW 2 Blue V lt 1 Yellow O U V2799 Troubleshooting 213 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 22 H9 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Outdoor Air Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the outdoor air thermistor When the outside air temperature thermistor has short circuit or open circuit W Defect of thermistor R1T for outdoor air W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector is connected to X18A of outdoor PC board NO gt Connect the connector and turn on again is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermisto R1T from the outdoor unit PC board 1 8kQ to 800kQ NO gt Replace the thermistor R1T gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P
166. Zsys is less than or equal to Zmax and EN IEC 61000 3 12 2 provided that the short circuit power Sse is greater than or equal to the minimum Sg value at the interface point between the user s supply and the public System It is the responsibility of the installer or user of the equipment to ensure by consultation with the distribution network operator if necessary that the equipment is connected only to a supply with respectively Z ys less than or equal to Zmax and S greater than or equal to the minimum Sg value Zmax O Minimum S value ERQ125 ERQ200 889 kVA ERQ250 0 27 842 kVA Be sure to install a main switch for the complete system NOTE HM Select the power supply cable in accordance with qu relevant local and national regulations Wire size must comply with the applicable local and national code Specifications for local wiring power cord and branch wiring are in compliance with IEC60245 WIRE TYPE HO5VV Only in protected pipes use HO7RN F when protected pipes are not used 8 4 General cautions 4 Up to 3 units can be connected by crossover power source wiring between outdoor units However units of smaller capacity must be connected downstream For details refer to the technical data Make sure to connect the power source wire to the power Source terminal block and to clamp it as shown in figure 13 and described in chapter 8 8 Field
167. above ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 153 11 4 Additional refrigerant charge 2 Normal system display LED display Micro Cooling Heating The refrigerant leak detection function can not be used Default eamus changeover 59145 operation Ready Indi Bulk Bulk Low Follow the procedures below Mode master slave noise Demand Multi H1P H2P H3P H5P H6P H8P Single A When charging I a system charging over the outdoor unit 3 e e 5n e e e e e permissible quantity can cause liquid hammer system Always use protective gloves and protect your eyes when charging refrigerant 3 Remote control malfunction code display When the refrigerant charging procedure is done or when pausing close the valve of the refrigerant tank immediately If the tank is left with the valve open the amount of refrigerant which is properly charged may get off point More refrigerant may be charged by any remaining pressure after the unit has stopped Remote control heating mode malfunction codes Error code Close valve immediately and press the TEST recharge button once operation The operation will restart from the charging mode judgement Electric shock warning onwards Close the electric box lid before turning on the main Pe Close valve A
168. agnosis by Wired Remote Control 175 2 3 Remote Control Service 176 24 Remote Control Self Diagnosis Function 178 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 185 3 1 AO AHU Error of External Protection Device 185 22 CAT ANU PO Beard Detect pat tested 186 3 3 AHU Malfunction of Drain Level Control System S1L 187 3 4 AHU Fan Motor M1F Lock Overload 189 3 5 A9 AHU Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Y1E 190 Table of Contents ESiEN09 06 3 6 AF AHU Drain Level above Initia rit pitt eterno 192 3 7 AJ Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device 193 3 8 C4 AHU Malfunction of Thermistor R2T for Heat Exchanger 194 3 9 C5 AHU Malfunction of Thermistor for Gas Pipes 195 3 10 C9 AHU Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Suction Air 196 3 11 CJ AHU Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control 197 3 12 E1 Outdoor Unit PC Board 198 3 13 Outdoor Unit Actuation of High Pressure Switch 199 3 14 E4 Outdoor
169. alfunction recurs compressor started up at high YES gt End of work Faulty pressure equalization or else may have occurred Check the refrigerant System differential pressure not less than gt Faulty pressure equalization Check the refrigerant system gt Replace the compressor Conduct checks and diagnosis of the compressor 204 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 16 Outdoor Unit STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent Lock Remote Control Display Applicable 125 250 A7W1 Models Method of Detects the overcurrent with current sensor CT Malfunction Detection Malfunction Malfunction is decided when the detected current value exceeds the below mentioned value for Decision 2 seconds Conditions B 400 V unit 15 0 A Supposed Closed stop value Causes Obstacles at the air outlet Improper power voltage Faulty magnetic switch Faulty compressor Faulty current sensor A6P A7P Troubleshooting A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution orparts damage may be occurred Is the stop NO valve open gt Open the stop valve YES Obstacle exists YES around the air outlet gt Remove the obstacle Is the power supply voltage normal NO gt Correct the power voltage Is the magnetic switch K2M
170. an malfunction for example NO noise etc gt Replace the outdoor unit main PC Board A1P V3064 198 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 13 E3 Outdoor Unit Actuation of High Pressure Switch Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Abnormality is detected when the contact of the high pressure protection switch opens Error is generated when the HPS activation count reaches the number specific to the operation mode Reference Operating pressure of high pressure switch Operating pressure 4 0MPa Reset pressure 2 85MPa Actuation of outdoor unit high pressure switch Defect of High pressure switch Defect of outdoor unit PC board Instantaneous power failure Faulty high pressure sensor Troubleshooting 199 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting Micro controller A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check for the points shown below Is the stop valve open Is the HPS connector properly connected to the main PCB Does the high pressure switch have continuity Are the three points above OK Rectify defective points if any Mount a pressure ga
171. and could result in cutting injuries This appliance is not intended for use by persons including children with reduced physical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance 2 IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING THE REFRIGERANT USED This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol R410A 1975 Refrigerant type GWP value 1 GWP global warming potential Periodical inspections for refrigerant leaks may be required depending on European or local legislation Please contact your local dealer for more information 3 WHAT TO DO BEFORE OPERATION This operation manual is for the following systems with standard control Before initiating operation contact your dealer for the operation that corresponds to your system type and mark If your installation has a customized control system ask your dealer for the operation that corresponds to your system Cool heat changeover remote control switch Operation modes Heat pumps ERQ_V1 series yes Heat pumps ERQ_W1 series yes Example of installation Names and functions of parts figure 1 shows the standard control system figure 2 shows the customized control system Par
172. and power supply voltage Malfunction Detection Malfunction When the voltage aforementioned is not less than 780V or not more than 320V or when the Decision current limiting voltage does not reach 200V or more or exceeds 740V Conditions Supposed m Power supply insufficient Causes W Instantaneous power failure Open phase W Defect of inverter PC board W Defect of outdoor control PC board m Main circuit wiring defect W Faulty compressor m Faulty fan motor m Faulty connection of signal cable 240 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control Troubleshooting N Caution Power ON Power OFF or power supply voltage Voltage NO between phases 380 to 415 Phase voltage 220 to 240V Unbalanced power NO supply Not more than 2 Phase voltage of not more than approx 5V YES Disconnect the cable from the compressor and then check the compressor for the insulation resistance The insulation YES esistance is low i e not more than 100kQ NO Disconnect the cable from the fan and then check the fan motor for the insulation resistance The insulation YES esistance is low i e not more than 1MQ y Check the inverter power transistor YES Has the power transistor got faulty NO Check the fan driver power transistor H
173. apability decreases and the system goes into defrost operation The air handling unit fan stops and the remote control displays 6 545 n case no remote control is installed a defrost signal is outputted from the control box After maximum 10 minutes of defrost operation the system returns to heating operation again Hot start In order to prevent cold air from blowing out of an air handling unit at the start of heating operation the air handling unit fan can be stopped depending on the control of the air handling unit In case a remote control is installed the remote control displays amp amp It may take some time before the fan starts This is not a malfunction DAIKIN Operation manual 164 ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 NOTE The heating capacity drops when the outside temperature falls If this happens use another heating device together with the unit When using together with appliances that produce open fire ventilate the room constantly Do not place appliances that produce open fire in places exposed to the air flow from the unit or under the unit It takes some time to heat up the room from the time the unit is started since the unit uses a hot air circulating system to heat the entire room Ifthe hot air rises to the ceiling leaving the area above the floor cold we recommend that you use the circulator th
174. arged fully close the valve C and go to step 5 If the additional charging amount was not charged fully go to step 4 Liquid side Outdoor unit shutoff valve Refrigerant Charge hose Gus side charg port m shutoff valve shutoff valve Service port Valve B Measuring device To indoor unit Field pipings gt Refrigerant flow Valve A R 410A cylinder with siphon fig 31 Perform the refrigerant charging operation following Refrigerant charging operation procedure and charge the remaining refrigerant of the additional charging amount For performing the refrigerant charging operation the push button on the PC board A1P of outdoor unit are use See the figure 32 In addition the refrigerant are charged from the refrigerant charge port via the valve A For operating the push button and opening and closing the valve follow the work procedure Note The refrigerant will be charged about 22kg in one hour at outdoor temp 30 C DB 6kg at 0 C DB Lift the protruding EL COMPO BOX lid part to open the cover Inspection door LED H1 8P s SHE Label Service Push button 271127 EL COMPO BOX lid SS Precaution BS1 5 T Hedy Insp ction door fig 32 Test Operation 97 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Refrigerant Charging Operation Procedure STEP1 Open the liquid and gas side shutoff valves The valve
175. as the power YES ransistor got faulty NO Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred gt On site causes Make proper wire connections without open phase erroneous connections or erroneous order of phases On site causes Correct the unbalanced loads to eliminate the unbalanced state Unbalanced voltage will cause extremely unbalanced current thus impairing the service life of or resulting in the malfunction of the equipment Replace the compressor Replace the fan motor Replace the fan driver gt Replace the inverter PC board yeObserve the conditions of the PC board In the case of a serious failure a compressor failure may cause the failure of the PC board Even if the PC board is replaced it may cause failure again To avoid that recheck the compressor for ground and for any broken wires Furthermore even after the completion of PC board replacement check the compressor gt Replace the fan driver PC board Observe the conditions of the PC board Troubleshooting 241 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting Power OFF Power ON Check for connector connections Remove and insert the connectors shown below Furthermore check the connectors for terminal conditions and continuity X1M power receiving terminal X400A A2P A2P X401A lt gt X10A
176. ate of the unit This phenomenon originates from the compressor that needs elapse of a 50 hours run in period before reaching smooth operation and stable power consumption Make sure that the circuit breaker on the power supply panel of the installation is switched off Attach the power wire securely Introducing power with a missing N phase or with a mistaken N phase will break the equipment After the installation check the following before switching on the circuit breaker 1 The position of the switches that require an initial setting Make sure that switches are set according to your application needs before turning the power supply on 2 Power supply wiring and transmission wiring Use a designated power supply and transmission wiring and make sure that it has been carried out according to the instructions described in this manual according to the wiring diagrams and according to local and national regulations 3 sizes and pipe insulation Make sure that correct pipe sizes are installed and that the insulation work is properly executed 4 Air tight test and vacuum drying Make sure the air tight test and vacuum drying were completed 5 Additional refrigerant charge The amount of refrigerant to be added to the unit should be written on the included Added Refrigerant plate and attached to the rear side of the front cover 6 Insulation test of the main power circuit Using a megatester for 500 V che
177. ating devices ventilate the room and contact the dealer where you purchased the unit Do not use the air conditioner until a service person confirms that the portion where the refrigerant leaks is repaired Improper installation or attachment of equipment or accessories could result in electric shock short circuit leaks fire or other damage to the equipment Be sure to use only accessories made by Daikin which are specifically designed for use with the equipment and have them installed by a professional Ask your dealer to move and reinstall the air conditioner Incomplete installation may result in a water leakage electric shock and fire DAIKIN Operation manual 162 ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 Cautions Do not use the air conditioner for other purposes In order to avoid any quality deterioration do not use the unit for cooling precision instruments food plants animals or works of art In order to avoid injury do not remove the fan guard of the outdoor unit To avoid oxygen deficiency ventilate the room sufficiently if equipment with burner is used together with the air conditioner After a long use check the unit stand and fitting for damage If damaged the unit may fall and result in injury Do not place a flammable spray bottle near the air conditioner and do not use sprays Doing so may result in a fire Before cleaning be sure to stop the operation
178. ay shows EA This is because cool heat changeover is controlled by the cool heat changeover remote control switch Ask your dealer where the remote control switch is installed ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 DAIKIN Operation manual 165 Symptom 3 Fan operation is possible but cooling and heating do not work Immediately after the power is turned on The micro computer is getting ready to operate Wait 10 minutes Symptom 4 White mist comes out of a unit Symptom 4 1 Air handling unit When humidity is high during cooling operation If the interior of an air handling unit is extremely contaminated the temperature distribution inside a room becomes uneven It is necessary to clean the interior of the air handling unit Ask your dealer for details on cleaning the unit This operation requires a qualified service person Immediately after the cooling operation stops and if the room temperature and humidity are low This is because warm refrigerant gas flows back into the air handling unit and generates steam Symptom 4 2 Air handling unit outdoor unit W When the system is changed over to heating operation after defrost operation Moisture generated by defrost becomes steam and is exhausted Symptom 5 The remote control display reads U4 or U5 and stops but then restarts after a few minutes This is because the remote control i
179. bleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 14 Outdoor Unit Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor Remote Control Display Applicable ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Models Method of Abnormality is detected by the pressure value with the low pressure sensor Malfunction Detection Malfunction Error is generated when the low pressure is dropped under specific pressure Decision Operating pressure 0 07MPa Conditions Supposed Abnormal drop of low pressure Lower than 0 07MPa Causes Defect of low pressure sensor Defect of outdoor unit PC board Stop valve is not opened Troubleshooting 201 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is the stop valve open Open the stop valve Mount a pressure gauge on the low pressure service port Connect the Service Checker 3 Reset the operation using the remote control and then restart the operation Characteristics of the low pressure sensor Replace the low pressure sensor normal See 1 P p Is the pressure detected with the PCB normal See 2 Replace the main PCB The low pressure sensor is normal and the pressure detected with the PCB is also normal The low pressure has really become low Referring
180. blinking of LED to any of conditions Lm Hip Hop IND MASTERISLAVE shown on the right H3P HAP H5P For selection by individual outdoor unit factory set E e e e e Pushing the RETURN BS3 button will return the system to the initial condition of Setting Push the RETURN BS3 button to determine the setting mode 1 Procedure for checking check items The system is normally set to Setting mode 1 Should the system be set to any mode COOL HEAT select L w iia Ms 51 MODE d IND MASTERISLAVE noise utton ase e system to Setting H3P mode 1 J gt Current operating conditions eNormal Abnormal preparation or in check operation Check the system for each condition gt Setting of COO HEAT selection cre oy outdoor unit ex eln a batch of outdoor unit group with master unit eextin a batch of outdoor unit group with slave unit gt Low noise operating conditions eln normal operation low noise operation Pushing the RETURN 3 button will bring the system to the initial state of Setting mode 1 L Demand operating conditions eln normal operation V2763 demand operation Test Operation 119 Field Setting ES
181. blinks while in normal operation and turns on or off when a malfunction occurs 2 Set mode display LED LEDs display mode according to the setting 3 Mode setting switch Used to change mode 4 Local setting switch Used to make field settings 105 Test Operation Field Setting ESiEN09 06 3 Field Setting Field Setting from Remote Control Individual function of AHU can be changed from the remote control At the time of installation or after service inspection repair make the local setting in accordance with the following description Wrong setting may cause malfunction 3 1 3 1 1 Wired Remote Control BRC1D528 Notes N MODE NO CODE NO UNIT No 1 e second FIELD CODE NO L H SET I e mi MODE O C Ga amp OR a OR Ej When in the normal mode press the button for a minimum of four seconds and the FIELD SET MODE is entered Select the desired MODE NO with the button Push the Push the Push the Push the TEST upper button and select FIRST CODE NO lower button and select the SECOND CODE NO button once and the present settings are SET gt button to return to the NORMAL MODE Gm TEST Do not make any settings
182. case heater 2 Make sure that transmission is normal by checking the LED display on the outdoor unit circuit board A1P If transmission is normal each LED will be displayed as shown below LED display Micro compute operation Cooling Heating Default changeover status before delivery Single outdoor unit 3 system Setting the mode The set mode can be changed with the BS1 MODE button according to the following procedure For setting mode 1 Press the BS1 MODE button once the H1P LED is off For setting mode 2 Press the BS1 MODE button for 5 seconds the H1P LED is on Xt If the LED is blinking 3 and the BS1 MODE button is pushed once the setting mode will change to setting mode 1 NOTE If you get confused in the middle of the setting qu process push the BS1 MODE button Then it returns to setting mode 1 H1P LED is off Setting mode 1 not in case of cooling only unit The H1P LED is off COOL HEAT selection setting Setting procedure 1 Push the BS2 SET button and adjust the LED indication to either one of the possible settings as shown below in the field marked 1 In case of COOL HEAT setting by each individual outdoor unit circuit HIP H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P 1 e e 2 Pushthe BS3 RETURN button and the setting is defined Installation manual 156 DAIKIN ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 Setting mod
183. cation by outdoor unit PC board lt Monitor mode gt To enter the monitor mode push the MODE BS1 button when in Setting mode 1 Refer to P 184 for Monitor mode lt Selection of setting item gt Push the SET BS2 button and set the LED display to a setting item Refer to P 184 for Monitor mode Contirmation of malfunction 1 Push the RETURN BS3 button once to display First digit of malfunction code Confirmation of malfunction 2 Push the SET BS2 button once to display Second digit of malfunction code Contirmation of malfunction 3 Push the SET BS2 button once to display malfunction location Contirmation of malfunction 4 Push the SET BS2 button once to display master or slave 1 or slave 2 and malfunction location Push the RETURN 3 button and switch to the initial status of Monitor mode Push the IMODE BS1 button and return to Setting mode 1 Detail description on next page Contents of malfunction Malfunction code Abnormal discharge pressure HPS activated E3 Abnormal suction pressure Abnormal Pe E4 Compressor lock Detection of INV compressor lock E5 Activation of OC Detection of STD1 compressor lock E6 Detection of STD2 compressor lock Over load
184. ck that the insulation resistance of 2 MO or more is attained by applying a voltage of 500 V DC between power terminals and earth Never use the megatester for the transmission wiring 7 Installation date and field setting Be sure to keep record of the installation date on the sticker on the rear of the upper front panel according to EN60335 2 40 and keep record of the contents of the field setting 12 3 Field setting If required carry out field settings according to the following instructions Refer to the service manual for more details Opening the switch box and handling the switches When carrying out field settings remove the inspection cover 1 Operate the switches with an insulated stick such as a ball point pen to avoid gt touching live parts 8 sure to re attach the inspection cover 1 into the switch box cover 2 after the job is finished NOTE Make sure that all outside panels except for the panel L on the electric box closed while working Close the lid of the electric box firmly before turning on the power ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 155 Location of the dip switches LEDs and buttons 1 LED H1 8P 2 Push button switches BS1 BS5 3 Dip switch 1 051 1 4 4 Dip switch 2 DS2 1 4 1 5 Dip switch 3 DS3 1 2 2 PE E ip switch 3 d
185. compressor such as locking STD compressor ON A If the power supply is reset while in Demand to operate CT detection current value gt 15 0A Operation prohibition mode the prohibition timer will continue counting when the power supply is turned ON v STD compressor OFF for 30 min When occurring 3 times within 90 minutes the malfunction code E6 is output 4 6 Injection Control only for ERQ 125 A7W1B For transitional rise in discharge pipe temperature have the liquid refrigerant flow into the suction side to reduce the discharge pipe temperature for the compressor protection SVT OFF HTdi Correction value of the discharge pipe HTdi gt 112 C HTdi lt 107 C temperature on the INV compressor SVT ON 40 Function ESiEN09 06 Other Control 5 Other Control 51 Emergency Operation only for 250 A7W1B Ifthe compressor cannot operate this control inhibits any applicable compressor or outdoor unit from operating to perform emergency operation only with the operative compressor or outdoor unit A Caution In order to disable the compressor operation due to a failure or else be sure to do so in emergency operation mode NEVER attempt to disconnect power supply wires from magnetic contactors or else Doing so will operate compressors in combination that disables oil equalization between the compressors thus resulting in malfunctions
186. cted result or has to restart part of a procedure N Warning Warning A warning is used when there is danger of personal injury specific topic Reference A reference guides the reader to other places in this binder or in this manual where he she will find additional information on a viii ESiEN09 06 Part 1 General Information 1 Model Names of Outdoor Unit Control Box and Expansion Valve Kit 2 1 1 Outdoor Units Pa neuen SPEECHES NOSE 2 1 2 uu qay 3 1 3 Expansion Valve Kit 4 2 Combination Table meme nre rrr 5 General Information Model Names of Outdoor Unit Control Box and Expansion Valve Kit ESiEN09 06 1 Model Names of Outdoor Unit Control Box and Expansion Valve Kit 11 Outdoor Units Outlook Model name Series Model Name Power Supply Inverter Heat Pump ERQ 125A 200A 250A W1B W1 3 phase 380 415V 50Hz General Information ESiEN09 06 Model Names of Outdoor Unit Control Box and Expansion Valve Kit 1 2 Control Box Outlook Types We distinguish 3 types of control boxes m EKEQD Z control m EKEQF X Y control m EKEQM Z control only with VRV outdoor unit no ERQ Control type X
187. ction ESiEN09 06 Special Control 3 4 Pump down Residual Operation 3 4 1 Pump down Residual Operation in Cooling Operation If the liquid refrigerant stays in the Evaporator at the startup of a compressor this liquid refrigerant enters the compressor thus resulting in diluted oil in the compressor and then degraded lubrication performance Consequently in order to recover the refrigerant in the Evaporator while the compressor stops the pump down residual operation is conducted Actuator Master unit operation Compressor 124 Hz OFF OFF Outdoor unit fan Fan control Four way valve OFF Main motorized valve EV1 480 pls Subcooling motorized valve EV2 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF Accumulator oil return valve SVO ON Ending conditions 5 min 3 4 Pump down Residual Operation in Heating Operation Actuator Master unit operation Compressor 124 Hz OFF OFF Outdoor unit fan STEP7 Four way valve ON Main motorized valve EV1 0 pls Subcooling motorized valve EV2 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF Accumulator oil return valve SVO ON Ending conditions 3 min Function 33 Special Control ESiEN09 06 3 5 Standby 3 5 4 Restart Standby Used to forcedly stop the compressor for a period of 3 minutes in order to prevent the frequent ON OFF of the compressor and equalize the pressure within the refrigerant system
188. ction Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by liquid pipe thermistor When the liquid pipe thermistor is short circuited or open m Faulty liquid pipe thermistor R6T m Faulty outdoor unit PC board W Defect of thermistor connection N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is the connector for liquid pipe thermistor connected to X30A on outdoor unit PC board A1P NO Connect the connector and operate unit again Is the resistance measured after removing the thermistor R6T from outdoor unit PC board normal 1 8kQ to 800kQ NO gt Replace thermistor R6T gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3075 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 Troubleshooting 219 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 28 J9 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor R5T Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by subcooling heat exchang
189. d gas pipes by using a vacuum pump for more than 2 hours and bring the system to 100 7 kPa After keeping the system under that condition for more than 1 hour check if the vacuum gauge rises or not If it rises the system may either contain moisture inside or have leaks Following should be executed if there is a possibility of moisture remaining inside the pipe if piping work is carried out during the raining season or over a long period of time rainwater may enter the pipe during work After evacuating the system for 2 hours pressurize the system to 0 05 MPa vacuum break with nitrogen gas and evacuate the System again using the vacuum pump for 1 hour to 100 7 kPa vacuum drying If the system can not be evacuated to 100 7 kPa within 2 hours repeat the operation of vacuum break and vacuum drying Then after leaving the system in vacuum for 1 hour confirm that the vacuum gauge does not rise FIELD WIRING Close 2 Airtightness test and vacuum drying NOTE Cn Make sure to perform airtightness test and vacuum drying using the service ports of the stop valves of the liquid side and of the gas side For the service port location refer to the Caution label attached on the front panel of the outdoor unit See 11 3 Stop valve operation procedure on page 153 for details on handling the stop valve To prevent entry of any contamination and to prevent insufficient pressure resis
190. d is also set in accordance with the conditions given below Conditions for starting freeze prevention Temperature is 1 C or less for total of 40 min or temperature is 5 C or less for total of 10 min Conditions for stopping freeze prevention Temperature is 7 C or more for 10 min continuously Ex Case where temperature is 5 C or less for total of 10 min 10 min ee 7 C 0 C 5 C Freeze prevention operation p 10 min Forced OFF by thermostat VG005 46 Function ESiEN09 06 Outline of Control 6 4 Low Outdoor Air Temperature Protection Control Objective In cooling or fan operation or heating if outdoor air is low in temperature stop the fan forcibly Details Cooling and fan operation Turn OFF the fan for a period of 60 minutes at a suction temperature of 5 C or lower In order to monitor the outdoor air temperature however turn ON the fan for a period of one minute and turn OFF the fan again at a temperature of 5 C or lower after the said timer completes the operative period Reset the 60 minute timer when the fan stops running Heating Turn OFF the fan for a period of 60 minutes at a suction temperature of 5 C or lower In order to monitor the outdoor air temperature however turn ON the fan for a period of one minute and turn OFF the fan again at a temperature of 5 C or lower after the said timer completes the operative period Reset the 60 minu
191. d phase protection detector is designed to stop the product in the event of an abnormality when the product is started up Replace two of the three phases L1 L2 and L3 during reverse phase protection circuit operation If the possibility of reversed phase exists after a momentary blackout and the power goes on and off while the product is operating attach a reversed phase protection circuit locally Running the product in reversed phase can break the compressor and other parts Means for disconnection must be incorporated in the field wiring in accordance with the wiring rules An all pole disconnection switch must be available on the unit drop within 24 hours the system passes the test If the pressure drops check where the nitrogen leaks from ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 147 8 1 Internal wiring Parts table L1 L2 L3 Live Refer to the wiring diagram sticker on the unit The abbreviations 7 Neutral used are listed below m Field wiring Printed circuit board DIII Terminal strip Push button switch mode set return test reset SS asse Connector Capacitor Terminal d E Protective earth screw Grankcase heater Black Fuse 650 V 8 A B A4P A8P Blue Fuge 250 Seeks D ATP Brown rigid fuse RN mtis Green Fuse 250 V 6 3 A T A2
192. dening the range in which thermostat sensor in remote control can be used so that suction temperature is higher than the preset temperature 32 34 Suction temperature TH1 Range in which body 6 2 Hot Start Control In Heating Operation Only r thermostat sensor can Differential be used V2769 m Ex When heating Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24 C and the suction temperature has changed from 18 C to 28 C A D Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18 C to 25 C A C Remote control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25 C to 28 C D And assuming suction temperature has changed from 28 C to 18 C D A Remote control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 28 C to 23 C D B Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23 C to 18 C B A At startup with thermostat ON or after the completion of defrosting in heating operation the AHU fan is controlled to prevent cold air from blasting out and ensure startup capacity Detail of operation For more information refer to the chapter Field Setting Function 45 Outline of Control ESiEN09 06 6 3 Freeze Prevention Freeze When the temperature detected by liquid pipe temperature thermistor R2T of the AHU heat Prevention by Off exchanger drops too low the unit enters freeze prevention operation in accordance with the Cycle AHU following conditions an
193. dication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 24 J3 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R3 R31 33T Remote Control Display Applica Models Method ble of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by discharge pipe temperature thermistor When a short circuit or an open circuit in the discharge pipe temperature thermistor is detected W Defect of thermistor R31T R32T or R33T for outdoor unit discharge pipe W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P W Defect of thermistor connection N Caution Confirm which discharge thermistor is abnormal using outdoor unit monitor mode Refer page 172 and 173 Connector is connected to X29A of NO Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred outdoor unit PC board is normal when measured after disconnecting the NO gt Connect the connector and turn on again thermistor R31 32T or R33T from the outdoor unit PC board 2 5kQ to 1 3kQ YES gt Replace the thermistor R31 32T or R33T 5 HP class R3T 8 12 HP class R31T R32T 14 16Hp class R31T R32T and R33T gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3072 The alarm indicator is displayed
194. door fan with 5 step or lower 77 Level 3 outdoor fan with 4 step lower LoL LI ROLI About 20 00 Night time low noise 110000057 26 operation start xt e x xt e xt e About 22 00 factory setting rteeeer e setting About 24 00 About 6 00 Night time low noise 110000057 27 operation xt e x Yt e xt About 7 00 rteeeer e setting About 8 00 factory setting 28 Power transistor e e e check mode ON rteeeer e 29 Capacity e e n OFF recedence P id ON tte 60 demand rteeeeec 30 Demand setting 1 xt xt xt xt xt e 70 demand rteeeer e 80 demand oL LI ROLI OFF 0000 32 cane demand n e e e e e e TE Tt ON r eeeer e Normal Setting of difference n rot E n 11000000 35 in elevation for the e e e 65 mor less outdoor unit 90 m less operation OFF rteeeeec 38 e XE G e Master unit operation Inhibited rteeeer e Emergency i operation Normal operation rteeeeec 42 rohibition of INV ae i a Emergency operation operation prohibition of INV compressor operation Test Operation 123
195. dress setting description Excessive multi connections on next Multi system malfunction page Transmission error of other system AHU system abnormal in other system or other AHU system abnormal in own system Erroneous field setting System transmission malfunction Overconnection malfunction of AHUs Malfunction of field setting Refrigerant abnormal Multi ID abnormal Alarm of TSS field setting Alarm of CT address setting Faulty system malfunction Wiring error Auto address error Transmission error in accessory devices Conflict in wiring and piping no setting for system Malfunction of multi level connection Alarm of multi level connection Conflict in wiring and piping Troubleshooting 183 Troubleshooting by Remote Control ESiEN09 06 ON OFF Blink Malfunction Confirmation of malfunction 1 Confirmation of malfunction 2 Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4 code H2P H3P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H5P H6P H2P H6P H1P H2P H3P H6P H7P U U G X 4 jo jo jo jo a k SE s e lt o le
196. e Some phase has a broken wire Check the power transistor on gt Replace the compressor the inverter PC board using a multiple tester For details refer to information in the Check for power transistor on Page 204 205 he power YES transistor has an abnormality NO wire connections according to the Wiring Diagram NO compressor and then gt A3P Replace the inverter PCB gt Normal check whether or not the malfunction recurs YES Replace the inverter PCB NO compressor and then On site causes such as instantaneous power failure or open phase Conduct checks and diagnosis of the compressor gt End of work check whether or not the malfunction recurs YES gt Replace the compressor Conduct checks and diagnosis of the compressor 226 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 33 L8 Outdoor Unit Inverter Current Abnormal Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting r 125 250 A7W1 Malfunction is detected by current flowing in the power transistor When overload in the compressor is detected Inverter secondary current
197. e 10 Grounding wire 11 When wiring pay attention not to detach the acoustic insulators from the compressor 12 Power supply 13 Fuse 14 Earth leakage breaker 15 Ground wire 16 Outdoor unit 9 PIPE INSULATION After finishing the leak test and vacuum drying the piping must be insulated Take into account the following points Make sure to insulate the connection piping and refrigerant branch kits entirely W Be sure to insulate liquid and gas piping for all units Use heat resistant polyethylene foam which can withstand a temperature of 70 C for liquid side piping and polyethylene foam which can withstand a temperature of 120 C for gas side piping Reinforce the insulation on the refrigerant piping according to the installation environment Ambient temperature Humidity Minimum thickness lt 30 C 75 to 80 RH 15 mm gt 30 C gt 80 RH 20 mm Condensation might form on the surface of the insulation there is a possibility that condensation on the stop valve might drip down into the air handling unit through gaps in the insulation and piping because the outdoor unit is located higher than the air handling unit this must be prevented by sealing up the connections See figure 22 Gas line stop valve Liquid line stop valve Service port for adding refrigerant Sealing up treatment Insulation oa Air handling unit outdoor interconnection piping For cooling only u
198. e remote control It may take 10 minutes to bring the state of the refrigerant uniform before the compressor starts During the test operation the refrigerant running sound or the magnetic sound of a solenoid valve may become loud and the LED display may change but these are not malfunctions During the test operation it is not possible to stop the unit operation from a remote control To abort the operation press the BS3 RETURN button The unit will stop after 30 seconds 6 Close the front panel in order to let it not be the cause of misjudgement 7 Check the test operation results by the LED display on the outdoor unit HIP H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P Normal completion e e e Abnormal completion X e e e e 8 When the test operation is fully completed normal operation will be possible after 5 minutes Otherwise refer to Correcting after abnormal completion of the test operation on page 158 to take actions for correcting the abnormality Correcting after abnormal completion of the test operation The test operation is only completed if there is no malfunction code displayed on the remote control In case of a displayed malfunction code perform the following actions to correct the abnormality Confirm the malfunction code on the remote control Installation error Error code Remedial action The stop valve of an E3 Check referring to the table in outdoor unit is left
199. e setting Even pressing the AIRFLOW RATE SET button makes no changes in the airflow rate In heating operation when the roomtemperature reaches the set degree the outdoor unit will stop while the AHU is broughtto fan LL operation so that no one gets cold air Furthermore if fan operation mode is selected when other AHU is in heating operation the system will be brought to fan LL operation The fan LL operation is also enabled while in oil return mode in cooling operation Normal operation The airflow direction is not reproduced according to the setting The airflow direction is not corresponding to that displayed on the remote control The flap does not swing Automatic control Normal operation 10 white mist lt AHU gt Uneven temperature distribution Clean the inside of the AHU comes out from In cooling operation the due to heavy stain of the inside of the system ambient humidity is high the AHU This AHU is installed in a place with much oil or dust lt AHU gt Hot gas refrigerant flown in the Normal operation Immediately after cooling AHU results to be vapor from the operation stopping the unit ambient temperature and humidity are low lt AHU and outdoor units Defrosted moisture turns to be Normal operation After the completion of vapor and comes out from the defrosting operation the units System is switched to heating operati
200. e thermistor 1 Most sensitive point of the thermistor 2 Maximize the contact 1 Fixthe thermistor with insulating aluminum tape field supply in order to ensure a good heat transference S 2 Put the supplied piece of rubber around the thermistor R2T R3T in order to avoid loosening of the thermistor after some years Air thermistor The air thermistor R1T can be installed either in the room that needs temperature control or in the suction area of the air handling unit NOTE For room temperature control the delivered thermistor R1T can be replaced by an optional remote sensor kit G KRCS01 1 A to be ordered separately Installation and operation manual EKEQMCBV3 DAIKIN Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 Installation of longer thermistor cable R1T R2T R3T The thermistor is supplied with a standard cable of 2 5 m This cable can be made longer to up to 20 m Install the longer thermistor cable with the delivered wire to wire splices 1 Cut the wire or bundle the remainder of the thermistor cable Keep at least 1 m of the original thermistor cable Do not bundle the cable inside the control box 2 Strip the wire 7 mm at both ends and insert these ends into the wire to wire splice 3 Pinch the splice with the correct crimp tool pliers 4 After connection heat up the shrink insulation of the wire to w
201. e 2 The H1P LED is on Setting procedure 1 3 1 3 2 3 3 Push the BS2 SET button according to the required function A H The LED indication that matches the required function is shown below in the field marked Possible functions A additional refrigerant charging operation not applicable refrigerant recovery operation vacuuming operation B C setting of high static pressure D automatic low noise operation setting at nighttime E low noise operation level setting L N O P via the external control adapter F power consumption limitation setting DEMAND via the external control adapter G enabling function of the low noise operation level setting L N O P and or power consumption limitation setting DEMAND via the external control adapter DTA104A61 62 H check operation without initial refrigerant decision H2P H3P H5P H6P H7P AX tt e s re te 1e x c G ex e e e p r e re re E rt exec F e x G e e Hii e XY When the BS3 RETURN button is pushed the current setting is defined Push the BS2 SET button according to the required setting possibility as shown below in the field marked Possible settings for function A B C G and H are ON ON or oFF OFF HIP H2P H5P H6P H7P ON xe or e e e e e amp This setting factory setting Possible settings for
202. e again operation Close valve A immediately Check following items Check if the gas side stop valve is opened correctly m Checkifthe valve of the refrigerant hold cylinder is opened After correcting the Check if the air inlet and outlet of the abnormality restart air handling unit are not obstructed the automatic Checkifthe indoor temperature is not charging procedure lower than 20 C DB again Close valve A immediately Confirm the malfunction code by the remote control abnormal and correct the abnormality by following stop the Correcting after abnormal completion of the test operation 11 5 Checks after adding refrigerant Are the stop valves for both liquid and gas open Is the amount of refrigerant that has been added recorded A Make sure to open the stop valves after charging the refrigerant Operating with the stop valves closed will damage the compressor Installation manual DAIKIN ERQ125 250A7W1B 154 Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 12 BEFORE OPERATION 12 1 Service precautions A WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK A Caution when performing service to inverter equipment 1 Do not open the electric box cover for 10 minutes after the power supply is turned off 2 Measure the voltage between terminals on the terminal block for power supply with a tester and confirm that the power supply is shut off In addition measure the points as shown in the figu
203. e indoor fan for circulating air Contact your dealer for details 8 ENERGY SAVING AND OPTIMUM OPERATION Observe the following precautions to ensure the system operates properly Adjust the air outlet properly and avoid direct air flow to room inhabitants Adjust the room temperature properly for a comfortable environment Avoid excessive heating or cooling Prevent direct sunlight from entering a room during cooling operation by using curtains or blinds gm Ventilate often Extended use requires special attention to ventilation Keep doors and windows closed If the doors and windows remain open air will flow out of your room causing a decrease in the cooling or heating effect careful not to cool or heat too much To save energy keep the temperature setting at a moderate level Recommended temperature setting For cooling 26 28 C 20 24 C For heating G Never place objects near the air inlet or the air outlet of the unit It may cause deterioration in the effect or stop the operation Turn off the main power supply switch to the unit when the unit is not used for longer periods of time If the switch is on it uses electricity Before restarting the unit turn on the main power supply switch 6 hours before operation to ensure smooth running Refer to Maintenance in the air handling unit manual Keep the air handling unit and remote control at least 1 m away from televi
204. e lid is 11 5 to 13 9 Nm See Shutoff valve operation procedure in 1 2 4 1 for details on how to handle shutoff valves When done or when pausing the refrigerant charging operation close the valve of the refrigerant tank immediately If the tank is left with the valve open the amount of refrigerant which is properly charged may be off the point More refrigerant may be charged by any remaining pressure after the machine is stopped About check operation 2 Make sure to perform the check operation after installation Otherwise the malfunction code U3 will be displayed and normal operation cannot be performed And the failure of Check of miswiring may also cause abnormal operation Performance may drop due to the failure of Judgment of piping length The check operation cannot be performed in recovery or other service modes Make sure the following works are complete in accordance with the installation manual Piping work Wiring work tight test mVacuum drying minstallation work for AHU Calculate the additional charging amount using the installation manual 96 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Test Operation 3 Open the valve C See the figure 31 The valve A B and the liquid and gas side shutout valve must be left closed and charge the refrigerant of the additional charging amount from the liquid side shutout valve service port If the additional charging amount was ch
205. e malfunction decision is made on any other AHU within the system concerned Malfunction of transmission within or outside of other system Malfunction of electronic expansion valve in AHU of other system Defect of PC board of AHU in other system Improper connection of transmission wiring between AHU and outdoor unit Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred N Caution Turn on all AHUs U9 has been displayed for 2 minutes or more NO gt Re diagnose by display after passage of 2 minutes or more gt The outdoor unit PC board indicated by the malfunction code U9 is normal Check for the AHU of other System and then conduct troubleshooting by diagnosis according to the Malfunction Code Flowchart Troubleshooting 247 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 46 UR Improper Combination of AHU and Outdoor Units AHUs and Remote Control Remote Control Display Applicable All models of AHU Models ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Method of A difference occurs in data by the type of refrigerant between AHU and outdoor units Malfunction The number of AHUs is out of the allowable range Detection Malfunction The malfunction decision is made as soon as either of the abnormalities aforementioned is Decision detected Conditions Supposed Excess of connected AHUs Causes m Defect of outdo
206. e of the control box is between 10 C and 40 C Keep the space in front of the boxes free for future maintenance Keep air handling unit power supply wiring and transmission wiring at least 1 m away from televisions and radios This is to prevent image interference and noise in those electrical appliances Noise may be generated depending on the conditions under which the electric wave is generated even if 1mis kept Make sure the control box is installed horizontally Screw nuts position must be downwards Precautions Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below Where mineral oil like cutting oil is present Where the air contains high levels of salt such as air near the Ocean Where sulphurous gas is present such as that in areas of hot spring In vehicles or vessels Where voltage fluctuates a lot such as that in factories Where high concentration of vapor or spray are present B Where machines generating electromagnetic waves present Where acidic or alkaline vapor is present The option boxes must be installed with entrances downward Tick when checked PIPING INSTALLATION Are the thermistors fixed firmly Thermistor may come loose Piping limits Is the freeze up setting done correctly The air handling unit may freeze up 1 Is the control box fixed firmly 2 The unit may drop vibrate or make noise 3 Do electrical connectio
207. e outdoor unit 1 Refrigerant piping 3 Prepare the inlet outlet field piping just in front of the connection 2 Part to be brazed do not braze yet 3 Taping 192 5 mm 4 Hands valve 5 Pressure reducing valve I 6 Nitrogen For details see manual of the outdoor unit Electrical work 1 Open the electrical box cover A 3 2 Push out ONLY the second lower wire intake hole B from 3 inside to outside Do not damage the membrane 3 Pass valve cable with wires Y1 Y6 from the control box through that membrane wire intake hole and connect the cable wires into the terminal connector C following instructions as described in step 4 Route the cable out of the valve kit box Y according to figure below and fix with the tie wrap D See Electric wiring work on page 68 for more details Inlet coming from the outdoor unit B Outlet to air handling unit Pipe fixing clamp 4 Remove the pipe fixing clamp C by unscrewing 2x M5 5 Remove the upper and lower pipe insulations 6 Braze the field piping sure to cool the filters and valve body with a wet cloth and make sure the body temperature does not exceed 120 C during brazing Make sure that the other parts such as electrical box tie wraps and wires are protected from direct brazing flames during brazing 7 After brazing put the lower pipe insulation back in place and close it with the upper insulation cover after pealing off the liner 8 Secure the pipe fixing c
208. e refrigerant used 163 for a long time 3 What to do before operation u uuu u u uuu uuu lu nnne 163 in order to avoid electric shock fire or injury or if you detect any 4 io sc ERU eee RR UMOR IR 164 abnormality such as smell of fire turn off the power supply and 5 Changeover switch Name and function of each switch 164 call your dealer for instructions 6 rn ttti one ein reete 164 Ask your dealer for installation of the air conditioner 7 Operation procedure 164 Incomplete installation performed by yourself may result in a 7 1 Cooling heating and fan only operation 164 water leakage electric shock and fire 8 Energy saving and optimum 165 Do not place objects in direct proximity of the outdoor unit and 9 a 165 not let leaves and other debris accumulate around the unit 9 1 Maintenance after a long stop 165 Leaves are a hotbed for small animals which can enter the unit 9 2 Maintenance before a long stop 165 Once in the unit such animals can cause malfunctions smoke 10 Following symptoms are not air conditioner troubles
209. e required to take adequate measures Select an installation site where the following conditions are fulfilled and that meets your customer s approval The option boxes expansion valve and electrical control box controlled by the thermistors that are added in can be installed inside and outside the circuit Each expansion valve can control a range of air handling units sizes Do not install the option boxes in or on the outdoor unit m The selected air handling unit must be Do not put the option boxes in direct sunlight Direct sunlight will designed for R410A increase the temperature inside the option boxes and may reduce its lifetime and influence its operation g Extraneous substances including mineral oils m Ch at and st ti if or moisture must be prevented from getting 0056 lat ang strong mixed into the system Operating temperature of the control box is between 10 C and SST saturated suction temperature at exit of 40 air handling unit Keep the space in front of the boxes free for future maintenance Keep air handling unit power supply wiring and transmission Selecting the capacity setting adapter see accessories wiring at least 1 m away from televisions and radios This is to The corresponding capacity setting adapter needs to be prevent image interference and noise in those electrical selected depending on the expansio
210. e set with Night time low noise level setting Factory setting is Operation sound 4 OFF of mode 2 i i Operation sound r t H of mode 3 Operation sound level set with Night time low noise setting 8 00 PM1000 0 00 6 00 7 00 8 00 gt L le Set with Night time low noise start setting Factory setting is PM 10 00 Image of operation in the case of A and B a Operation sound Time set with Night time low noise start setting Rated operation sound Set with Night time low noise end setting Factory setting is AM 8 00 V3079 If capacity precedence is set in Capacity precedence setting the fan speed will be increased according to the load of air conditioning when load is heavier Time set with Night time low noise end setting THE Operation sound during low noise Operation sound of mode 1 Operation sound of mode 2 Operation sound of mode 3 poet seu 4 Night time low noise _ wey oe l 1 mode is instructed can be set with 1 1 External low noise level setting Factory setting is Mode2 Operation sound during night time low noise mode is instructed can be set with Night time low noise level setting Factory setting is OFF
211. e sure to provide for adequate measures in order to prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by small animals Obtain the customer s permission before installing The inverter units should be installed in a location that meets the following requirements 1 foundation is strong enough to support the weight of the unit and the floor is flat to prevent vibration and noise generation If not the unit may fall over and cause damage or injury 2 The space around the unit is adequate for servicing and the minimum space for air inlet and air outlet is available Refer to figure 2 and choose one of the possibilities ABCD Sides along the installation site with obstacles Suction side n case of an installation site where sides 0 have obstacles the wall heights of sides A C have no impact on Service space dimensions Refer to figure 2 for impact of wall heights of sides B D on service space dimensions Incase of an installation site where only the sides A B have obstacles the wall heights have no influence on any indicated service space dimensions NOTE The service space dimensions in figure2 are qu based on cooling operation at 35 C 3 Make sure that there is no danger of fire due to leakage of inflammable gas 4 Ensure that water can not cause any damage to the location in case it drips out the unit e g in case of a blocked drain pipe 5 piping length may not exce
212. ecovery unit A Do not vent gases into the atmosphere 4 When all gas and oil is recovered from the pinched piping disconnect the charge hose and close the service ports 5 n case the pinched piping lower parts looks like detail A in figure 9 proceed with procedure step 8 In case the pinched piping lower part looks like detail B in figure 9 follow instructions as per procedure steps 6 7 8 6 Cut off the lower part of the smaller pinched piping with an appropriate tool e g a pipe cutter a pair of nippers so that a cross section is open allowing remaining oil to drip out in case the recovery was not complete 7 Wait until all oil is dripped out Dissolve the brazing using a burner and remove the pinched piping or cut the pinched piping off with a pipe cutter See figure 9 Pinched piping Stop valve Service port a OND Point of melting the brazing metal Small lower piece of pipe Precautions when connecting field piping Perform brazing at the gas stop valve before brazing at the liquid stop valve Add brazing material as shown in the figure 1 L Be sure to use the supplied accessory pipes when carrying out piping work in the field Be sure that the field installed piping does not touch other pipes the bottom panel or side panel Especially for the bottom and side connection be sure to protect the piping with suitable insulation to prevent it from coming into contact with
213. ect of outdoor unit PC board N Caution The high pressure sensor is NO connected to X32A of Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred outdoor unit PC board A1P The relationship between the 1 VH and high pressure is normal see 2 when voltage is YES gt Connect the high pressure sensor and turn on again measured between X32A pins 1 and 3 of outdoor unit PC board A1P see 1 gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P 1 Voltage measurement point gt Replace the high pressure sensor V2806 Outdoor unit PC board A2P 45V 2 5 o gt 8 GND Black 5 ER o 2 3 a Microcomputer D White A D input 2 Measure DC voltage here V2807 2 Refer to Pressure Sensor Pressure Voltage Characteristics table on P272 Troubleshooting 221 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 30 JL Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Malfunction is detected from pressure detected by low pressure sensor When the low pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit W Defec
214. ed air handling units 4PW52447 1 VALVE KIT INSTALLATION Mechanical installation 1 Remove the valve kit box cover by unscrewing 4x M5 2 Drill 4 holes on correct position measurements as indicated in figure below and fix the valve kit box securely with 4 screws through the provided holes 9 mm NOTE Make sure that the expansion valve is installed vertically Make sure there is enough free space for future maintenance Brazing work For details see manual of the outdoor unit 3 Prepare the inlet outlet field piping just in front of the connection do not braze yet OVE Inlet coming from the outdoor unit Outlet to air handling unit Pipe fixing clamp Remove the pipe fixing clamp C by unscrewing 2x M5 Remove the upper and lower pipe insulations Braze the field piping Electrical work Make sure to cool the filters and body with a wet cloth and make sure the body temperature does not exceed 120 C during brazing A a Make sure that the other parts such as electrical box tie wraps and wires are protected from direct brazing flames during brazing After brazing put the lower pipe insulation back in place and close it with the upper insulation cover after pealing off the liner Secure the pipe fixing clamp C in place again 2x M5 Make sure that field pipes are fully insulated Field pipe insulation must reach up to the i
215. ed the allowable piping length see 4 Piping length restrictions on page 146 6 Select the location of the unit in such a way that neither the discharged air nor the sound generated by the unit disturbs anyone 7 Make sure that the air inlet and outlet of the unit are not positioned towards the main wind direction Frontal wind will disturb the operation of the unit If necessary use a windscreen to block the wind 8 Donotinstall or operate the unit on locations where air contains high levels of salt like e g in the vicinity of oceans Refer for further information to the engineering databook 9 During installation avoid the possibility that anybody can climb on the unit or place objects on the unit Falls may result in injury 10 When installing the unit in a small room take measures in order to keep the refrigerant concentration from exceeding allowable safety limits in the event of a refrigerant leak Excessive refrigerant concentrations in a closed room can lead to oxygen deficiency 11 The equipment is not intended for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere Installation manual 142 DAIKIN ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 The equipment described in this manual may cause electronic noise generated from radio frequency energy The equipment complies to specifications that are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference However there is no guaran
216. ed tools To prevent entry of any impurities and insure sufficient pressure resistance always use the special tools Gauge manifold dedicated for R 410A Charge hose valve Use charge hose that have pushing stick for connecting to service port of shutoff valves or refrigerant charge port The vacuum pump for vacuum drying should be able to lower the pressure to 100 7kPa Vacuum pump 5 Torr 755 Hg Take care the pump oil never flow backward into the refrigerant pipe during the pump stops The system for air tight test and vacuum drying e Referring to figure 28 connect an nitrogen tank refrigerant tank and a vacuum pump to the outdoor unit e The shutoff valve and valve A C in figure 28 should be open or closed as shown in the table below Liquid side shutoff valve Refrigerant charge port Gas side shutoff valve Outdoor Shutoff valve service port Gouge manifold To indoor unit with siphon pk 1 Interunit pipings lt gt Gas flow fig 28 Valve shutoff valve Liquid side Gas side of valve A B and C and shutoff valves Air tight test Vacuum drying Close valve A and shutoff valves certainly Otherwise the Close Open Open refrigerant in the unit are released Close Close Note m The airtightness test and vacuum drying should be done using the liquid side and gas side shutof
217. efrigerant from dwelling lt Outdoor unit gt The reason is that the compressor Normal operation Pitch of operating sounds changes the operating frequency changes 12 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the Dust which has deposited on the Normal operation from the system system when it restarts after the stop for an extended period of time inside of AHU is blown out from the system 13 Odors come out from the system In operation Odors of room cigarettes or else adsorbed to the inside of AHU are blown out The inside of the AHU should be cleaned 172 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Symptom based Troubleshooting Symptom Supposed Cause Countermeasure 14 Outdoor unit fan does not rotate In operation The reason is that fan revolutions are controlled to put the operation to the optimum state Normal operation 15 LCD display 88 appears on the remote control Immediately after turning ON the power supply The reason is that the system is checking to be sure the remote control is normal Normal operation This code is displayed for a period of approximately one minute at maximum 16 The outdoor unit compressor or the outdoor unit fan does not stop After stopping operation It stops in order to prevent oil or refrigerant from dwelling Normal operation It stops after a lapse of approximately 5 to 10 minutes
218. elow Figure shows the installation process Install in the order of the steps shown 1 Selection of Location 2 Inspecting and Handling the Unit 3 Placing the Unit 5 Field Wiring 4 Refrigerant Piping 6 Airtight Test and Vacuum Drying 7 Pipe Insulation 8 Checking of Device and Installation Conditions 9 Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation T Operations which require the power to be turned on 10 Test Run Bed sagt 90 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Test Operation 1 22 Procedure and Outline Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after installation 1 2 1 Check work prior to turn power supply on Check the below items e Power wiring e Control transmission wiring between units e Earth wire Check on refrigerant piping insulation materials V Check airtight test and vacuum drying Check on amount of refrigerant charge Check the stop valves for conditions O Is the wiring performed as specified O Is the designated wire used O Is the wiring screw of wiring not loose O Is the grounding work completed O Is the insulation of the main power supply circuit deteriorated Use a 500V megger tester to measure the insulation 1 e Do not use a
219. emand Multi H1P H2P IND SLAVE noise H3P HIP H5P H6P H7P H8P Single outdoor unit System e e it e Factory setting BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4 BS5 MODE SET RETURN TEST RESET V2760 There are the following three setting modes Setting mode 1 H1P off Initial status when normal Used to select the cool heat setting Also indicates during abnormal low noise control and demand control Setting mode 2 H1P on Used to modify the operating status and to set program addresses etc Usually used in servicing the system G Monitor mode H1P blinks Used to check the program made in Setting mode 2 m Mode changing procedure 1 Using the MODE button the modes can be changed as follows Push and hold the BS1 MODE button for 5 seconds Normal Push the BS1 MODE button one time Setting mode 2 Setting mode 1 Monitor mode Push the BS1 MODE button one time MODE Blinking H1P H1P H1P V2761 B Mode changing procedure 2 Press BS1 MODE button for more than 5 sec Set Select mode with BS2 SET button in each selection step Setting mode 1 Press BS1 MODE button Initial condition Setting mode 2 Setting item selection SET button Monitor mode Check item selection
220. emper grade use piping with temper grade in function of the pipe diameter as listed in the table below Pipe Temper grade of piping material lt 15 9 gt 19 1 1 2H O Annealed 1 2H Half hard The pipe thickness of the refrigerant piping should comply with relevant local and national regulations The minimal pipe thickness for R410A piping must be in accordance with the table below Minimal thickness Pipe t mm 9 5 0 80 15 9 0 99 19 1 0 80 22 2 0 80 In case the required pipe sizes inch sizes are not available it is also allowed to use other diameters mm sizes taken the following into account select the pipe size nearest to the required size use the suitable adapters for the change over from inch to mm pipes field supply Pipe connection Be sure to perform a nitrogen blow when brazing and to read the Do not use flux when brazing copper to copper refrigerant piping Particularly for the HFC refrigerant piping Therefore use the phosphor copper brazing filler metal paragraph Caution to be taken when brazing refrigerant piping on page 144 first BCuP which does not require flux Flux has extremely harmful influence on refrigerant piping systems For instance if the chlorine based flux is used it will cause pipe corrosion or in particular if the flux contains fluorine it will damage the refrigerant oil Be sure to perform a nitrogen
221. ems start the defrosting operation Heat transfer coefficient of the outdoor unit heat exchanger Heat exchange temperature Tb Timer Set to two hours at minimum Furthermore the heat transfer coefficient of the outdoor unit Evaporator is computed from Tc Te and compressor loads Outdoor unit actuator Defrost operation Post Defrost operation 124 Hz OFF OFF Compressor Upper limit control 176 Hz ON ON 2 steps increase 20sec till Pc Pe gt 0 4 MPa STEP7 Outdoor unit fan or OFF STEP8 STEP8 Four way valve ON OFF ON Main motorized valve EV1 SH control 480 pls 480 pls 55 pls Subcooling motorized valve EV2 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF OFF OFF Accumulator oil return valve SVO ON ON Injection SVT RXYQ5P model only OFF OFF OFF Ending conditions 170 sec e 10 min or 10 or Pc Pe 0 4MPa n the case of multi outdoor unit system Master unit Performs the operations listed in the table above Slave units Operating units perform the operations listed in the table above Non operating units perform the operations listed in the table above from the Defrost operation Non operating unit stops during Defrost preparation operation Actuators are based on RXYQ14 18P AHU actuator During defrost Fan Thermostat ON unit Field setting Stopping unit OFF 32 Fun
222. ent of resistance lt Preparation gt e Tomake measurement disconnect all connectors and terminals Inverter PC board Electronic circuit s si 5 PI P2P3 GBT T T 1 I I esas KA KA dS X10AK2 n 1 1 L1 2 J2 ES 33 M I I BITS RISE 3 I 1 1 U V W V2895 According to the checking aforementioned it is probed that the malfunction results from the faulty inverter The following section describes supposed causes of the faulty inverter e Faulty compressor ground leakage e Faulty fan motor ground leakage e Entry of conductive foreign particles e Abnormal voltage e g overvoltage surge thunder or unbalanced voltage In order to replace the faulty inverter be sure to check for the points aforementioned Appendix 273 Method of Checking The Inverter s Power Transistors and Diode Modules ESiEN09 06 1 Power module checking When using the analog type of multiple tester make measurement in resistance measurement mode in the x1kQ range When using the digital type of multiple tester make measurement in diode check mode Measuring Measuring No point Criterion Remark No point Criterion Remark
223. er gas pipe thermistor When the subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor is short circuited or open m Faulty subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor R5T Faulty outdoor unit PC board A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is the connector for subcooling eat exchanger gas pipe thermistor connected to X30A on outdoor unit PC board A1P NO 7 Connect the connector and operate unit again Is the resistance measured after removing the thermistor NO R5T from outdoor unit PC gt Replace thermistor R5T board normal 1 8 to 800kQ YES gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3075 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 220 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 29 JA Outdoor Unit Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting a ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Malfunction is detected from the pressure detected by the high pressure sensor When the high pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit W Defect of high pressure sensor system W Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection m Def
224. er and 231 control PC board P1 3k 3 Inverter over ripple protection 234 P4 3k xk 3k Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise 235 sensor PJ E E E Faulty field setting after replacing main PC board or 237 faulty combination of PC board System UO xt e 3k Low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or 238 electronic expansion valve failure U1 3k 3k 3k Reverse phase open phase 239 U2 3k E 3k Power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure 240 U3 3k Check operation is not completed 243 U3 xt 3k Check operation is not completed 243 U4 3k ES Malfunction of transmission between AHU and 244 outdoor units U5 3k Malfunction of transmission between remote control 246 and AHU U5 o e Failure of remote control PC board or setting during 246 control by remote control U9 3k E E Malfunction of transmission between AHU and 247 outdoor unit in the same system UA 3k E 3k Improper combination of AHU and outdoor units 248 AHUS and remote control UE 3k E ik Malfunction of transmission between central remote control and AHU UF 3k E 3k Refrigerant system not set incompatible wiring 250 piping UH 3k Malfunction of system refrigerant system address 251 undefined The system operates for malfunction codes indicated in black squares however be sure to check and repair 180 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Remote Control Malfunction code indi
225. er for tightening the terminal screws A screwdriver with a small head will strip the head and make proper tightening impossible OOver tightening the terminal screws may break them See the table below for tightening torque for the terminal screws Tightening torque Nem M8 Power terminal block 5 5 7 3 M8 Ground M3 Inter unit wiring terminal block 0 8 0 97 A Recommendations when connecting the ground When pulling the ground wire out wire it so that it comes through the cut out section of the cup washer An improper ground connection may prevent a good ground from being achieved See figure 13 ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 151 8 9 Wiring example for wiring inside unit See figure 21 Electric wiring Wiring between outdoor unit and control box Clamp to the electric box with field supplied clamps When routing out the power ground wires from the right side a ON When routing the remote control cord and inter unit wiring secure clearance of 50 mm or more from the power wiring Ensure that the power wiring does not contact any heated sections j 6 Clamp to the back of the column support with field supplied clamps When routing out the inter unit wirings from the opening for piping When routing out the power ground wires from the front When routing out the ground wires from the left sid
226. er polski ERQ250A7W1B ERQ125 gt 1500 ERQ200 250 12 mm 722 737 765 11 9 e e b s OR pO A di a 210 mm a 250 mm a 2200 mm 4 b 2300 mm b 2100 mm b 2300 mm c210 mm c 250 mm d 2500 mm d 2500 mm 210 mm 250 2200 mm a b 2300 mm b 2100 mm b 2300 mm c 210 mm c 250 mm d 2500 mm d 2500 mm di e 220 mm e 2100 mm e 2400 mm a 210 gt 50 b gt 300 mm b gt 100 mm a c 210 mm c 250 mm h l 2500 mm 2500 2 220 e 2100 mm f 2600 mm f 2500 mm a210 mm a250 mm 8 b 2300 mm b 2100 mm iD h gt 0 b gt b hy c210 mm c 250 mm pos c BEER d 2500 mm d 2500 mm h e 220mm e 2100 mm h gt 0 dzd ERQ125 ERQ200 250 15 FPA DS1 123 4 OFF MIB ON TO IN D F2 1 2 fH UNIT F1 i Fi F2 P1 P2 LIN
227. eration of the with Ns 19 or 42 9 i system only with operable compressor s 5 or outdoor unit s o Additional E f a necessary amount of refrigerant cannot amp refuaerani be charged due to the stop of outdoor unit B Set No 20 of Setting mode 2 to ON and Char ing 1 operate the outdoor unit and then refill then charge refrigerant ging refrigerant m Used to recover refrigerant on site Refrigerant With operations of AHU and outdoor units 9 recovery mode 1 prohibited fully open the expansion valve m Set No 21 of Setting mode 2 to ON of the AHU and outdoor units B Used to conduct vacuuming on site Fully open the expansion of the 10 mode AHU and outdoor units and energize part Set No 21 of Setting mode 2 to ON of solenoid valves Use a vacuum pump to conduct vacuuming m Used for the troubleshooting of DC 5 compressors 12 ae Inverter waveform output makes it possible E Set No 28 of Setting mode 2 to ON to judge whether a malfunction results from the compressor or the PC board Setting of model m For this setting set the DS2 2 3 and 4 13 with spare PC m In order to replace the PC board by a spare switches on the PC board to the model board one be sure to make model setting concemed For setting items of 1 refer to detailed information provided on previous page Test Operation 115 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 m Setting by dip switches Using dip switche
228. ers Stoves and ranges When replacing the coin battery in the remote control be sure to disposed of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it If a child swallows the coin battery see a doctor immediately IN Caution Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the conditions of the installation site to prevent electrical shocks Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of combustible gas leaks If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit it can cause a fire Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly If the packing and seal are not installed properly water can enter the room and wet the furniture and floor For integral units only 1 1 3 Inspection after Repair I Warning Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose then insert the plug into a power outlet all the way If the plug has dust or loose connection it can cause an electrical shock or fire If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated be sure to replace them Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable or share the same power outlet with other electrical appliances since it can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire vii
229. eshooting 251 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is electricity being introduced for the first time after installation or after an AHU or outdoor unit PC occur even after 12 minutes elapses from the time when electricity is introduced to AHU Is AHU outdoor and NO outdoor outdoor unit NO Normal transmission wiring normal YES Push and hold the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds Does a malfunction occur NO gt After fixing incorrect wiring push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds The unit will not run for up to 12 minutes Disconnect the outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring YES gt Normal to create the one system status and then check whether or not the system is normal Does a UH malfunction NO gt Mount the DIII NET extension adapter occur for all AHUs in the System YES gt Replace AHU PC board gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P on 252 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting OP Unified ON OFF Controller 4 Troubleshooting OP Unified ON OFF Controller 4 1 Operation Lamp Blinks Re
230. essure si switch Capillary tube Filter COMPRESSOR Capillary tube Filter Ff v Filter JN Solenoid lex Low pressure valve sensor Stop valve with service port 07 9mm flare connection 3D050783 Appendix 261 Piping Diagrams ESiEN09 06 ERQ 250 A7W1B Fi Capillary tube Check valve Filter Electronic expansion valve Accumulator ter N Electronic expansion valve Filter Bl Pressure regulating valve A Four way valve seven High pressure sensor I xSolenoid Check valve 2 Check valve 12 Filter Filter High igh pressure g 5 s switch 52 Filter 58 Li Filter COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR INV Capillary tube Capillary tube ST Filter Nf Ne Solenoid ex valve Low pressure sensor sNeL Y High pressure sensor Stop valve with service port 7 9mm
231. external input to change the T T value their values can only be changed by local setup by means of the Daikin remote control during installation Cooling setting Heating T setting Mode n setting 23 13 Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 1 01 5 02 6 03 7 C 05 9 06 10 07 11 08 12 2 01 43 02 44 03 45 05 47 06 T 48 07 49 7 Renewal of Target Refrigerant Temperature X control When a level of the main pcb is updated the T T value of the outdoor is updated simultaneously otherwise the T T value remains constant When the DDC level remains constant for A seconds a level update is executed in the main pcb Mode n setting Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 20 10 4 02 A 120 sec 03 180 sec 04 A 240 sec 112 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting 3 1 5 Setting of Operation Control Mode from Remote Control Local Setting The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting the functions of the operation remote control Furthermore operations such as remote control ON OFF can be limited in accordance with the combination conditions Test Operation 113 F
232. f High Pressure Sensor 221 3 30 JC Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor 222 3 31 L4 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise 223 3 32 L5 Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Abnormal 225 3 33 L8 Outdoor Unit Inverter Current 227 3 34 L9 Outdoor Unit Inverter Start up 229 3 35 LC Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Transmission Between Inverter and Control PC Board eee 231 3 36 P1 Outdoor Unit Inverter Over Ripple Protection 234 3 37 P4 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise Sensor 235 3 38 PJ Outdoor Unit Faulty Field Setting after Replacing Main PC Board or Faulty Combination of PC 237 3 39 UO Outdoor Unit Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve 238 3 40 U1 Reverse Phase Open 239 3 41 U2 Outdoor Unit Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure 240 3 42 U3 Outdoor Unit Check Operation not Execu
233. f Thermistor R2T R7T for Suction 217 3 26 J6 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor RAT for Outdoor Unit Heat pb ct ua MCA EL LE 218 3 27 J7 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor R6T 219 3 28 J9 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor R5 T 220 3 29 JA Outdoor Unit Malfunction of High Pressure 221 3 30 JC Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor 222 Troubleshooting 169 ESIE09 06 3 31 L4 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature RISO uu 223 3 32 L5 Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Abnormal 225 3 33 L8 Outdoor Unit Inverter Current 227 3 34 L9 Outdoor Unit Inverter Start up 229 3 35 LC Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Transmission Between Inverter and Control PC Board 231 3 36 P1 Outdoor Unit Inverter Over Ripple Protection 234 3 37 P4 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise SONS OP 235 3 38 PJ Outdoor Unit Faulty Field Setting after
234. f valve service ports See the R 410A Label attached to the front plate of the outdoor unit for details on the location of the service port see figure at right m See Shutoff valve operation procedure for details on handling the shutoff valve m The refrigerant charge port is connected to unit pipe When shipped the unit contains refrigerant so use caution when attaching the charge hose Test Operation 93 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 1 2 3 2 Air Tight Test and Vacuum Drying Method After finished piping work carry out air tight test and vacuum drying Air tight test Pressurize the liquid and gas pipes to 4 0MPa 40bar do not pressurize more than 4 0MPa 40bar If the pressure does not drop within 24 hours the system passes the test If there is a pressure drop check for leaks make repairs and perform the airtight test again Vacuum drying Evacuate the system from the liquid and gas pipes by using a vacuum pump for more than 2 hours and bring the system to 100 7kPa or less After keeping the system under that condition for more than 1 hour check if the vacuum gauge rises or not If it rises the system may either contain moisture inside or have leaks Note m If moisture might enter the piping follow belows 1 if doing work during the rainy season if the actual work takes long enough that condensation may form on the inside of the pipes if rain might enter the pipes during work etc 1 After
235. ferential pressure 0 5MPa or more Incorrect UVW wiring Faulty inverter PC board Stop valve is left in closed Troubleshooting 203 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting N Caution Power OFF Power ON Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Is the stop NO valve open Check the compressor cable for disconnection and flaws The compressor cable has a YES gt On site causes Open the stop valve defect connections made NO gt Replace the cable and then securely connect the connectors to phases U V and W in the proper order and manner Are wire connections properly made according NO gt Make wire connections without a mistake w V to the Wiring Diagram YES Disconnect the cable from the compressor and then check the compressor for the insulation resistance The insulation resistance YES Are the wire connections mixed up with those for non inverter compressor gt Make wire connections without a mistake is low i e not more than 100kW NO Check the compressor motor coil for any broken wire NO Some phase has a broken wire the compressor and then check whether or NO gt Replace the compressor not the m
236. flare connection I 3D050784 262 Appendix for Reference iagrams D iring w ESiEN09 06 Diagrams for Reference Outdoor Uni ERQ 125 A7W1B 2 Wiring 2 1 uoqsod 930 U39319 NYO eio Fl ae ay NYG LHM 1 den M8 038 eld y18 7 Hd LS eowep uonoejoid Aq yun y ejeredo jou oq 9 YAMS ZSA LSA pue 658 158 oj uo pue 24 14 1 oj uonoeuuoo 104 uonel ejsu IU 9j9 6 o 13421 Ja depe uondo y ueuM y ew yea jeuue 10peuuo T plts no sped jo uoneolpuy i owo meg e Ipusjeino s ZH0S AOEZ 00 N dY ik KlddnswaMOd ME 1009 aep 525 eeu eus oops sis avosqe ons eso az SrA nga tO SIX nen SIH OSA SARA pops ener o9uomoa das das dins ood das uoyws ainssaud amssaig 484 sosues anssaid BLP IIN
237. frigerant oil Air compal Specifications e Contains synthetic oil therefore it can be used for piping work of every refrigerant cycle e Offers high rust resistance and stability over long period of time m Differences e Can be used for R 410A and R 22 units 6 Gauge manifold for R 410A m Specifications e High pressure gauge 0 1 to 5 3 MPa 76 cmHg to 53 kg cm e Low pressure gauge 0 1 to 3 8 MPa 76 cmHg to 38 kg cm e 1 4 5 16 2min 2 5min e No oil is used in pressure test of gauges For prevention of contamination 282 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 06 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A Temperature scale indicates the relationship between pressure and temperature in gas saturated state Differences Change in pressure Change in service port diameter Charge hose for R 410A Hose with ball valve Specifications Working pressure 5 08 MPa 51 8 kg cm Rupture pressure 25 4 MPa 259 kg cm Available with and without hand operate valve that prevents refrigerant from outflow Differences Pressure proof hose Change in service port diameter Use of nylon coated material for HFC resistance Charging cylinder NIS Can not be used Specifications Use weigher for refrigerant charge listed below to charge directly from refrigerant cylinder Differences The cylinder can not be used for mixed refrigerant
238. gases may require to provide the appropriate official national language on the unit Therefore an additional multilingual fluorinated greenhouse gases label is supplied with the unit Sticking instructions are illustrated on the backside of that label 11 2 Precautions when adding R410A Be sure to charge the specified amount of refrigerant in liquid state to the liquid pipe Since this refrigerant is a mixed refrigerant adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change preventing normal operation Before charging check whether the refrigerant cylinder is equipped with a siphon tube or not Charge the liquid refrigerant with the cylinder in upright position Charge the liquid refrigerant with the cylinder in up side down position sure to use tools exclusively for R410A to ensure required pressure resistance and to prevent foreign materials from mixing into the system T Charging with an unsuitable substance may cause explosions and accidents so always make sure that the appropriate refrigerant R410A is charged Refrigerant containers must be opened slowly 11 3 Stop valve operation procedure Do not open the stop valve until all piping and electrical steps of 10 Checking of unit and installation conditions on page 152 are completed If the stop valve is left open without turning on the power it may cause refrigerant to build up in the compressor leading to in
239. ght time low er ere Sets ending time of nighttime low noise operation 27 ag Ld end Night time low noise setting is also required i Used for trouble diagnosis of DC compressor Since the 28 Check after waveform of inverter is output without wiring to the disconnection of compressor it is convenient to probe whether the trouble compressor wires comes from the compressor or PC board Capacit Ifthe capacity control is required the low noise control is 29 settin automatically released by this setting during carrying out p 9 low noise operation and nighttime low noise operation Changes target value of power consumption when 30 Demand setting 1 demand control 1 is input Normally enables demand control 1 without external 32 Normal demand input Effective to prevent a problem that circuit breaker setting of small capacity is shut down due to large load 120 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting No Setting item Description Setting of difference i 35 in elevation for the S MIR outdoor unit is installed 40 m outdoor unit Used to temporarily prohibit the applicable outdoor unit 38 Emergency from operating should there be any faulty part Since the operation comfortable environment is extremely impaired prompt replacement of the part is required If the INV compressor has a failure used to run the Emergency system only with STD compressor This is a temporary o
240. he specified cable to connect between the AHU and outdoor units Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire When connecting the cable between the AHU and outdoor units make sure that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable If the cover is not mounted properly the terminal connection section can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire Do not damage or modify the power cable Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire Placing heavy items on the power cable and heating or pulling the power cable can damage the cable Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant R 410A in the refrigerant system If air enters the refrigerating system an excessively high pressure results causing equipment damage and injury If the refrigerant gas leaks be sure to locate the leak and repair it before charging the refrigerant After charging refrigerant make sure that there is no refrigerant leak If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped be sure to perform pump down and close the service valve to prevent the refrigerant gas from leaking into the room The refrigerant gas itself is harmless but it can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames such as fan and other heat
241. heat exchanger Allowed heat exchanger volume dm3 capacity kW Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 50 0 76 1 65 5 0 6 2 63 1 66 2 08 6 3 7 8 80 2 09 2 64 7 9 9 9 100 2 65 3 30 10 0 12 3 125 3 31 4 12 12 4 15 4 140 4 13 4 62 15 5 17 6 200 4 63 6 60 17 7 24 6 250 6 61 8 25 24 7 30 8 Saturated suction temperature SST 6 C SH superheat 5 K air temperature 27 C DB 19 C WB Installation and operation manual DAIKIN EKEQMCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 1 The air handling unit can be connected as a standard indoor unit to the outdoor unit The limitations of connection are determined by the outdoor unit Additional limits exist when connecting the EKEQMCB control box These can be found in the technical data book of the EKEQMCB and in this manual 2 Selecting the expansion valve The corresponding expansion valve needs to be selected for your air handling unit Select the expansion valve according to the above limitations NOTE f conflicting result capacity selection has tz priority over volume W The expansion valve is an electronic type it is controlled by the thermistors that are added in the circuit Each expansion valve can control a range of air handling units sizes The selected air handling unit must be designed for R410A W Extraneous substances including mineral oils or moisture
242. hine is started and stopped frequently or operation time is long sites with 24 hour air conditioning ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 DAIKIN Operation manual 167 Recommended replacement cycle of wear parts NOTES Table 2 Replacement Cycle list Maintenance cycle replacements and Component Inspection cycle or repairs Air filter 5 years High efficiency filter Optional 1 year 1 year Fuse 10 years Crankcase heater 8 years NOTE 1 Table 2 indicates main components tz Refer to your maintenance and inspection contract for more details 2 Table2 indicates recommended intervals of replacement cycles However in order to keep the unit operational as long as possible maintenance work may be required sooner Recommended intervals can be used for appropriate maintenance design in terms of budgetting maintenance and inspection fees Contact your dealer for details NOTE Damage due to taking apart or cleaning interiors of nt units by anyone other than our authorised dealers may not be included in the warranty W Moving and discarding the unit Contact your dealer for removing and reinstalling the total unit Moving units requires technical expertise W This unit uses hydrofluorocarbon Contact your dealer when discarding this unit It is required by law to collect transport and discard the refrigerant in accordance wi
243. iEN09 06 b Setting mode 2 No Setting item Description Push and hold the Setting mode 2 MODE BS1 button for 5 seconds and set to Digital r pea Used to make setting of contents to display on the digital pressure gauges e g pressure sensors and temperature lt Selection of setting items gt Push the SET BS2 button and set shown in the table the LED display to a setting item on the right Push the RETURN BS3 button and decide the item The present setting condition is blinked Selection of setting conditions Y Push the SET BS2 button and set to the setting condition you want Push BS3 button and decide the condition mode 2 Push the RETURN BS3 button and set to the initial status of Setting f you become unsure of how to proceed push the MODE BS1 button and return to setting mode 1 V2764 gauge kit display sensors 1 unified Sets address for cool heat unified operation 2 Address for low noise demand operation Used to conduct test operation without making changes 3 to and replacing the refrigerant after the g completion of maintenance 5 AHU forced fan Allows forced operation of AHU fan while unit is stopped AHU f
244. iEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control Troubleshooting A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn OFF the power supply and then wait for a period of 10 minutes Are there any YES foreign matters around the fan NO connectors X1A and X3A or YES gt Remove the foreign matters gt Insert the connector the relay harness connectors Z5C Z9C and X1A is disconnected NO Different ower supply cable connector and Signal cable connector have been connected to the relay YES disconnected gt Use connectors of the same harness Power supply and signal cable connectors of differen colors are connected for one and the same motor NO Connectors of harness between the compressor inverter PCB YES color in combination for the power supply and signal cables for the relay harness e g natural color to natural Color or red to red gt Insert the connectors in the and the fan inverter PCB A4P and A8P are disconnected white tubular fuse n the fan inverter PCB has YES harness broken wire has no continuity NO With the connector disconnected from the YES gt Replace the fan inverter PCB fan motor the fan cannot be rotated by hand NO Resistance between the fan moto
245. ically after 3 minutes The system does not restart immediately after the power supply is turned on Wait 1 minute until the micro computer is prepared for operation Trouble shooting If one of the following malfunctions occurs take the measures shown below and contact your dealer The system must be repaired by a qualified service person If asafety device such as a fuse a breaker or an earth leakage breaker frequently actuates or ON OFF switch does not properly work Turn off the main power switch B Ifthe display TEST the unit number and the operation lamp flash and the malfunction code appears Notify your dealer and report the malfunction code If the system does not operate properly and none of the above mentioned malfunctions is evident investigate the system according to the following procedures If the system does not operate at all Check if there is a power failure Wait until power is restored If power failure occurs during operation the system automatically restarts immediately after the power supply recovers Check if the fuse has blown or breaker has been tripped Change the fuse or set the breaker If the system stops operating after operation is complete Check if the air inlet or outlet of outdoor or air handling unit is blocked by obstacles Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated Check if the air filter is clogged Ask a qualified service person to clean the air
246. ield Setting ESiEN09 06 3 2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit 3 2 1 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit m List of Field Setting Items This following section indicates the list of field setting items For the lists of dip switch contents Setting mode 1 and Setting mode 2 refer to information in tables shown on the following page onward For setting items of 1 refer to detailed information provided on page 106 onward Setting item Content and objective of setting Overview of setting procedure Setting of COOL HEAT selection 1 B COOL HEAT selection methods are possible to select from the following 1 Control by each outdoor unit using the Daikin remote control 2 Control by each outdoor unit using the COOL HEAT selection remote control E n order to use the COOL HEAT selection remote control set the DS1 1 on the outdoor unit PC board to OUT Setting oflow noise operation 1 A Use external input to step down the upper limit of the fan factory set to Step 8 providing low noise level 1 Mode 1 Step 6 or lower 2 Mode 2 Step 5 or lower 3 Mode 3 Step 4 or lower m Use the External control adapter for outdoor unit KRP 58 Setto External control adapter for outdoor unit with No 12 of Setting mode 2 and select the mode with No 25 If necessary set the Capacity priority setting to ON with No 29 B The low noise operation aforementioned is enabled in nighttime automa
247. ield supply Make sure that the air handling unit fan is ON when the outdoor unit is in normal operation Field settings for EKEQMCB Refer to the installation manuals of both the outdoor unit and the remote control Operation setting in case of power failure For refrigerant piping of outdoor unit refer to the installation manual supplied with the outdoor unit W Follow the outdoor unit specifications for additional charging piping diameter and installation The maximum allowed piping length depends on the connected outdoor model TEST OPERATION Before executing test operation as well as before operating the unit you must check the following Refer to the section of For the following items take special during construction and check after installation is finished on page 81 gm After finishing the construction of refrigerant piping drain piping and electric wiring conduct test operation accordingly to protect the unit Open the gas side stop valve WB Open the liquid side stop valve Executing the test operation 1 Close the contact T1 T2 ON OFF 2 Confirm function of the unit according to the manual and check if the air handling unit has collected ice freeze up If the unit collects ice see Troubleshooting on page 88 3 Confirm that the fan of the air handling unit is ON Measures must be taken to ensure that after power failure T1 T2 is acc
248. in detail x N S n Plo Sc Efa or EIE TE E amp o a Confirmation of malfunction 1 H1P H2P H3P H4P HPP H6P H7P Malfunction code lo D Display of contents of malfunction Display of contents of malfunction second digit first digit Troubleshooting 182 ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Remote Control lt Monitor mode gt To enter the monitor mode push the MODE BS1 button when in Setting mode 1 Refer to P 184 for Monitor mode lt Selection of setting item gt Push the SET BS2 button and set the LED display to a setting item Refer to P 184 for Monitor mode Contirmation of malfunction 1 Push the RETURN BS3 button once to display First digit of malfunction code Contirmation of malfunction 2 Push the SET BS2 button once to display Second digit of malfunction code Contirmation of malfunction 3 Push the SET BS2 button once to display malfunction location Contirmation of malfunction 4 Push the SET BS2 button once to display master or slave 1 or slave 2 and malfunction location
249. ing by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 26 6 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor RAT for Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Cn ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the heat exchanger thermistor When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected W Defect of thermistor RAT for outdoor unit coil W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P W Defect of thermistor connection A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector is connected to NO X30A of outdoor unit PC gt Connect the connector and turn on board A1P again esistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor R4T from the indoor unit PC board 1 8kQ to 800kQ NO gt Replace the thermistor R4T gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3074 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 218 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 27 1 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor R6T Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Dete
250. ing for EKEQF Box With the EKEQF box 2 types of control are possible x control with DDC controller y control no DDC controller For more information about x y control refer to Part 5 Control Box EKEQ Mode n Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 23 13 0 x control 02 y control 3 Indoor Fan Control In cooling and fan only mode the indoor fan is in ON mode when the unit is working In heating different situations are possible A 4 Hot Start Mode n Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 22 12 3 01 Fan ON at thermo off 02 Fan ON at thermo off O Fan OFF at thermo off 23 13 8 01 Fan OFF at defrost and oil return 02 Fan ON at defrost and oil return 03 Fan ON at defrost and oil return Fan off during thermo off and fan on during defrost oil return will result in fan on during thermo off During hot start fan on is carried out when T is A C or after B minutes Mode n Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 23 13 7 01 34 C 02 37 03 40 6 01 B 0 min 02 B 1 min BS min 04 B 5 min Test Operation 109 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 5 Thermostat Control 5 1 X control m Thermo off When the DDC controller maintains level A for more than B minutes and the thermostat is
251. ing of the thermistor may result in bad contact and incorrect temperature measurement Fixation of the thermistor Put the thermistor wire slightly down to avoid water accumulation on top of the thermistor 0 good contact between thermistor and air handling unit Put the top of the thermistors the air handling unit this is the most sensitive point of the thermistor 1 Most sensitive point of the thermistor 2 Maximize the contact 1 Fix the thermistor with insulating aluminum tape field supply in order to ensure a good heat transference lt lt D 2 Put the supplied piece of rubber around the thermistor R2T R3T in order to avoid loosening of the thermistor after some years 3 Fasten the thermistor with 2 tie wraps Air thermistor only for EKEQDCB The air thermistor R1T can be installed either in the room that needs temperature control or in the suction area of the air handling unit NOTE For room temperature control the delivered thermistor m R1T can be replaced by an optional remote sensor kit KRCS01 1 A to be ordered separately EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 71 Installation of longer thermistor cable R1T R2T R3T The thermistor is supplied with a standard cable of 2 5 m This cable can be
252. ing plate or from a knock out hole to be made in the unit s bottom plate See figure 15 Electric wiring diagram Printed on the back of the electric box lid Power wiring and ground wiring between outdoor units inside conduit When the wiring is routed out through the lateral panel Transmission wiring Pipe opening Conduit Power wiring and ground wiring Cut off the shaded zones before use Through cover Precautions when knocking out knockout holes To punch a knockout hole hit on it with a hammer After knocking out the holes we recommend you paint the edges and areas around the edges using the repair paint to prevent rusting When passing electrical wiring through the knockout holes remove any burrs from the knockout hole edges Wrap the wiring with protective tape in order to prevent damage to the wires put the wires through field supplied protective wire conduits at that location or install suitable field supplied wire nipples or rubber bushings into the knockout holes Knockout hole Burr If there are any possibilities that small animals enter the system through the knockout holes plug the holes with packing materials to be prepared on site WB Use a power wire pipe for the power wiring Outside the unit make sure the weak low voltage electric wiring i e for the remote control between units etc and the high voltage electric wiring do not pass near each other keeping them at least 50 mm
253. ion VRV outdoor 11 System A PAIR System A PAIR ERQ EXV Kit EKEQDCB EKEQFCB TN lt EN i T EKEXV kit Field supply Pair application here means 1 outdoor unit 1 AHU In pair application there s the choice between 2 control boxes EKEQD or EKEQF 50 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 Different Systems with their Control Boxes ESiEN09 06 4 A t dwa 6 9 10 1osu s seu 9AA d I Dd 4 96s J 3 q 5 g v Poi 5990051 uo X t amod 11 x E T RS 1 uit oda p m ae qu VAR XS r ee he ns Pd i i o Buiuuni 5 1 i 2 I9 28 i S syeua JONUOD H fo 9 i 3 IO P 5 1 E i 13 io la 2108 4 2 1 12 12 2 2 Z 1188 7 T Me s TT A M Torr i G uondo peunbei lt 100 qL 9 38 lt 80403474 i uonoeuuoo z iosu J H NHY uo puedep Ajddns i JO4JUOD JO uloq aq ue yun putu 1 1015 J H IM Z edA 20 pepeeu
254. ional 0 75 UNE 100 Communication line 16 V DC pigs Communication to Outdoor unit outdoor unit T4 T2 ON OFF Digital input 16 V DC C1 C2 Error signal Diaital output volt f 3 igital output voltage free C3 C4 Operation signal Controller field supply LIYCY4 x 2x 0 75 Maximum 230 V maximum 0 5 A C5 C6 Capacity step Analog input 0 10 V Air handling unit fan _ Digital output voltage free eres Fan signal field supply 25 Maximum 230 V maximum 2 A Digital output voltage free C9 C10 Defrost signal Controller field supply LIYCY4 x 2 x 0 75 0 75 t Maximum 230 V maximum 0 5 A Recommended size all wiring must comply with local codes f The maximum length depends on the external device that is connected controller relay 4 Operation signal indicates compressor operation Only necessary for capacity controlled system Wiring diagram TES Printed circuit board X2M C3 CA Output operation compressor ON OFF T Printed circuit board for voltage conversion X2M C5 G6 Input 0 10 V DC capacity control btts cote Yid Printed circuit board power supply X2M F 1 F2 Communication outdoor unit Fuse 250 V F5A A1P X2M P1 P2 Communication remote control heec Fuse 250 V 1 X2M T1 T2 Input ON OFF Field fuse Field wiring Light emitting diode service monitor green Live REPRE Magnetic relay error status Neutral
255. ions 20 sec e 3 min eTs Te lt 5 C e 3 min or e Pe lt 0 6MPa e HTdi gt 110 C AHU actuator Cooling oil return operation Fan Thermostat ON unit ON Stopping unit OFF 30 Function ESiEN09 06 Special Control 3 2 2 Oil Return Operation in Heating Operation Outdoor Unit Actuator Oil return preparation operation Oil return operation Post oil return operation 124 Hz OFF OFF Compressor Upper limit control 176 Hz ON ON 2 steps increase 20sec till Pc Pe gt 0 4 MPa STEP7 Outdoor unit fan or OFF STEP8 STEP8 Four way valve ON OFF ON Main motorized valve EV1 SH control 480 pls 480 pls 55 pls Subcooling motorized valve EV2 SH control 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF OFF OFF Accumulator oil return valve SVO ON ON ON Injection SVT RXYQ5P model only OFF OFF OFF Ending conditions 170 sec or IM 10 gt 0 4 AHU actuator Heating oil return operation Fan Thermostat ON unit Field setting Stopping unit OFF Function 31 Special Control ESiEN09 06 3 3 Defrosting Operation To defrost the outdoor unit heat exchanger while in Evaporator the defrost operation is conducted to recover the heating capacity Start conditions Referring to the set conditions for the following it
256. iping has been completed Refrigerant may only be charged after performing the leak test and the vacuum drying 11 1 Important information regarding the refrigerant used This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol Do not vent gases into the atmosphere Refrigerant type R410A value 1975 1 GWP global warming potential Please fill in with indelible ink the factory refrigerant charge of the product the additional refrigerant amount charged in the field and B 2 0 the total refrigerant charge on the fluorinated greenhouse gases label supplied with the product Installation manual 152 DAIKIN ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 The filled out label must be adhered on the inside of the product and in the proximity of the product charging port e g on the inside of the service cover factory refrigerant charge of the product see unit name plate Contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol 14 1 ROA k H kg d 4 Contains fluorinated 6 5 greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol additional refrigerant amount charged in the field total refrigerant charge 5 outdoor unit 6 refrigerant cylinder and manifold for charging NOTE National implementation of EU regulation on certain tz fluorinated greenhouse
257. ire splice with a shrink heater to make a water tight connection 5 Wrap electrical insulation tape around the connection 6 Puta pull relief in front of and behind the connection To the connection waterproof the connection can also be made in a switch box or connector box The connection must be made on an accessible location WB The thermistor cable should be located at least 50 mm away from power supply wire Not following this guideline may result in malfunction due to electrical noise REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK All field piping must be provided by a licensed refrigeration technician and must comply with the relevant local and national codes In case of poor distribution in the air handling unit 1 or more passes of the air handling unit may freeze up collect ice put the thermistor R2T on this position A B Depending on operation conditions e g outdoor ambient temperature it is possible that the settings must be changed after commissioning OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE If T1 T2 is applicable Closing the T1 T2 signal starts operation of the air handling unit Opening the T1 T2 signal stops operation of the air handling unit Before initiating operation contact your dealer to get WHAT TO DO BEFORE OPERATION the operation manual that corresponds to your system Refer to the dedicated manual of the controller field supply and air handling unit f
258. ision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 The faulty or no field setting after replacing PC board or faulty PC board combination is detected through communications with the inverter Whether or not the field setting or the type of the PC board is correct through the communication date is judged m Faulty or no field setting after replacing main PC board Mismatching of type of PC board N Caution Has the PC board been replaced Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred NO When replacing the main PC NO board were field settings properly made gt Correct the field settings YES Is the type of PC NO board correct gt Replace with a correct PC board YES gt Reset and then restart Note Type of PC board mismatching includes Main PC board Inverter PC board for compressor Fan driver PC board Troubleshooting 237 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 39 UQ Outdoor Unit Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Short of gas malfunction is detected by discha
259. istor liquid Thermistor gas Capacity adapter Transformer 220 V 21 8 V Gray Terminal block Orange Pink Red White Yellow Electronic expansion valve Output fan ON OFF Communication outdoor unit Communication remote control Thermistor liquid X1M R3 R4 Thermistor gas X1M R5 R6 Thermistor air X1M T1 T2 Input ON OFF X1M Y1 6 Expansion valve z EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Installation and operationimanual DAIKIN Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 INSTALLATION OF THERMISTORS Refrigerant thermistors Location of the thermistor A correct installation of the thermistors is required to ensure a good operation 1 Liquid R2T Install the thermistor behind the distributor on the coldest pass of the heat exchanger contact your heat exchanger dealer 2 Gas R3T Install the thermistor at the outlet of the heat exchanger as close as possible to the heat exchanger Evaluation must be done to check if the air handling unit is protected against freeze up Execute test operation and check for freeze up 1 Liquid R2T 2 Gas R3T Installation of the thermistor cable 1 Putthe thermistor cable in a separate protective tube 2 Always add a pull relief to the thermistor cable to avoid strain on the thermistor cable and loosening of the thermistor Strain on the thermistor cable or loosen
260. ith commercial power supply A M1C Inverter compressor INV only The number of operating steps is as follows when Inverter compressor is operated in combination with Standard compressor RXYQ8P 24 steps Since the system is of air heat exchanging type the fan is operated at 9 step rotation D M1F Inverter fan speed by using the inverter E 1 Electronic expansion valve While in heating operation PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree Main EV1 of air heat exchanger constant F Y2E Electronic expansion valve PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat Subcool EV2 exchanger constant G Y1S Solenoid valve Hot gas SVP Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling J Y2S Solenoid valve Oil return SVO Used to return oil from the accumulator to the compressor M Y3S 4 way valve Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating N S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a malfunction occurs this P S1PH HP pressure switch For INV switch is activated at high pressure of 4 0 MPa or more to stop the compressor compressor operation This valve opens at a pressure of 4 0 for prevention of pressure increase thus T Liquid pi valve resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in quia
261. its for voltage changers voltage fluctuations and flicker in public low voltage supply systems for equipment with rated lt 75A 2 European international technical standard setting the limits for harmonic currents produced by equipment connected to public low voltage system with input current gt 16A and lt 75A per phase 3 Short circuit power 4 System impedance Notes MFA is used to select the circuit breaker and the ground fault circuit interrupter earth leakage circuit breaker MSC means the maximum current during start up of the compressor Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2 RLA is based on following conditions indoor temperature 27 CDB 19 CWB outdoor temperature 35 CDB Select wire size based on the value of MCA or TOCA TOCA means the total value of each OC set Voltage range units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminal is not below or above listed range limits FLA means the full load amps of the fan motor In accordance with EN IEC 61000 3 11 1 respectively 61000 3 12 2 it may be necessary to consult the distribution network operator to ensure that the equipment is connected only to a supply with Zsys 4 lt Zmax respectively Ssc 3 gt minimum Ssc value 10 Specifications ESiEN09 06 1 2 Part 3 Refrigerant Circuit Refrigerant Circuit
262. k Combustion gas pipes can explode or catch fire if there is a gas leak Sewage pipes no grounding effect is possible if hard plastic piping is used Telephone ground wires and lightning rods dangerous when struck by lightning due to abnormal rise in electrical potential in the grounding This unit uses an inverter and therefore generates noise which will have to be reduced to avoid interfering with other devices The outer casing of the product may take on an electrical charge due to leaked electrical current which will have to be discharged with the grounding sure to install an earth leakage breaker One that can handle high frequency electrical noise This unit uses an inverter which means that an earth leakage breaker capable of handling high frequency electrical noise must be used in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leakage breaker itself Earth leakage breakers that are especially designed for protecting ground faults must be used in conjunction with main Switch and fuse for use with wiring Never connect the power supply in reversed phase The unit can not operate normally in reversed phase If you connect in reversed phase replace two of the three phases This unit has a reverse phase detection circuit If it is activated only operate the unit after correcting the wiring A main switch or other means for disconnection having a contact separation in all poles must be
263. k case heater wire R6T E1HC Compressor Inverter 18 Refrigerant Circuit ESiEN09 06 Functional Parts Layout 2 22 ERQ 200 A7W1B Plan Accumulator Heat exchanger High pressure sensor S1NPH Thermistor M1C Pressure switch High Discharge pipe pressure protection R3T Front View Fan motor M1F 1 Thermistor Sub cooling heat exchanger Thermistor Inlet pipe of accumulator R7T Pressure sensor Electronic expansion valve le High pressure eB SINPH Electronic expansion valve Y1E 4 Way valve H Y3S GN U e l aN 1 O o AY SG Qt a Thermistor Air Z RIT a Solenoid valve Hot gas bypass 15 Thermistor Coil S RAT A TB i Thermistor Liquid pipe ZB n zB al JA
264. lamp C in place again 2x M5 9 Make sure that field pipes are fully insulated Field pipe insulation must reach up to the insulation you have put back in place as per procedure step 7 Make sure that there is no gap between both ends in order to avoid condensation dripping finish the connection with tape eventually a sss DAIKIN Installation and operation manual Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 67 4 Use a small screwdriver and follow indicated instructions for connecting cable wires into the terminal connector according to the wiring diagram 5 Make sure that field wiring and insulation is not squeezed when closing the valve kit box cover 6 Close the valve kit box cover 4 M5 INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTROL BOX See figure 4 and figure 6 Control box Hanger brackets Main PCB Transformer Terminal PCB for voltage conversion PCB power supply Magnetic relay operation compressor ON OFF o On GO N a Magnetic relay error status Magnetic relay fan Magnetic relay defrost Optional PCB KRP4 N Mechanical installation 1 Fix the control box with its hanger brackets to the mounting surface Use 4 screws for holes of 6 mm 2 Open the lid of the control box 3 Forelectrical wiring refer to paragraph Electric wiring work on page 68 4 Install the screw nuts
265. ler 174 Weigher for refrigerant charge 284 Wired Remote Controller 106 Wiring Diagrams for Reference 263 Field Wirlng 266 Outdoor Unit IL 263 iv Drawings amp Flow Charts Daikin s unique position as a manufacturer of air conditioning equipment compressors and refrigerants has led to its close involvement in environmental issues For several years Daikin has had the intension to become a leader in the provision of products that have limited impact on the environment This challenge demands the eco design and development of a wide range of products and an energy management system resulting in energy conservation and a reduction of waste In all of us a green heart rer Wey QW DAIKIN EUROPE N V Naamloze Vennootschap Zandvoordestraat 300 B 8400 Oostende Belgium www daikin eu BE 0412 120 336 RPR Oostende Daikin Europe N V is approved by LRQA for its Quality Management System in accordance with the ISO9001 standard ISO9001 pertains to quality assurance regarding design development manufacturing as well as to services related to the product IS014001 assures an effective environmental management system in order to help protect human health and the environment from the potential impact of our activities products and services and
266. line connection power wiring on page 151 For conditional connections refer to the Technical Data As this unit is equipped with an inverter installing a phase advancing capacitor not only will deteriorate power factor improvement effect but also may cause capacitor abnormal heating accident due to high frequency waves Therefore never install a phase advancing capacitor 1 European International Technical Standard setting the limits for voltage changes voltage fluctuations and flicker in public low voltage supply systems for equipment with rated current 75 A 2 European International Technical Standard setting the limits for harmonic currents produced by equipment connected to public low voltage systems with input current gt 16 A and lt 75 A per phase B Keep power imbalance within 2 of the supply rating Large imbalance will shorten the life of the smoothing capacitor As a protective measure the product will stop operating and an error indication will be made when power imbalance exceeds 4 of the supply rating Follow the electrical wiring diagram supplied with the unit when carrying out any electrical wiring Only proceed with wiring work after all power is shut off Always ground wires In accordance with national regulations of the pertinent country Do not connect the ground wire to gas pipes sewage pipes lightning rods or telephone ground wires This may cause electric shoc
267. ls ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Method of Microcomputer checks if transmission between AHU and outdoor units is normal Malfunction Detection Malfunction When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time Decision Conditions Supposed W Indoor to outdoor outdoor to outdoor transmission wiring F1 F2 disconnection short circuit Causes or wrong wiring W Outdoor unit power supply is OFF System address doesn t match W Defect of AHU PC board W Defect of outdoor unit PC board 244 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control Troubleshooting A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Has the AHU or outdoor unit PC board been replaced or has the AHU outdoor or outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring been modified YES Push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC Board for 5 seconds The unit will not operate for up to 12 minutes outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring normal remote controls of the same refrigerant System display U4 YES Replace the AHU PC Board indicated by the malfunction code U4 Fix the AHU outdoor or outdoor outdoor unit Reset the power supply transmission wiring The voltage between terminals L1 and N of the outdoor unit PC board is 220 240 V
268. m needs a field supplied controller with a temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be used to control any temperature Suction air of the air handling unit Room air W Discharge air of the air handling unit Program the field supplied controller to generate a 0 10 V signal within conditions as listed Also refer to the graphic and further data in this paragraph for more details W When target temperature is reached 5 V When lower refrigerant temperature is needed 5 10 V W When higher refrigerant temperature is needed 0 5 V C ATmax AT 0 ATmax 0 A Controller voltage output to EKEQFCB mm Capacity increase area Capacity decrease area Voltage output linear function with AT AT actual measured temperature target temperature When AT 0 the target temperature is reached ATmax maximum temperature variation as defined by installation Recommended value for AT max 1 C 5 C AT C Voltage output from controller field supply Ov 5V 10V The evaporating temperature T condensing temperature T at which the application has to operate can be set by code numbers as listed below Mode No Code No Description of setting 01 02 4 C 03 5 04 6 factory setting 13 23 1 m T C 06 8 07 9 08 10 01 43 02 44 03 45 13 23 2 04
269. more the refrigerating machine oil has been changed from Suniso oil to Ether oil and if oil mixing is occurred sludge results in the refrigerants and causes other problems Therefore gauge manifolds and charge hoses that are used with a previous refrigerant R 22 R 407C can not be used for products that use new refrigerants Be sure to use dedicated tools and devices W Tool compatibility Compatibility Tool HFC HCFC Reasons for change R 410A R 407C R 22 eDo not use the same tools for R 22 and Gauge manifold x R 410A Charge hose eThread specification differs for R 410A and R 407C Charging cylinder x O eWeighting instrument used for HFCs Gas detector x eThe same tool can be used for HFCs Vacuum pump eTo use existing pump for HFCs pump with reverse flow O vacuum pump adapter must be preventive function installed Weighting instrument O eSeal material is different between R 22 and HFCs Charge mouthpiece eThread specification is different between R 410A and others Flaring tool Clutch type O eFor R 410A flare gauge is necessary Torque wrench O eTorque up for 1 2 and 5 8 Pipe cutter Pipe Pipe bender O Pipe assembling oil x eDue to refrigerating machine oil change No Suniso oil can be used Refrigerant recovery device Check your recovery device Refrigerant piping See the chart be low eOnly 019 1 is cha
270. mote Control Operation lamp blinks Display Applicable All model of AHUs Models Unified ON OFF controller Method of Detect the malfunction according to DIII NET transmission data Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Malfunction of transmission between optional central controller and AHU Connector for setting master controller is disconnected Defect of unified ON OFF controller PC board Defect of AHU PC board Malfunction of air conditioner Causes Troubleshooting 253 Troubleshooting OP Unified ON OFF Controller ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Isa malfunction code YES displayed on the remote control once connected YES gt Diagnose the cause with the air conditioner s failure diagnosis manual AHU been removed or its address changed power supply for the AHU displaying a NO Reset power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously malfunction turned on Is transmission wiring YES Turn the power supply of the AHU on disconnected or wired incorrectly Is transmission with all AHUS malfunctioning Is the transmission malfunctioning AHUs Replace the central PC board gt Fix the wiring correctly Set the group No
271. mperature 20 15 5 C WB 20 15 5 C WB Tene 21 32 DB 15 27 DB 21 32 C 15 27 DB temperature 14 25 WB 14 25 C WB Indoor t t humidity lt 80 m Range for operation 20 15 WB Range for continuous operation 15 15 5 WB T to avoid condensation and water dripping out the unit If the temperature or the humidity is beyond these conditions safety devices may work and the air conditioner may not operate 7 OPERATION PROCEDURE Operation procedure varies according to the combination of outdoor unit and remote control Read 3 What to do before operation on page 163 To protect the unit turn on the main power switch 6 hours before operation Hilf the main power supply is turned off during operation operation will restart automatically after the power turns back on again Refer to the manual supplied with the control box for operation and functionality B Refer to the manual supplied with the remote control for operation and functionality Eas Cooling heating and fan only operation See figure 4 and figure 6 The fan may keep on running for a while after the heating operation stops For systems with Daikin remote control and without cool heat changeover remote control switch See figure 4 1 Press the operation mode selector button several times and select the operation mode of your choice Cooling operation ie Heating operation qe Fan o
272. must be prevented from getting mixed into the system SST saturated suction temperature at exit of air handling unit 3 Selecting the capacity setting adapter see accessories The corresponding capacity setting adapter needs to be selected depending on the expansion valve Connect the correct selected capacity setting adapter to X24A A1P See figure 3 Capacity Capacity setting adapter setting adapter label label EKEXV kit indication EKEXV kit indication 50 J56 125 J140 63 J71 140 J160 80 J90 200 J224 100 J112 250 J280 For the following items take special care during construction and check after installation is finished SELECTING THE INSTALLATION SITE This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Select an installation site where the following conditions are fulfilled and that meets your customer s approval The option boxes expansion valve and electrical control box can be installed inside and outside Do not install the option boxes in or on the outdoor unit Do not put the option boxes in direct sunlight Direct sunlight will increase the temperature inside the option boxes and may reduce its lifetime and influence its operation Choose a flat and strong mounting surface Operating temperatur
273. n interconnecting wiring Doing so will break the entire system The wiring from the control box must be connected to the F1 F2 In Out terminals on the PC board in the outdoor unit After installing the interconnecting wires inside the unit wrap them along with the on site refrigerant pipes using finishing tape as shown in figure 18 Liquid pipe Gas pipe Insulator Interconnecting wiring a o N Finishing tape For the above wiring always use vinyl cords with 0 75 to 1 25 mm2 sheath or cables 2 core wires 3 core wire cables are allowable for the cooler heater changeover remote control only Installation manual 150 DAIKIN ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 Be sure to keep the power line and transmission line apart from each other Be careful about polarity of the transmission line Make sure that the transmission line is clamped as shown in figure 20 Check that wiring lines do not make contact with refrigerant piping Firmly close the lid and arrange the electrical wires so as to prevent the lid or other parts from coming loose When you do not use a wire conduit be sure to protect the wires with vinyl tubes etc to prevent the edge of the knock out hole from cutting the wires Setting the cool heat operation 1 Performing cool heat setting with the remote control connected to the control box Keep the cool heat selector switch
274. n Customer x 0 x x 36 Air flow direction adjust button Customer x x x x 37 Air filter cleaning time icon reset button Customer x 0 x x Control Box EKEQ CBV3 57 ESiEN09 06 Wiring Diagram of Control Box Diagram of Control Box 3 Wiring 3 1 D box pus ok 9jouie1 Joopino gt zw siat Br a PH 5 uonisog Asossaooe jeuondo jueuoduioo ejejedes uuee aM Jojoeuuo NT 1 10 9919 NYO 9 AMO N78 SWUM HM Z uo siojonpuco 124405 sr Joquoo uoneolunuutuo2 440 NO ue4 3ndino 5 aly ioede2 4exeeiq uue3 OV 9n uBeN onouBeyy 10juou epoip n vo tayy pieoq peyuug Control Box 58 Wiring Diagram of Control Box ESiEN09 06 3 2 F box 5 ui uonisog I H wi a M Buum m E iosseooe jeuondo 06 a T
275. n on the Remote Control 3 32 LS Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Abnormal Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor When an excessive current flows in the power transistor Instantaneous overcurrent also causes activation W Defect of compressor coil disconnected defective insulation W Compressor start up malfunction mechanical lock W Defect of inverter PC board Compressor inspection A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is the stop valve NO open Power OFF Y YES Check the compressor cable for disconnection and flaws gt On site causes Open the stop valve YES gt Replace the cable and then securely connect the connectors compressor d V Disconnect the cable from the compressor and then check the compressor for the insulation resistance Troubleshooting 225 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting Power OFF Power ON Power OFF Power ON Insulation resistance is YES low i e not more than 100kQ NO Check the compressor motor coil for any broken wir
276. n valve appliances Noise may be generated depending on the conditions under which the electric wave is generated even if Connect the correct selected capacity setting adapter to 1 mis kept 9 X24A See figure 4 and figure 6 Make sure the control box is installed horizontally Screw nuts Capacity Capacity position must be downwards setting adapter setting adapter label label EKEXV kit indication EKEXV kit indication Precautions 63 J71 140 J160 80 J90 200 J224 Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below 100 J112 250 J280 Where mineral oil like cutting oil is present 125 J140 Where the air contains high levels of salt such as air near the ocean For the following items take special care during construction W Where sulphurous gas is present such as that in areas of hot and check after installation is finished spring In vehicles or vessels Tick v Where voltage fluctuates a lot such as that in factories h qu ue Where high concentration of vapor or spray are present Are the thermistors fixed firmly B Where machines generating electromagnetic waves Thermistor may come loose present Is the freeze up setting done correctly Where acidic or alkaline vapor is present The air handling unit may freeze up y p The option boxes must be installed with entrances downward Is the control box fixed firmly The unit may drop vibrate or make noise Do electrical connec
277. nal Part Part N Symbol Symbol Normal Cooling Normal Heating PI control High pressure PI control High pressure __ protection Low pressure protection Low pressure Compressor M1C M2C protection Td protection protection Td protection INV protection INV protection Outdoor unit fan M1F Cooling fan control Step 7 or 8 Four way valve 2081 Y1R OFF ON Main motorized valve EV1 Y1E 480 pls PI control Subcool heat exchanger electronic expansion valve EV2 Y2E PI control PI control Energized when the system is set Hot gas bypass valve SVP 15 id to low pressure control mode Accumulator oil return valve SVO Y2S ON ON AHU actuator Normal cooling Normal heating Fan Thermostat ON unit ON ON Stopping unit OFF OFF 24 Function ESiEN09 06 Basic Control 2 22 Compressor PI Control 2 2 1 For Z Control Carries out the compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling operation and Tc at constant during heating operation to ensure stable unit performance Cooling operation Controls compressor capacity to adjust Te to Te Low pressure equivalent saturation achieve target value TeS temperature C Te set value Make this setting while in Setting TeS Target Te value mode 2 Varies depending on Te setting operating Te setting frequency etc L M Normal H factory setting 3 6 9 Heating operation Controls compresso
278. ndby Ret AHU stop ee Startup control M thermostat OFF gt Pump down Operation mode residual changeover adiing startup control lt AHU thermostat ON operation After completion of e Heating startup control startup control A Malfunction Standby Operation After completion of Retry AHU stop or mode startup control thermostat off After changeover completion of oil return dm operation N AHU stop or or defrost control thermostat OFF e Compressor PI control e Motorized valve PI control Heating Y Te Protection control Large capacity J startup Cooling Y Malfunction Standby Retry Oil return IN Yes conditions are met gt Oil return operation Y Outdoor unit X rotation Defrost IN Yes A conditions are met gt Defrosting operation M st No Operation mode changeover after completion of oil return or defrost control In the event AHU stops or the thermostat turns OFF while in oil return operation or defrosting wv operation pump down residual operation is performed on completion of the oil return operation or defrosting operation Function 23 Basic Control ESiEN09 06 2 Basic Control 2 1 Normal Operation 2 1 1 List of Functions in Normal Operation Electric Function of Functio
279. nding on the installation configuration Do NOT connect the system to DIII net devices m Intelligent Controller m intelligent Manager m DMS IF BACnet Gateway This could result in malfunction or breakdown of the total system This equipment is not designed for year round cooling applications with low indoor humidity conditions such as Electronic Data Processing rooms This appliance is not intended for use by persons including children with reduced physical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance EKEQMCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 79 INSTALLATION For installation of the air handling unit refer to the air handling unit installation manual Never operate the air conditioner with the discharge pipe thermistor R3T suction pipe thermistor R2T and pressure sensors 1 S1NPL removed Such operation may burn out the compressor The equipment is not intended for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere ACCESSORIES Thermistor R1T um 1 Thermistor R3T R2T gud 2 2 5 m cable In
280. ndling unit field supply Before initiating operation contact your dealer to get the operation manual that corresponds to your system Make sure that the air handling unit fan is ON when the outdoor unit is in normal operation Field settings for EKEQDCB Refer to the installation manuals of both the outdoor unit and the remote control Field settings for EKEQFCB When changing the settings 1 Make the required settings 2 Turn power OFF 3 Remove the remote control after servicing and checking the System in cooling mode Operating the remote control may disturb the normal operation of the system 4 Donotchange T1 T2 during power failure 5 Put power of indoor and outdoor unit ON Setting the temperature control system Mode No Code No Description of setting Operation with 0 10 V capacity 01 sa control factory setting 13 23 0 e 02 Operation with fixed Te Te temperature control T or SST evaporating temperature or saturated suction temperature T condensing temperature Installation and operation manual DAIKIN EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 Operation with 0 10 V capacity control Operation with fixed T T temperature control The 0 10 V input is only used for this system of operation and is the base of the capacity control This syste
281. ne connection cool heat selection 150 details 8 8 Field line connection power wiring we 8 9 Wiring example for wiring inside unit 152 J 4 9 Do NOT connect the system to DIII net devices 9 Pipe insulation cocotte Porte uei Lee 152 10 Checking of unit and installation conditions sss 152 m intelligest Controller 11 Charging refrigerant necatur creen 152 m Intelligent Manager 11 1 Important information regarding the refrigerant used 152 11 2 Precautions when adding 410 2 193 DMS IF 11 3 Stop valve operation procedure 153 11 4 Additional refrigerant charge 154 BACnet Gateway 11 5 Checks after adding refrigerant 154 12 Before operation eerte ice rece ee idee treo ety 155 12 1 Service precautions 155 This could result in malfunction or breakdown of the total system 12 2 Checks before initial start up 155 12 3 Field setting 3155 12 4 TestopoeratiOn enirn tnc irren preteen 157 13 Service mode operatio 158 14 Caution for refrigerant leaks 159 15 Disposal requirements uuu u eee aT 159 READ THIS MANUAL ATTENTIVELY BEFORE STARTING UP THE UNIT DO NOT THROW IT AWAY KEEP IT IN YOUR FILES FOR FUTUR
282. nection of the wires inside the control box 1 Forconnection to outdoor unit and to controller field supply Pull the wires inside through the screw nut and close the nut firmly in order to ensure a good pull relieve and water protection 2 The cables require an additional pull relief Strap the cable with the installed tie wrap EKEQMCBV3 Installation and operation manual DAIKIN Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 Connecting the wiring EKEQMCBV3 Connect the wires to the terminal board according to the wiring diagram in figure 2 See figure 3 for wiring intake in the control box The wiring intake hole indication H1 refers to the H1 cable of the corresponding wiring diagram There are 2 wiring intake holes to allow for branching of the communication wire Connect cables according to specifications of the next table Table connection and application Cross section Maximum length Description Connect to Type of cable mm2 10 Specifications is Power supply Power supply HO5VV F3G2 5 25 Power supply 230 V 1 50 Hz Y1 Y6 Expansion valve Expansion valve kit LIYCY3 x 2 x 0 75 20 Digital output 12 V DC connection R1 R2 Thermistor R2T liquid pipe Standard 2 5 R3 R4 Thermistor R3T Max 20 Analog input 16 V DC gas pipe 0 75 R5 R6 Thermistor R1T air H05VV F2 x 0 75 P1 P2 Remote cont
283. nge AT gt 0 level 4 level 5 DDC asks more capacity DDC asks less capacity AT room temp set temp 22 Y Control Control of evaporating and condensing temperature Te and Tc by Daikin control no DDC needed Fixed Te or Tc Te user setting 3 10 C Tc user setting 43 49 C 56 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 ESiEN09 06 X Y Z Control Components for control BRC1D only for servicing With Y control there is no external input to change Te Tc value Their values can only be Low cost No BRC needed No air temperature control changed by local setup with a Daikin remote control during installation We refer to the chapter Field Setting for further information 2 3 2Z Control Control of air temperature Ts or Tr by Daikin control no DDC needed Components for control m Air thermistor Daikin BRC1D Daikin m KRP4A Daikin option remote on off Low cost BRC needed No possibility for Td control Item Name User Z BP M BM 1 On off button Customer 0 0 0 0 28 Inspection test operation button Installer 0 0 0 0 29 Programming button Installer 0 0 0 0 30 Schedule timer button Customer 0 0 0 0 31 Time adjust buttons Customer 0 0 0 0 32 Temperature adjust buttons Customer 0 0 0 0 33 Operation change min max button Customer 0 0 0 0 34 Setpoint limit button Customer 0 0 0 0 35 Fan speed butto
284. nged to 1 2H material while the previous material is O As for the charge mouthpiece and packing 1 2UNF20 is necessary for mouthpiece size of charge hose W Copper tube material and thickness O Soft Annealed H Hard Drawn Ve up Ve upll R 407C R 410A Pipe size Material Thickness Material Thickness t mm t mm 06 4 0 8 0 8 9 5 0 8 0 8 12 7 0 8 0 8 15 9 1 0 1 0 19 1 1 0 1 2 1 0 22 2 1 2H 1 0 1 2H 1 0 25 4 1 2H 1 0 1 2H 1 0 28 6 1 2H 1 0 1 2H 1 0 31 8 1 2H 1 2 1 2H 1 1 38 1 1 2H 1 4 1 2H 1 4 44 5 1 2H 1 6 1 2H 1 6 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 279 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 06 1 Flaring tool Flare gauge m Specifications e Dimension A Unit mm Tube O D P Nominal size Do Class 2 R 410A Class 1 Conventional 1 4 6 35 9 1 9 0 3 8 9 52 13 0 1 2 12 70 16 6 16 2 5 8 15 88 19 7 19 4 3 4 19 05 24 0 23 3 m Differences e Change of dimension A Dimension A For class 1 R 407C For class 2 R 410A Conventional flaring tools can be used when the work process is changed change of work process Previously a pipe extension margin of 0 to 0 5mm was provided for flaring For R 410A air conditioners perform pipe flaring with a pipe extension margin of 1 0 to 1 5mm For clutch type only Conventional t
285. nger brackets malfunction due to electrical noise 3 Main PCB Use only specified wires and tightly connect wires to the 4 Transformer terminals Keep wiring in neat order so that it does not obstruct 5 Terminal other equipment Incomplete connections could result in 6 Optional PCB KRP4 overheating and in worse case electric shock or fire Mechanical installation 1 Fix the control box with its hanger brackets to the mounting surface Use 4 screws for holes of 26 mm 2 Open the lid of the control box 3 For electrical wiring refer to paragraph Electric wiring work on page 84 4 Install the screw nuts 5 Close the unnecessary openings with stoppers closing cups 6 Close the lid securely after installation to ensure that the control box is watertight ELECTRIC WIRING WORK field supplied parts and materials and electric works must be conform to local codes Use copper wire only wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician A main switch or other means for disconnection having a contact separation in all poles must be incorporated in the fixed wiring in accordance with relevant local and national legislation Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit for the size of power supply electric wire connected to the outdoor unit the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch wiring and wiring instructions Attach the earth leakage circuit breaker and fuse to the power supply line Con
286. nits insulation which can withstand 70 C is also sufficient for gas side piping Be sure to insulate local pipes as touching them can cause burns 10 CHECKING OF UNIT AND INSTALLATION CONDITIONS Be sure to check the following The piping work 1 Make sure piping size is correct See 6 2 Selection of piping material on page 144 2 Make sure insulation work is done See 9 Pipe insulation on page 152 3 Make sure there is no faulty refrigerant piping See 6 Refrigerant piping on page 144 The electrical work 1 Make sure there is no faulty power wiring or loose nuts See 8 Field wiring on page 147 2 Make sure there is no faulty transmission wiring or loose nuts See 8 Field wiring on page 147 3 Make sure the insulation resistance of the main power circuit is not deteriorated Using a megatester for 500 V check that the insulation resistance of 2 MQ or more is attained by applying a voltage of 500 V DC between the power terminals and earth Never use the megatester for the transmission wiring between outdoor and air handling unit outdoor and COOL HEAT selector etc 11 CHARGING REFRIGERANT The outdoor unit is factory charged but depending on the length of the piping when installed the outdoor unit may require additional charging For charging the additional refrigerant follow the procedure as described in this chapter Refrigerant can not be charged until all field wiring and field p
287. nly operation 2 Pressthe on off button The operation lamp lights up and the system starts operation For systems with cool heat changeover remote control switch 1 Select operation mode with the cool heat changeover remote control switch as follows BS B Heating operation figure 7 Cooling operation figure 6 q Fan only operation figure 8 2 Pressthe on off button or close T1 T2 The operation lamp lights up and the system starts operation For systems without Daikin remote control without cool heat changeover remote control swith and with a field supplied controller 1 Select operation mode with the field supplied controller 2 Close T1 T2 The operation lamp lights up and the system starts operation Adjustment For programming temperature refer to the operation manual of the remote control Stopping the system 3 Pressthe on off button once again or open T1 T2 The operation lamp goes off and the system stops operation NOTE Do not turn off power immediately after the unit stops but wait for at least 5 minutes Explanation of heating operation It may take longer to reach the set temperature for general heating operation than for cooling operation The following operation is performed in order to prevent the heating capacity from dropping or cold air from blowing Defrost operation In heating operation freezing of the outdoor unit coil increases Heating c
288. not given in the table Not displayed if the AHU is not equipped with that function When returning to the normal mode 88 may be displayed in the LCD in order for the remote control to initialize itself 106 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting 3 1 2 Simplified Remote Control BRC2A51 BRC2C51 O g BS MODE NO i FIRST ONT NO _ A CODE NO Sag ERES XY UNIT cui QL Te ta e Or e ase 857 858 853 BS C 10000 o BSS 1X2 5 V0294 1 Remove the upper part of remote control 2 When in the normal mode press the BS6 BUTTON field set and the FIELD SET NOUA MODE is entered Select the desired MODE No with the BS2 BUTTON temperature setting A and the BS3 BUTTON temperature setting Y Push the BS9 BUTTON set A and select FIRST CODE NO Push the BS10 BUTTON set B and select SECOND CODE NO Push the BS7 BUTTON set cancel once and the present settings are SET Push the BS6 BUTTON field set to return to the NORMAL MODE Test Operation 107 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 3 1 3 Field Settings Overview il Note the table below the factory settings are indicated in bold
289. ns comply with specifications 4 The unit may malfunction or components may burn out 5 Are wiring and piping correct The unit may malfunction or components may burn out 1 Air handling unit Is the unit safely grounded Dangerous at electric leakage 2 Connection pipe from expansion valve kit to air handling unit 3 Valve kit 4 Liquid pipe 5 Gas pipe A 5 5 L 5 Below or above the valve kit L is to be considered as a part of the total maximum piping length See installation manual of the outdoor unit for piping installation EKEQMCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 81 Piping connections Cautions for brazing Make sure to install gas and liquid pipe diameters in function of the Be sure to carry out a nitrogen blow when brazing air handling unit capacity class Brazing without carrying out nitrogen replacement or releasing nitrogen into the piping will create large quantities of oxidized PM pipe film on the inside of the pipes adversely affecting valves and nanding cass PP compressors in the refrigerating system and preventing normal 50 12 7 6 4 operation 63 B When brazing while inserting nitrogen into the piping ni
290. nsulation you have put back in place as per procedure step 7 Make sure that there is no gap between both ends in order to avoid condensation dripping finish the connection with tape eventually Open the electrical box cover A Push out ONLY the second lower wire intake hole B from inside to outside Do not damage the membrane Pass valve cable with wires Y1 Y6 from the control box through that membrane wire intake hole and connect the cable wires into the terminal connector C following instructions as described in step 4 Route the cable out of the valve kit box according to figure below and fix with the tie wrap D See Electric wiring work on page 84 for more details Use a small screwdriver and follow indicated instructions for connecting cable wires into the terminal connector according to the wiring diagram Make sure that field wiring and insulation is not squeezed when closing the valve kit box cover Close the valve kit box cover 4x M5 EKEQMCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 83 INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTROL Precautions BOX See figure 3 Thermistor cable and remote control wire should be located at least 50 mm away from power supply wires and from wires to 1 Control box EM the controller Not following this guideline may result 2 Ha
291. ntrol 0 level 1 etc 2 Liquid pipe 3 Gas pipe Sensor data display Unit No Sensor type aro 27 Temperature C Address display Unit No type 18 Address VE008 Forced fan ON Manually turn the fan ON by each unit When you want to search for the unit No By selecting the unit No with the button you can turn the fan of each AHU on forced ON individually Unit 1 VE009 Troubleshooting 177 Troubleshooting by Remote Control ESiEN09 06 2 44 Remote Control Self Diagnosis Function The remote control switches are equipped with a self diagnosis function so that more appropriate maintenance can be carried out If a malfunction occurs during operation the operation lamp malfunction code and display of malfunctioning unit No let you know the contents and location of the malfunction When there is a stop due to malfunction the contents of the malfunction given below can be diagnosed by a combination of operation lamp INSPECTION display of the liquid crystal display and display of malfunction code Operation lamp ON OFF button Inspection display Malfunction code VL050 178 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Remote Control
292. nverter PC board A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector 5 Caution or parts damage may be occurred Disconnect the cable from the ower OFF compressor and then check the compressor for the insulation resistance The insulation resistance is low i e not more than 100kQ NO Disconnect the cable from the fan and then check the fan motor for the insulation resistance YES gt Replace the compressor The insulation YES resistance is low i e not more than 1MO gt Replace the fan motor Replace the fan driver PC board NO V Remove and insert the fin thermistor connector X111A Turn ON the power supply and then check whether or not the malfunction recurs ower ON YES gt Replace the inverter PC board NO gt End Troubleshooting 235 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 XIIIA EH CONNECTOR WHITE Inverter PCB for compressor Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 236 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 38 PU Outdoor Unit Faulty Field Setting after Replacing Main PC Board or Faulty Combination of PC Board Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Dec
293. oftware and hardware are field supply and are to be selected by the installer Refer to the manual Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units for more details The recommended temperature setting on the field supplied controller is between 16 C and 25 C Refer to the installation and operation manual of the control box or to the Technical Data for allowed heat exchanger combinations 1 2 Standard supplied accessories See location 1 in figure 1 for reference to where following accessories are supplied with the unit Installation manual 1 Operation manual 1 Fluorinated greenhouse gases label 1 Multilingual fluorinated greenhouse 1 gases label See location 2 in figure 1 for reference to where following accessories are supplied with the unit Gas side accessory pipe Item Quantity l 1 L 1l 1 Liquid side accessory pipe Quantity 1 3 Technical and Electrical specifications Refer to the Engineering Data Book for the complete list of specifications 2 MAIN COMPONENTS For main components and function of the main components refer to the Engineering Data Book 3 SELECTION OF LOCATION Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions smoke or fire Please instruct the customer to keep the area around the unit clean Mak
294. on 11 The system lt AHU gt These are operating sounds of Normal operation produces Immediately after turning ON the electronic expansion valve of This sound becomes low after sounds the power supply AHU the AHU lapse of approximately one produces ringing sounds minute lt AHU and outdoor units gt These sounds are produced from Normal operation Hissing sounds are gas refrigerant flowing continuously produced while in respectively through the AHU and cooling or defrosting operation outdoor units lt AHU and outdoor units gt These sounds are produced Normal operation Hissing sounds are produced when the gas refrigerant stops immediately after the startup or or changes flowing stop of the system or the startup or stop of defrosting operation lt AHU gt These sounds are produced from Normal operation Faint sounds are continuously the drain discharge device in produced while in cooling operation operation or after stopping the operation lt AHU gt These sounds are produced from Normal operation Creaking sounds are resin parts expanding and produced while in heating contracting with temperature operation or after stopping the changes operation lt AHU gt On VRY systems these sounds Normal operation Sounds like trickling or the are produced when other AHUs in like are produced from AHUs operation The reason is that the in the stopped state system runs in order to prevent oil or r
295. on thermo off is carried out for at least C minutes After C minutes thermostat on conditions are checked Mode n setting 51 Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 8 level 1 cooling 01 level A 1 or 2 cooling 6 00 B 3 min C 3 min 0 B 5min C 3 02 B 7 min C 3 min 03 04 B 3 C 5 min 05 B 5 C 5 min 06 B 7 C 5 min 07 08 3 C 10 min 09 B 5 C 10 min 10 B 7 10 min 9 level A 5 heating 04 level A 4 or 5 heating m Thermo on When the DDC controller reaches level D or higher lower for heating and the thermostat is off for at least C minutes refer to thermo off conditions thermostat on is carried out for at least E minutes Mode n setting 51 Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 7 00 D level 1 cooling 02 D level 2 cooling 04 D level 3 cooling D level 4 cooling 08 D level 5 cooling 01 E 5 min 02 E 10 min b 00 D level 1 heating D level 2 heating 02 D level 3 heating 03 D level 4 heating 04 D level 5 heating 110 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting 5 2 Y control Cooling Te set Te real A If A gt B for C minutes thermo off is applied for C minutes Heating To set
296. on air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running W Defect of AHU thermistor R1T for air inlet W Defect of AHU PC board N sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Remove the thermistor from the AHU PC board and then insert it again Is the thermistor normal NO Remove the thermistor from the AHU PC board and then make resistance measurement of the thermistor using a multiple meter NO gt Replace the thermistor R1T YES YES gt Normal The malfunction is caused by faulty contact gt Replace the AHU PC board Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 196 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 11 Cu AHU Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting il Note All AHU models Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by remote control air temperature thermistor Note When the remote control air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running m Defect of remote control thermistor m Defect of remote c
297. on may temporarily result from on site causes Causes Instantaneous power failure open phase noises or else 242 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 42 U3 Outdoor Unit Check Operation not Executed Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Check operation is executed or not Malfunction is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation W Check operation is not executed A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Has the check operation performed on Outdoor uni PC board NO gt Press and hold BS4 on the outdoor master PCB for 5 seconds or more or turn ON the YES local setting mode 2 3 to conduct a check operation Performs the chech operation again and completes the check operation When a leakage detection function is needed normal operation of charging refrigerant must be completed And then start once again and complete a check operation V3052 Troubleshooting 243 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 43 UH Malfunction of Transmission Between AHUs Remote Control Display Applicable All model of AHU Mode
298. onal controls as listed in the optional accessories list can be used Do only use this system in combination with a field supplied air handling unit Do not connect this system to other indoor units We distinguish 2 different control boxes each with its own application and installation requirements B EKEQFCB control box 2 possible operation modes Operation with 0 10 V input to control the capacity An external controller is needed to control the capacity For details of the necessary functions of the external controller refer to paragraph Operation with 0 10 V capacity control It can be used to control the room temperature or air discharge temperature Operation with fixed temperature control This system operates on a fixed evaporating temperature EKEQDCB control box The system will operate as a standard indoor unit to control the room temperature This system does not require a specific external controller HM connect the system to DIII net devices m Controller m intelligent Manager m DMS IF m BACnet Gateway M This could result in malfunction or breakdown of the total System This equipment is not designed for year round cooling applications with low indoor humidity conditions such as Electronic Data Processing rooms This appliance is not intended for use by persons including children with reduced physical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of e
299. ontact your dealer for more information When asking your dealer for an intervention always state the complete model name of the air conditioner the manufacturing number stated on the nameplate of the unit theinstallation date the symptoms or malfunction and details of the defect WARNING W Do not modify disassemble remove reinstall or repair the unit yourself as incorrect dismantling or installation may cause an electric shock or fire Contact your dealer In case of accidental refrigerant leaks make sure there are no naked flames The refrigerant itself is entirely safe non toxic and non combustible but it will generate toxic gas when it accidentally leaks into a room where combustible air from fan heaters gas cookers etc is present Always have qualified service personnel confirm that the point of leakage has been repaired or corrected before resuming operation B Recommended inspection and maintenance cycles Be aware that the mentioned maintenance and replacement cycles do not relate to the warranty period of the components Table 1 Inspection Cycle and Maintenance Cycle list Maintenance cycle replacements and or repairs 20 000 hours Component Inspection cycle Electric motor PCB 25 000 hours Heat exchanger 5 years Sensor thermistor etc 5 years 1 year Remote control and switches 25 000 hours Drain pan 8 years Expansion
300. ontrol PC board N Caution Clear the malfunction code history While in inspection mode press and hold the ON OFF button for a period of five seconds or more Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Is CJ displayed on the remote NES control NO gt Replace remote control gt External factor other than equipment malfunction for example noise etc V2787 In case of remote control thermistor malfunction unit is still operable by suction air thermistor on AHU Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 Troubleshooting 197 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 12 El Outdoor Unit PC Board Defect Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Check data from E7PROM When data could not be correctly received from the E PROM Type of nonvolatile memory Maintains memory contents even when the power supply is turned off W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn off the power once and turn on again n gt External factor other th
301. oo many occupants the room during cooling operation Check if the heat source of the room is excessive Check if direct sunlight enters the room Use curtains or blinds W Checkifthe air flow angle is proper If after checking all above items it is impossible to fix the problem yourself contact your dealer and state the symptoms the complete model name of the air conditioner with manufacturing number if possible and the installation date possibly listed on the warranty card 12 AFTER SALES SERVICE AND WARRANTY Warranty period This product includes a warranty card that was filled out by the dealer at the time of installation The completed card was checked by the customer and stored carefully Wi siIf repairs to the air conditioner are necessary within the warranty period contact your dealer and keep the warranty card at hand 12 1 After sales service Recommendations for maintenance and inspection Since dust collects when using the unit for several years performance of the unit will deteriorate to some extent As taking apart and cleaning interiors of units requires technical expertise and in order to ensure the best possible maintenance of your units we recommend to enter into a maintenance and inspection contract on top of normal maintenance activities Our network of dealers has access to a permanent stock of essential components in order to keep your air conditioner in operation as long as possible C
302. ool with pipe extension margin adjustment can be used 280 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 06 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 2 Torque wrench sP m Specifications Dimension B Unit mm Nominal size Class 1 Class 2 Previous 1 2 24 26 24 5 8 27 29 27 No change in tightening torque No change in pipes of other sizes Differences Change of dimension B Only 1 2 5 8 are extended 3 Vacuum pump with check valve m Specifications Discharge speed 50 l min 50Hz 60 l min 60Hz Suction port UNF7 16 20 1 4 Flare UNF 1 2 20 5 16 Flare with adapter Differences Equipped with function to prevent reverse oil flow Previous vacuum pump can be used by installing adapter Dimension B For class 1 R 407C For class 2 R 410A Vacuum pump adapter Reverse flow adapter Maximum degree of vacuum Select a vacuum pump which is able to keep the vacuum degree of the system in excess of 100 7 kPa 5 torr 755 mmHg Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 281 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 06 4 Leak tester W Specifications e Hydrogen detecting type etc e Applicable refrigerants R 410A R 407C R 404A R 507A R 134a etc m Differences e Previous testers detected chlorine Since HFCs do not contain chlorine new tester detects hydrogen 5 Re
303. operation factory setting Xt LN OP operation HIP H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P e e e 4 Indication of power consumption limitation setting DEMAND standard operation factory setting 3 DEMAND operation H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P e 12 4 Test operation Do not insert fingers rods or other objects into the air inlet or outlet When the fan is rotating at high speed it will cause injury Do not perform the test operation while working on the air handling units When performing the test operation not only the outdoor unit but the connected air handling unit will operate as well Working on a air handling unit while performing a test operation is dangerous In the check operation the following checks and judgement will be performed Check of the stop valve opening Check for wrong wiring Judgement of piping length It takes 30 minutes to complete the check operation ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 157 Check operation procedure 1 Close the electric box lid and all front panels except the one on the side of the electric box 2 Turn on the power to the outdoor unit control box and air handling units Be sure to turn the power ON at least 6 hours before operation in order to have power running to the crank case heater 3 Make the field setting as needed using the push buttons on the PC
304. operation is completed operate the unit normally and check the following 1 Make sure the AHU and outdoor units are operating normally 2 3 Operate the AHU and make sure the corresponding outdoor unit is also operating Check to see if cold or hot air is coming out from the AHU NOTE Heating is not possible if the outdoor temperature is 24 C or higher Refer to the Operation manual If a knocking sound can be heard in the liquid compression of the compressor stop the unit immediately and then energize the crank case heater for a sufficient length of time before restarting the operation Once stopping the compressor will not restart in about 5 minutes even if the On Off button of the remote control is pushed When the system operation is stopped by the remote control the outdoor units may continue operating for further 5 minutes at maximum The outdoor unit fan may rotate at low speeds if the Night time low noise setting or the External low noise level setting is made but this is not a malfunction 102 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Test Operation 1 2 6 3 Checks after Test Run Perform the following checks after the test run is complete Record the contents of field setting Record them on the accessory REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION label And attach the label on the back side of the front panel Record the installation date Record the installation date on the accessory REQUEST FOR THE INDICA
305. or R6T 219 Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor 222 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion E 190 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Y 1E Y2B u u ri eit 209 Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor 206 Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor RT ertt enda 220 Malfunction of System Refrigerant System Address Undeflned uu aa e ta 251 Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Outdoor Air 214 Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Suction Air 196 Malfunction of Thermistor R2T for Heat Exchanger 194 Malfunction of Thermistor R2T R7T for Suction i e qan 217 Malfunction of Thermistor R3T for Gas Pipes 195 Malfunction of Thermistor RAT for Outdoor Unit Heat EXclianget ioo E ORE 218 Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller a 197 Malfunction of Transmission Between AHU and Outdoor Units in the Same System 247 Malfunction of Transmission Between AHUs 244 Malfunction of Transmission Between Inverter and Control PC Board eec 231 Malfunction of Transmission Between Remote Controller and AHU 246 Method of Checking The Inverter s Power Transistors and Diode Modules 273 Operation Lamp Blinks 253 Outdoor Unit PC Board La
306. or model TEST OPERATION Before executing test operation as well as before operating the unit you must check the following Refer to the section of For the following items take special during construction and check after installation is finished on page 66 After finishing the construction of refrigerant piping drain piping and electric wiring conduct test operation accordingly to protect the unit W Open the gas side stop valve Open the liquid side stop valve Executing the test operation 1 Close the contact T1 T2 ON OFF 2 Confirm function of the unit according to the manual and check if the air handling unit has collected ice freeze up If the unit collects ice see Troubleshooting on page 74 3 Confirm that the fan of the air handling unit is ON In case of poor distribution in the air handling unit 1 or more passes of the air handling unit may freeze up collect ice put the thermistor R2T on this position Depending on operation conditions outdoor ambient temperature it is possible that the settings must be changed after commissioning OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE If T1 T2 is applicable Closing the T1 T2 signal starts operation of the air handling unit Opening the T1 T2 signal stops operation of the air handling unit WHAT TO DO BEFORE OPERATION m Refer to the dedicated manual of the controller field supply and air ha
307. or unit PC board A1P m Mismatching of the refrigerant type of AHU and outdoor unit W Setting of outdoor PC board was not conducted after replacing to spare parts PC board 248 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control Troubleshooting N sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Reset all power supplies for AHU and outdoor units connected to one and the same system Is the malfunction code UA displayed NO gt Normal It is assumed that the code is displayed due to temporary external cause e g noises Is the malfunction code UA displayed for all AHUs connected to one and the same system YES Is the outdoor PC board replaced to spare parts PC board XES The setting after replacing spare PC board has not been set yet Please set as per page 109 110 Is the type of refrigerant for the AHUs with UA displayed corresponding to that for the outdoor units NO gt Correct the combination of indoor units with UA displayed The total of AHUs displaying UA and AHUs connected to the same refrigerant system is within connectable number of unit YES The number of AHUs that can be connected to a single outdoor unit system is excess of allowable range gt Replace the AHU PC board
308. orced 6 operation Allows forced operation of AHU 10 Defrost changeover Changes the temperature condition for defrost and sets to setting quick defrost or slow defrost External low noise 12 setting Demand Reception of external low noise or demand signal setting Make this setting in the case of operating in high static 18 High static pressure pressure mode with diffuser duct mounted setting In order to mount the diffuser duct remove the cover from the outdoor unit fan Emergency Used to operate system only with inverter compressor operation when STD compressor malfunctions This is a temporary 19 STD compressor operation extremely impairing comfortable environment operation Therefore prompt replacement of the compressor is prohibited required only for 250 This operation however is not set with 125 200 Additional 20 refrigerant charge Carries out additional refrigerant charge operation operation setting Refrigerant recovery 21 vacuuming mode Sets to refrigerant recovery or vacuuming mode setting Sets automatic nighttime low noise operation in a simple 22 Night time low way noise setting The operating time is based on Starting set and Ending 25 Setting of external Sets low noise level when the low noise signal is input low noise level from outside Night time low Sets starting ti A g time of nighttime low noise operation 26 cn Night time low noise setting is also required Ni
309. ording to the setting of your preference Neglecting this caution will result in improper operation Description of setting T1 T2 must be open at power 01 restore After power failure the status of T1 T2 must remain identical to the initial T1 T2 status prior to the power failure 12 22 5 02 After power failure T1 T2 must be changed to open no cooling heating requested OPERATION AND DISPLAY SIGNALS Open No cooling heating requested Input 1 720 Closed Cooling heating requested See field setting 12 22 5 NOTE See the remote control display for output 877 m See optional kit KRP4A51 for additional possible signals When the operation signal is activated the air handling unit and fan must operate Failure to this will cause a safety to operate or freezing up of the air handling unit EKEQMCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 87 TROUBLESHOOTING To set up the system and make trouble shooting possible it is required to connect the remote control to the option kit Not a malfunction of the air conditioner The system does not operate The system does not restart immediately after the cooling heating is requested If the operation lamp lights the system is in normal operating condition It does not restar
310. ort the malfunction code If the system does not properly operate except for the above mentioned cases and none of the above mentioned malfunctions is evident investigate the system according to the following procedures 1 If the system does not operate at all Check if there is no power failure Wait until power is restored If power failure occurs during operation the system automatically restarts immediately after the power supply is recovered Check if no fuse has blown or breaker has worked Change the fuse or reset the breaker if necessary 2 Ifthe system goes into fan only operation but as soon as it goes into heating or cooling operation the system stops Check if air inlet or outlet of outdoor or air handling unit is not blocked by obstacles Remove any obstacle and make it well ventilated DAIKIN Operation manual 166 ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 3 The system operates but cooling or heating is insufficient Check if air inlet or outlet of outdoor or air handling unit is not blocked by obstacles B Remove any obstacle and make it well ventilated gm Check if the air filter is not clogged Refer to Maintenance in the air handling unit manual WB Check the temperature setting Check the fan speed setting on your remote control Check for open doors or windows Shut doors and windows to prevent wind from coming in Check if there are t
311. ot start operation at all Blowout of fuse s Turn Off the power supply and then replace the fuse s Cutout of breaker s If the knob of any breaker is in its OFF position turn ON the power supply If the knob of any circuit breaker is in its tripped position do not turn ON the power supply ON Knob TS Tripped OFF Circuit breaker Power failure After the power failure is reset restart the system 2 The system starts operation but makes an immediate stop Blocked air inlet or outlet of AHU or outdoor unit Remove obstacle s Clogged air filter s Clean the air filter s 3 The system does not cool or heat air well In cooling In cooling In cooling Blocked air inlet or outlet of AHU or outdoor unit Remove obstacle s Clogged air filter s Clean the air filter s Enclosed outdoor unit s Remove the enclosure Improper set temperature Set the temperature to a proper degree Airflow rate set to LOW Set it to a proper airflow rate Improper direction of air diffusion Set it to a proper direction Open window s or door s Shut it tightly Direct sunlight received Hang curtains or shades on windows Too many persons staying in a room Too many heat sources e g OA equipment located in a room 4 The system does not operate The system stops and immediately restarts operation
312. oting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 40 Ul Reverse Phase Open Phase 11 Remote Control Display Applicable ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Models Method of The phase of each phase is detected by reverse phase detection circuit and right phase or Malfunction reverse phase are judged Detection Malfunction When a significant phase difference is made between phases Decision Conditions Supposed m Power supply reverse phase Causes W Power supply open phase W Defect of outdoor PC board A1P Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred an open phase at the power supply terminal section X1M of the outdoor unit YES Fix the open phase Requires inspection of field power supply section Operation is hormal if one place of power supply line phase is replaced NO Reverse phase Counter measure of the problem is completed by phase replacement gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V2820 Troubleshooting 239 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 41 Uc Outdoor Unit Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure Remote Control Display Applicable ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Models Method of Detection of voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter
313. owever limited to when the field setting for the thermostat sensor in remote control is set to Use Cooling If there is a significant difference in the preset temperature and the suction temperature fine adjustment control is carried out using a body thermostat sensor or using the sensor in the remote control near the position of the user when the suction temperature is near the preset temperature uw 7 tata Preset temperature SERS ED T a de ed s P ht EROS ERS ROS 4 5 Sites a THES n lt CEES FEN EHE 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 Suction temperature TH1 Range in which thermostat sensor Range which body _ Differential in remote control can be used thermostat sensor can be used VG003 m Ex When cooling Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24 C and the suction temperature has changed from 18 C to 30 C A F Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18 C to 23 C A gt Remote control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23 C to 27 C C E Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 27 C to 30 C E F And assuming suction temperature has changed from 30 C to 18 C F A Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 30 C to 25 C F D Remote control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25 C to 21 C D B Body thermosta
314. ows when Inverter compressor is B M2C STD1 operated in combination with Standard compressor RXYQ10 12P 37 steps Since the system is of air heat exchanging type the fan is operated at 9 step rotation B M1F Inverter fan speed by using the inverter E 1 Electronic expansion valve While in heating operation PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree Main EV1 of air heat exchanger constant F Y2E Electronic expansion valve PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat Subcool EV3 exchanger constant G Y1S Solenoid valve Hot gas SVP Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling J Y2S Solenoid valve Oil return SVO Used to return oil from the accumulator to the compressor M Y3S 4 way valve Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating N S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure P S1PH HP pressure switch For INV compressor In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a malfunction occurs this 5 switch is activated at high pressure of 4 0 more to stop the Q S2PH HP pressure switch For STD operation compressor 1 This valve opens at a pressure of 4 0 MPa for prevention of pressure increase thus U Liquid pi valve resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in quia pip transpor
315. pecified wires and tightly connect wires to the terminals Keep wiring in neat order so that it does not obstruct other equipment Incomplete connections could result in overheating and in worse case electric shock or fire Installation and operation manual DAIKIN EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 Connecting the wiring EKEQFCBV3 Connect the wires to the terminal board according to the wiring diagram in figure 3 See figure 4 for wiring intake in the control box The wiring intake hole indication H1 refers to the H1 cable of the corresponding wiring diagram Connect cables according to specifications of the next table Take special precaution for connection to the controller field supply Do not miswire the output signals nor the input signal ON OFF This mistake could damage the entire system Table connection and application Maximum length Cross section Description Connect to Type of cable mm2 10 Specifications E Power supply Power supply HO5VV F3G2 5 25 Power supply 230 V 1 50 Hz Y1 Y6 Expansion valve Expansion valve kit LIYCY3 x 2 x 0 75 20 Digital output 12 V DC connection fia Standard Analog input 16 V DC Thermistor R3T Maximum 20 pum gas pipe m a i H05VV F2 x 0 75 emote contro opt
316. per il trattamento dell aria non in dotazione Manual de instala o e de funcionamento Kit de op es para combina o de unidades de condensa o Daikin com unidades de tratamento de ar existentes no local M Daikin Instrukcja montazu i instrukcja obstugi Zestaw opcji dla agregat w skraplajacych Daikin w konfiguracji z centralami klimatyzacyjnymi dostarczanymi osobno English Deutsch Frangais Nederlands Espanol Italiano Portugues polski EKEQFCBV3 EKEQFCBV3 EKEQFCBV3 gt lt p z2 Cp cr p gt lt gt H6 7 H8 H3 H5 EKEQDCBV3 i DAIKIN EKEQDCBV3 CONTENTS Page IntroOdu eto Pm 64 Installation erret 65 rc u asan 65 Name and function of parts 65 Before installation 65 Selecting the installation 66 Valve kit installation u UL UU
317. peration and others 12 Refrigerant Circuit ESiEN09 06 Refrigerant Circuit ERQ 125 A7W1B PRESSURE FILTER REGULATING VALVE CHECK VALVE TYPE ELECTRONIC SOLENOID EXPANSION VALVE I XVALVE ACCUMULATOR CAPILLARY TUBE 6 gt FOUR WAY VALVE HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR CHECK VALVE 21 Q9 FILTER I FILTER CAPILLARY FILTER 5 SOLENOID HIGH PRESSURE 58 SWITCH H VALVE FILTER FILTER I Q 09 H CAPILLARY UNO TUBE 1 SOLENOID VALVE X LOW PRESSURE sai SENSOR J lt STOP VALVE WITH SERVICE PORT 7 9 FLARE CONNECTION C 4 4 4 4 44 4 4 44 4 V ff 3D050782 Refrigerant Circuit 13 Refrigerant Circuit ESiEN09 06 1 2 ERQ 200 A7W1B No in refrigerant system Symbol Name Major Function diagram Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 266Hz by using the inverter while Standard compressor is operated w
318. peration running of the system until the compressor is replaced 42 prohibition of INV thus making comfort extremely worse Therefore it is compressor recommended to replace the compressor as soon as operation possible Be noted this setting is not available on model ERQ 125 Test Operation 121 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 Setting item display No Satan MODE TEST C H selection Low Demand Setting condition display gem H1P H2P IND Master Slave H7P H3P 5 H6P Factory set Address 2 Binary number 1 reeeeer Digital pressure 0 tdi xt gauge kit display A digits E 15 Address 0 4900000 Cool Heat Binary number 1 yyeececee xt 1 Unified address S e e e e e 6 digits 31 deriv Address 0 377000000 2 Low noise demand xi e e e e x e Binary number 1 Geeeooor address 6 digits 2 31 Geri Test operation Test operation ON 3 Referto the description e e e e x 180 Test operation OFF Normal operation 5 AHU forced fan e e e Indoor forced fan H forced Normal operation reeeeer operation Indoor forced operati peration Quick defrost ooeettee 10 Pete changeover xt e xt e xt Normal factory setting reeeere Slow
319. pip transportation or storage Used to subcool liquid refrigerant from the electronic expansion valve cooling or V Subcooling heat exchanger AHUS heating _ Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV W Capillary tube compressor 1 Thermistor Outdoor air Ta Used to detect outdoor temperature correct discharge pipe temperature and others 2 R2T Thermistor Suction pipe Ts Used to detect suction pipe temperature 3 R3T Thermistor INV discharge Used to detect discharge pipe temperature make the temperature protection control of pipe Tdi compressor and others 4 R4T Thermistor Heat exchanger Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger determine defrosting deicer Tb operation and others Used to detect gas pipe temperature on the evaporation side of subcooling heat 5 R5T Thermistor Subcooling heat exchanger keep the superheated degree at the outlet of subcooling heat exchanger exchanger gas pipe Tsh constant and others 6 R6T Thermistor Receiver outlet Used to detect receiver outlet liquid pipe temperature liquid pipe TI quid pip p Used to detect gas pipe temperature at the accumulator inlet Keep the suction 7 R7T Thermistor Accumulator inlet superheated degree constant in heating operation and others 14 Refrigerant Circuit ESiEN09 06 Refrigerant Circuit
320. ply TE Installation period Protection method 40 Liquid sid Feld eupol iquid side piping field supply A More than a month Pinch the pipe 11 Punch the knockout holes use a hammer D Less than a month Pinch or tape the pipe Processing the gas side accessory pipe 2 Regardless ot the periog Only in case of connecting at lateral side cut the gas side accessory pipe 2 as shown in figure 11 Great caution is needed when passing copper tubes through walls 1 Gas side accessory pipe Block all gaps in the holes for passing out piping and wiring 2 Cutting location using sealing material field supply The capacity of the unit 3 Gas side piping field supply will drop and small animals may enter the machine 4 Base Example passing piping out through the front 1 Plug the areas marked with ERQ125 Tm 166 16 199 246 When the piping is routed from the front panel ERQ200 mm 156 17 188 247 ERQ250 mm 156 23 192 247 Gas side piping Liquid side piping NOTE W When connecting the piping on site be sure to tz use the accessory piping Make sure the onsite piping does not come into After all the piping has been connected make sure there is contact with other piping the bottom frame or side no gas leak Use nitrogen to perform a gas leak check panels of the unit 4 Piping length restrictions 4 1 Installation limitations 1 Outdoor unit 2 Expansion valve kit
321. power consumption has been set at factory V3081 When the Normal demand setting is set to ON OFF has been set at factory the power consumption can be set with the Demand 1 level setting 70 of rated power consumption has been set at factory Image of operation in the case of A and B Power consumption 4 Rated power consumption 80 of rated power consumption 70 of rated power consumption 60 of rated power consumption The power consumption set with Demand 1 level setting 40 of rated power consumption Forced thermostat OFF Fan operation V3082 The power consumption can be set with the Demand 1 level setting 70 of rated power consumption has been set at factory During continuous demand operation when the external demand instruction is received repeatedly the instruction with higher demand level has the precedence V3083 Test Operation 131 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation and Demand Control Setting mode 1 H1P off In setting mode 2 push the BS1 MODE button one time Setting mode 2 is entered and H1P lights During the setting mode 1 is displayed In low noise operation and In demand control are displayed 2 Setting mode 2 H1P on In setting 1 push and hold the BS1 MODE button for more than 5 seconds Setting mode 2 is entered and H1
322. ptom 11 The compressor in the outdoor unit does not stop after a short heating operation This is to prevent oil and refrigerant from remaining in the compressor The unit will stop after 5 to 10 minutes Symptom 12 The inside of an outdoor unit is warm even when the unit has stopped This is because the crankcase heater is warming the compressor so that the compressor can start smoothly 11 TROUBLESHOOTING If one of the following malfunctions occur take the measures shown below and contact your dealer WARNING Stop operation and shut off the power if anything unusual occurs burning smells etc Leaving the unit running under such circumstances may cause breakage electric shock or fire Contact your dealer The system must be repaired by a qualified service person safety device such as a fuse a breaker an earth leakage breaker frequently actuates or the ON OFF switch does not properly work Measure Turn off the main power switch If water leaks from the unit Measure Stop the operation The operation switch does not work well Measure Turn off the power if the display Xe TEST the unit number and the operation lamp flash and the malfunction code appears Only when a remote control is connected See figure 5 Inspection display Air handling unit number in which a malfunction occurs Operation lamp OO N Malfunction code Measure Notify your dealer and rep
323. push and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds If not the addition cannot be recognized In this case the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the address Status Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P ON Can also be set during operation described above AHU If ON button is pushed during operation described above the UH or U4 malfunction indicator blinks Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete Lift this protruding EL COMPO portion to open the BOX cover inspection door LED H1 8P Push button switch BS1 5 RA Service cover DIP switch2 DS2 1 4 DIP switch1 DS1 1 4 Service Precautions label Switch box cover Switch box the upper right f YY KY YU fm N Caution When the 400 volt power supply is applyed to N phase by mistake replace Inverter P C B A2P and control transformer T1R T2R in switch box together V0847 104 Test Operation Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout ESiEN09 06 2 Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout Outdoor unit PC board 2 Set mode display LED VBL H2P Ud H5P H6P H7P H8P 1234 1234 052 3 Mode setting switch H1P DS1 I 1 1 1 7 24 L 4 Local setting switch 1 Microcomputer normal monitor Connection terminal for transmission use V3054 1 Microcomputer normal monitor This monitor
324. r IN Warning Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and appropriate tools to conduct repair work Never attempt to modify the equipment The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire When relocating the equipment make sure that the new installation site has sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation work is not conducted securely the equipment can fall and cause injury Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard installation frame Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the equipment to fall resulting in injury For integral units only Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a window frame If the unit is not securely mounted it can fall and cause injury For integral units only Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment and follow the technical standards related to the electrical equipment the internal wiring regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting electrical work Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an electrical shock or fire vi ESiEN09 06 Introduction IN Warning Be sure to use t
325. r YES gt Replace the outdoor unit fan motor power supply cable terminal and the motor frame metal part is not more than 1MQ NO gt Replace the outdoor unit fan motor V3076 Troubleshooting 207 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting Check 1 Check for the fan motor connector Power supply cable Resistance of the U V and W phases of the fan motor has got YES imbalanced or short circuits have keen established among the U V and W phases Check 2 Check for the fan motor connector Signal cable asa short circuit been established between the fan motor signal YES gt Replace the outdoor unit fan motor cables Vcc and GND and UVW and GND respectively Turn ON the power supply LED HAP on the compressor inverter PCB is blinking bu YES gt Replace the outdoor unit fan motor the LED HAP on the fan inverter PCB is not blinking gt Replace the fan inverter PCB il Note Refer check 1 and 2 to P 255 gt Replace the outdoor unit fan motor V3077 208 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 18 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Y1E Y2E Remote Control Display Applicable ERQ
326. r capacity to adjust Tc to Tc High pressure equivalent saturation achieve target value TcS temperature C set value Make this setting while in Setting TcS Target Tc value mode 2 Varies depending on Tc setting operating Tc setting frequency etc L M Normal H factory setting 43 46 49 2 2 2 For X Y Control See chapter Field Setting Function 25 Basic Control ESiEN09 06 Compressor Step Control Compressor operations vary with the following steps Stand alone installation ERQ 125 SEP 1 52Hz 2 56 Hz 3 62 Hz 4 68 Hz 5 74 Hz 6 80 Hz 7 88 Hz 8 96 Hz 9 104 Hz 10 110 Hz 11 116 Hz 12 124 Hz 13 132 Hz 14 144 Hz 15 158 Hz 16 166 Hz 17 176 Hz 18 188 Hz Notes ERQ 200 SEP w 1 52Hz 2 56 Hz 3 62Hz 4 68 Hz 5 74 Hz 6 80 Hz 7 88 Hz 8 96 Hz 9 104 Hz 10 110 Hz 11 116 Hz 42 124 Hz 13 132 Hz 14 144 Hz 15 158 Hz 16 166 Hz 17 176 Hz 18 188 Hz 19 202Hz 20 210 Hz 21 218 Hz 22 232 Hz 23 248 Hz 24 266 Hz 1 INV Inverter compressor STD1 Standard compressor 1 ERQ 250 SIEP 1 52Hz OFF 2 56Hz OFF 3 62Hz OFF 4 68Hz OFF 5 74Hz OFF 6 80Hz
327. r in the inverter Consequently the increased ripple is detected When the resistance value of thermistor becomes a value equivalent to open or short circuited status Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued P1 will be displayed by pressing the inspection button When the amplitude of the ripple exceeding a certain value is detected for consecutive 4 minutes Open phase Voltage imbalance between phases Defect of main circuit capacitor Defect of inverter PC board Defect of K2 relay in inverter PC board Improper main circuit wiring A Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Open phase Normalize field cause gt Fix power supply voltage imbalance Part or wiring defect After turning the power supply YES OFF check and repair the gt main circuit wiring or parts 1 Loose or disconnected wiring between power supply and inverter 2 K2 contact disposition fusion or contact is poor 3 Loose or disconnected noise filter Is the voltage imbalance applied to the inverter in excess of 14 V Y1 2 NO lt When voltage monitoring is possible gt Using a device capable of constant recording of power supply voltage record power supply voltage between 3 phases L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 L1 for about one continuous week 1 Measure voltage at the X1M power supply terminal block
328. r more The 6 2 support leg of the unit is 67 mm wide see figure 7 Fasten the unit in place using four E T foundation bolts M12 It is best to screw in E the foundation bolts until their length S 2 remains 20mm above the foundation surface Prepare a water drainage channel around the foundation to drain waste water from around the unit W f the unit is to be installed on a roof check the strength of the roof and its drainage facilities first Ifthe unit is to be installed on a frame install the waterproofing board within a distance of 150mm under the unit in order to prevent infiltration of water coming from under the unit When installed in a corrosive environment use a nut with plastic washer 1 to protect the nut tightening part from rust 1 6 REFRIGERANT PIPING A Do not insert fingers rods or other objects into the air 3 inlet or outlet When the fan is rotating at high speed it will cause injury A Use R410A to add refrigerant All field piping must be installed by a licensed refrigeration technician and must comply with relevant local and national regulations 63 Caution to be taken when brazing refrigerant piping Selection of piping material Foreign materials inside pipes including oils for fabrication must be 30 mg 10 m or less Use the following material specification for refrigerant piping Construction material phosphoric acid deoxidized seamless copper for refrigerant T
329. r oil return Y2S Solenoid valve injection Y4S 4 Way valve Y3S Solenoid valve Hot gas bypass Y1S Pressure sensor Low pressure S1NPL Heat exchanger Pressure switch High pressure protection S1PH Thermistor M1C Discharge pipe R3T Front View Fan motor Thermistor Accumulator 1 Pressure switch High pressure protection R7T Pressure sensor S1PH High pressure S1NPH 6 A NE 1 4 way valve UN Y3S H Thermistor Air D Te RIT Solenoid valve Hot gas bypass 1 ON Thermistor Suction pipe Y1S H ROT Electronic A E 1 expansion valve NE d Y1E Thermistor Coil RK Solenoid valve Accumulator return lt 1 725 4 ay Thermistor Liqite pipe Cran
330. r u 272 7 Method of Checking The Inverter s Power Transistors and Diode Modules273 Part 10Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 275 1 Precautions for New Refrigerant 410 276 UNES D or 276 1 2 Refrigerant Gylinders u ERA X Rar pot pxn DS REF MAD MAKE 278 1 3 CIVICS TOOIS Se t 279 Index E oss sos sus EC sal Drawings amp Flow Charts WI iv Table of Contents ESiEN09 06 Introduction 1 Introduction 1 4 Safety Cautions Cautions and Warnings m Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work m The caution items are classified into N Warning and AN Caution The A Warning items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not followed closely The AN Caution items can also lead to serious accidents under some conditions if they are not followed Therefore be sure to observe all the safety caution items described below m About the pictograms A This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid This symbol indicates a prohibited action The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol
331. r which is in the EL COMPO BOX lid Use an insulated rod to operate the push buttons via the EL COMPO inspection door There is a risk of electric shock if you touch any live parts since this operation must be performed with the power on m Make sure to use the protect tool protective groves and goggles when charging the refrigerant m Due to danger of liquid hammer the refrigerant must not be charged over the allowable maximum amount when charging the refrigerant W Do not perform the refrigerant charging operation under working for the AHU m When opening the front panel make sure to take caution to the fan rotation during the working After the outdoor unit stops operating the fan may keep rotation for a while Note m f operation is performed within 12 minutes after the AHU and outdoor units are turned on H2P will be lit on and the compressor will not operate In order to ensure uniform refrigerant distribution it may take up to around 10 minutes for the compressor to start up after the unit starting operating This is not a malfunction About refrigerant charging The refrigerant charge port is connected to the piping inside the unit When the unit is shipped from the factory the unit s internal piping is already charged with refrigerant so be careful when connecting the charge hose After adding the refrigerant make sure to close the lid of the refrigerant charging port The tightening torque for th
332. re below with a tester and confirm that the voltage of the capacitor in the main circuit is less than 50 V DC 3 To prevent damaging the PC board touch a noncoated metal part to eliminate static electricity before pulling out or plugging in connectors 4 The performing of the service to the inverter equipment must be started after the junction connectors X1A and X2A for the fan motors in the outdoor unit are been pulled out Be carefull not to touch the live parts If a fan rotates due to strong wind it may store electricity in the capacitor or in the main circuit and cause electric shock 5 After the service is finished plug the junction connecter back in Otherwise the error code E 1 will be displayed on the remote control and normal operation will not be performed For details refer to the wiring diagram labeled on the back of the electric box cover Pay attention to the fan It is dangerous to inspect the unit while the fan is running Be sure to turn off the main switch and to remove the fuses from the control circuit located in the outdoor unit NOTE Play it safe qu For protection of the PCB touch the switch box casing by hand in order to eliminate static electricity from your body before performing service 12 2 Checks before initial start up NOTE Remark that during the first running period of the unit qu required power input may be higher than stated on the namepl
333. rge pipe temperature thermistor Microcomputer judge and detect if the system is short of refrigerant Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued Out of gas or refrigerant system clogging incorrect piping Defect of pressure sensor Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P Defect of thermistor R7T or R4T A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Low pressure is Cooling 0 1 MPa or less Out of gas closing of stop valve or refrigerant system is clogged Requires check of refrigerant system voltage of X31A pins 2 and 3 on main outdoor unit PC board A1P is 0 8 VDC or less Low pressure sensor output Replace main outdoor unit PC board A1P The suction pipe temperature minus coil YES temperature is 20 C gt Replace low pressure sensor gt Out of gas or refrigerant system is clogged Requires check of refrigerant system is normal when measured with the suction pipe thermistor R7T and coil thermistor R4T disconnected from the outdoor unit PC board 1 NO gt Replace the thermistor gt Replace the outdoor unit PC board A1P V2819 1 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 2 Refer to Pressure Sensor Pressure Voltage Characteristics table on P272 238 Troublesho
334. rol icai 100 Communication line 16 V DC pipa Outdoor unit outdoor unit T1 T2 ON OFF Digital input 16 V DC Capacity step Ener signal Controller field supply LIVCY4 x 2 x 0 75 Optional connection when the function of the switch box needs to be g extended see KRP4A51 for details of settings and instructions Operation signal Air handling unit _ Digital output voltage free Fan signal field supply Fee 29 Maximum 230 V maximum 2 A Recommended size all wiring must comply with local codes Wiring diagram Printed circuit board Field wiring Printed circuit board option KRP4 TE Live Fuse 250 V F5A A1P Neutral Field fuse Ed mam gt Connector Light emitting diode service monitor green Suma a Susa Wire clamp El uuu Protective earth screw Magnetic relay fan diens Separate component Earth leakage breaker Thermistor air Thermistor liquid Thermistor gas Capacity adapter Transformer 220 V 21 8 V Gray Terminal block Orange Pink Red Electronic expansion valve X1M C1 C2 Output fan ON OFF X1M F1 F2 Communication outdoor unit X1M P1 P2 Communication remote control X1M R1 R2 Thermistor liquid X1M R3 R4 Thermistor gas X1M R5 R6 Thermistor air X1M T1 T2 Input ON OFF 1 1 6 E
335. rol box remote control V3058 126 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting Set Cool Heat for Outdoor Unit System by Cool Heat Selector Set outdoor unit PC board DS1 1 to OUT factory set Set cool heat switching to IND individual for Setting mode 1 factory set C H SELECT MASTER SLAVE DEMAND H4P H5P C H SELECT C H SELECT R C A B C Dus dA Cool Heat selector control box remote control V3059 Test Operation 127 Field Setting ESiEN09 06 3 2 3 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation Setting of Low Noise Operation By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the outdoor unit external control adapter optional you can lower operating noise Be aware that this setting may cause a slight capacity drop Setting Content Mode 1 Set the outdoor unit fan to Step 6 or lower Mode 2 Set the outdoor unit fan to Step 5 or lower Mode 3 Set the outdoor unit fan to Step 4 or lower A When the low noise operation is carried out by external instructions with the use of the external control adapter for outdoor unit 1 While in Setting mode 2 set the setting condition for set item No 12 Setting of external low noise demand operation to YES 2 If necessary while in
336. s intercepting noise from electric appliances other than the air conditioner This prevents communication between the units causing them to stop Operation automatically restarts when the noise ceases Symptom 6 Noise of air conditioners Symptom 6 1 Air handling unit outdoor unit continuous low hissing sound is heard when the system is in cooling or defrost operation This is the sound of refrigerant gas flowing through both indoor and outdoor units hissing sound which is heard at the start or immediately after stopping operation or defrost operation This is the noise of refrigerant caused by flow stop or flow change Symptom 6 2 Outdoor unit W When the tone of operating noise changes This noise is caused by the change of frequency Symptom 7 Dust comes out of the unit gm When the unit is used for the first time in a long time This is because dust has gotten into the unit Symptom 8 The units can give off odours The unit can absorb the smell of rooms furniture cigarettes etc and then emit it again Symptom 9 The outdoor unit fan does not spin During operation The speed of the fan is controlled in order to optimize product operation Symptom 10 The display shows EH Only when a remote control is connected gm This is the case immediately after the main power supply switch is turned on and means that the remote control is in normal condition This continues for one minute Sym
337. s on the PC board enables field setting shown below However make no changes of factory settings except for DS1 1 Dipswitch uu M No Setting Setting item Description ON Used to set cool heat select by Cool Heat selector BST OFF Factory set Gool equipped with outdoor unit DS1 2 ON DS1 4 OFF Factory set Not used Do not change the factory settings DS2 1 ON 4 OFF Factory set Not used Do not change the factory settings N Caution Setting at replacement by spare PC board DIP switch Setting after changing the main P C Board A1P to spare parts P C B After the replacement by the spare PC board be sure to make settings shown below When you change the main P C Board A1P to spare parts P C B please carry out the following setting Initial conditions of dip switches OE cue 1234 1234 DS1 DS2 DIP Switch Detail DS No Item Contents DS1 1 Cool Heat change ON COOL HEAT setting is made with the use of a over setting Cool Heat selector mounted to the outdoor unit OFF Factory COOL HEAT setting is not made with the use of a setting of spare Cool Heat selector mounted to the outdoor unit PC board DS1 2 Power supply ON 200V class 220V specification OFF Factory 400V class 380V setting of spare PC board DS1 3 Cooling only Heat ON Cooling only setting pump setting OFF Factory
338. seful accessory tool for service and installation NAME AND FUNCTION OF PARTS See figure 1 and figure 2 Parts and components 1 Outdoor unit 2 Control box EKEQFCB EKEQDCB 3 Air handling unit field supply 4 Controller field supply 5 Field piping field supply 6 Expansion valve kit Wiring connections 7 Outdoor unit power supply 8 Control box wiring Power supply and communication between control box and outdoor unit 9 Air handling unit thermistors 10 Communication between controller and control box 11 Power supply and control wiring for air handling unit and controller power supply is separate from the outdoor unit 12 Air thermistor control for air handling unit 13 Remote control for service only BEFORE INSTALLATION Cautions for selection of the air handling unit See table below for applicable units Select the air handling unit field supply according to the technical data and limitations mentioned below The design pressure of the air handling unit is at least 40 bar Lifetime of the outdoor unit operation range or operation reliability may be influenced if you neglect these limitations Limits for outdoor unit expansion valve kit Outdoor Outdoor unit class EKEXV kit unit class EKEXV kit 100 EKEXV63 125 200 EKEXV100 250 125 EKEXV63 140 250 EKEXV125 250 140 EKEXV80 140 Depending on the heat exchanger a connectable EKEXV expansion valve kit must be
339. setting condition for set item No 12 Setting of external low noise demand operation to YES 2 If necessary while in Setting mode 2 select the set item No 30 Setting of Demand 1 level and then set the setting condition to targeted mode B When the normal demand operation is carried out Use of the external control adapter for outdoor unit is not required 1 While in Setting mode 2 make setting of the set item No 32 Setting of constant demand to ON 2 While in Setting mode 2 select the set item No 30 Setting of Demand 1 level and then set the setting condition to targeted mode 130 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting Image of operation in the case of A Power consumption 4 Rated power consumption 80 of rated power consumption 70 of rated power consumption _ 60 of rated power consumption bia _ Demand level 1 instructing Demand level 2 instructing Demand level 3 instructing Power consumption set by 40 of rated power consumption Forced thermostat OFF Fan operation Image of operation in the case of B Power consumption 4 Rated power consumption 80 of rated power consumption 70 of rated power consumption __ 60 of rated power consumption The power consumption set with Demand 1 level setting The power consumption during the demand level 1 instructing can be set with the Demand 1 level setting 70 of rated
340. sions radios stereos and other similar equipment Failing to do so may cause static or distorted pictures Do not place items under the air handling unit which may be damaged by water Condensation may form if the humidity is above 80 or if the drain outlet gets blocked 9 MAINTENANCE Pay attention to the fan It is dangerous to inspect the unit while the fan is running Be sure to turn off the main switch and to remove the fuses from the control circuit located in the outdoor unit 9 1 Maintenance after a long stop period e g at the beginning of the season Check and remove everything that might be blocking inlet and outlet vents of air handling units and outdoor units Clean air filters and casings of air handling units Refer to the operation manual supplied with the air handling units for details on how to proceed and make sure to install cleaned air filters back in the same position Turn on the power at least 6 hours before operating the unit in order to ensure smoother operation As soon as the power is turned on the remote control displays appear 9 2 Maintenance before a long stop period e g at the end of the season Letthe air handling units run in fan only operation for about half a day in order to dry the interior of the units Refer to 7 1 Cooling heating and fan only operation on page 164 for details on fan only operation Turn off the power The remote control displays
341. state with cylinder in upright position Caution Do not lay cylinder on its side during charging since it causes refrigerant in gas state to enter the system m Handling of cylinders 1 Laws and regulations R 410A is liquefied gas and the High Pressure Gas Safety Law must be observed in handling them Before using refer to the High Pressure Gas Safety Law The Law stipulates standards and regulations that must be followed to prevent accidents with high pressure gases Be sure to follow the regulations 2 Handing of vessels Since R 410A is high pressure gas it is contained in high pressure vessels Although those vessels are durable and strong careless handling can cause damage that can lead to unexpected accidents Do not drop vessels let them fall apply impact or roll them on the ground 3 Storage Although R 410A is not flammable it must be stored in a well ventilated cool and dark place in the same way as any other high pressure gases It should also be noted that high pressure vessels are equipped with safety devices that releases gas when the ambient temperature reaches more than a certain level fusible plug melts and when the pressure exceeds a certain level spring type safety valve operates 278 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 1 3 Service Tools R 410A is used under higher working pressure compared to previous refrigerants R 22 R 407C Further
342. sulation degradation Always use a charge hose for service port connection After tightening the cap check that no refrigerant leaks are present Size of stop valve The sizes of the stop valves connected to the system are as listed in the table below ERQ125 ERQ200 ERQ250 Liquid line stop valve 29 5 Gas line stop valve 15 9 19 1 925 40 The model ERQ250 supports field piping of 22 2 on the accessory pipe supplied with the unit Opening stop valve See figure 23 Service port Cap Hexagon hole Shaft a RO N Seal 1 Remove the cap and turn the valve counterclockwise with the hexagon wrench 2 Turn it until the shaft stops A Do not apply excessive force to the stop valve Doing so may break the valve body as the valve is not a backseat type Always use the special tool 3 Make sure to tighten the cap securely Refer to the table below Tightening torque Nem Turn clockwise to close Hexagonal Stop valve size Valve body wrench Cap valve lid Service port 99 5 5 4 6 6 4 mm 13 5 16 5 15 9 13 5 16 5 6mm 23 0 27 0 11 5 13 9 19 1 27 0 33 0 8mm 22 5 27 5 925 4 Closing stop valve See figure 23 1 Remove the cap and turn the valve clockwise with the hexagon wrench 2 Securely tighten the valve until the shaft contacts the main body seal 3 Make sure to tighten the cap securely For the tightening torque refer to the table
343. sulation sheet EE 2 Rubber sheet 2 Wire to wire splice 0 3 6 Installation and operation 1 manual Screw nut Oy 9 Tie wrap 6 Capacity setting adapter Stopper closing cup Obligatory accessory Expansion valve kit EKEXV Refer to chapter Valve kit installation for installation instructions Optional accessories Remote control 1 NAME AND FUNCTION OF PARTS See figure 1 Parts and components 1 Outdoor unit 2 Control box 3 Air handling unit field supply 4 Field piping field supply 5 Expansion valve kit Wiring connections 6 Outdoor unit power supply 7 Control box wiring Power supply and communication between control box and outdoor unit Air handling unit thermistors Power supply and control wiring for air handling unit and controller power supply is separate from the outdoor unit 10 Air thermistor control for air handling unit 11 Remote control BEFORE INSTALLATION Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit for details on refrigerant piping additional refrigerant charging and inter unit wiring A Since design pressure is 4 MPa or 40 bar pipes of larger wall thickness may be required Refer to paragraph Selection of piping material on page 82 Precautions for R410A The refrigerant requires strict cautions for keeping the system clean dry and tight Clean and dry Foreign materials including mineral oils or moist
344. t fan 114 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Field Setting Setting item Content and objective of setting Overview of setting procedure 1 AHU fan forced m Used to operate the in the stopped m Set No 5 of Setting mode 2 to AHU operation state in forced operation mode forced fan 2 AHU forced m Used to operate the AHU in forced B Set No 6 of Setting mode 2 to AHU operation operation mode forced operation mode Change of targeted evaporating E n cooling operation used to change the 3 temperature targeted evaporating temperature for m B ad low side TI TROU Sor in cooling Z compressor capacity control g control Change of targeted condensing E n heating operation used to change the 4 temperature targeted condensing temperature for x low side with No 9 of in heating Z compressor capacity control g control i m Used to change a temperature at which the 5 defrost defrost operation is initiated thus making slow side with No 10 of the initiation easy or hard g i Setting of m Used to start units not in sequence but 6 sequential startup simultaneously E Set No 11 of Setting mode 2 to NONE o E f the compressor has a failure used to g n prohibit the operation of compressor s ila in Qatti 7 Emergency concerned or outdoor unit s concerned vee operation 1 and to conduct emergency op
345. t immediately because one of its safety devices actuates to prevent the system from being overloaded The system will turn on again automatically after 3 minutes The system does not restart immediately after the power supply is turned on Wait 1 minute until the micro computer is prepared for operation Trouble shooting If one of the following malfunctions occurs take the measures shown below and contact your dealer The system must be repaired by a qualified service person Ifa safety device such as a fuse a breaker or an earth leakage breaker frequently actuates or ON OFF switch does not properly work Turn off the main power switch Ifthe display XX TEST the unit number and the operation lamp flash and the malfunction code appears Notify your dealer and report the malfunction code If the system does not operate properly and none of the above mentioned malfunctions is evident investigate the system according to the following procedures If the system does not operate at all gm Check if there is a power failure Wait until power is restored If power failure occurs during operation the system automatically restarts immediately after the power supply recovers Check if the fuse has blown or breaker has been tripped Change the fuse or set the breaker If the system stops operating after operation is complete Check if the air inlet or outlet of outdoor or air handling unit is blocked by obstacles
346. t jueuoduioo H xx uuee me aiM or n Jojoeuuo Joopino uL w i BEE AW oR 4 im ue Y fis anueg OAM GG pete m 3 E 4 D 3 wi ans Muss J 1 POY 33 NYM LHM 39219 ET Z RELE b E uo siojonpuoo 1eddoo esp 7 gti t a af 3dOINO ndu ZULLNZX amw E C am i Nan k i Tie us L A L dii mE SPEECHES ns e gt w x d t ddO NO uopeiado mo TORO MEX 4 Sa 1 29119 06 m Zale WeX 9 LA NWLX TH ESHALX CUI LEX nex WLX WIL Lee 9H WHO OQ eoueistses SY J y2 1q uue3 iai dl MVM HLA 1 Aejas oneuDeyw Ov ue3 oneuDey EA OV 33O NO 2 NEM Ov smes oneuBey u 6 dev vi nose asn id LW WS esnj Aiddns uolsi Auoo 10J peoq 4 1hdur A01 0 10 LA amp NOEZ 7H0S 59 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 Attention Points ESiEN09 06 4 Attention Points
347. t of low pressure sensor system W Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred The low pressure sensor is connected to X31A of outdoor unit PC board A1P NO gt Connect low pressure sensor properly and restart system relationship between the 1 VL and low pressure is normal see 2 when voltage is measured between X31A pins 2 and 3 of outdoor unit PC board A1P see 1 YES Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P gt Replace the low pressure sensor V2808 1 Voltage measurement point Outdoor unit PC board A2P 45V T X31A 4 5 Q c ES GND EF Black 5 Z 8 Microcomputer 2 White A D a o 2 Measure voltage here V2809 2 Refer to Pressure Sensor Pressure Voltage Characteristics table on P272 222 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 31 LV Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise IL Remote Control L1 Display Applicable 125 250 A7W1 Models Method of Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin Malfunction Detection Malfunction When the temperature of the inverter radiation
348. t sensor is used for temperatures from 21 C to 18 C gt 44 Function ESiEN09 06 Outline of Control Heating 32 Preset temperature Ts 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 Range in which thermostat sensor in remote control can be used KS ARERR Sees f 25 Beaters at LSS RES ERROR CERES attt 0060000 SSS OO EOS eb dr es tt trt UR ahaa a EUR LA EES TTT SR BROCE REN rtt atero en TRI RERNA KA SEILER RR LEE RE EH EE EHE teats Hd EH tt Rb BOERS ROR RN YEYE EF HEROS ata orta Ut 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 When heating the hot air rises to the top of the room resulting in the temperature being lower near the floor where the occupants are When controlling by body thermostat sensor only the unit may therefore be turned off by the thermostat before the lower part of the room reaches the preset temperature The temperature can be controlled so the lower part of the room where the occupants are doesn t become cold by wi
349. tance always use the special tools dedicated for working with R410A refrigerant gm Airightness test NOTE qu Make sure to use nitrogen gas Pressurize the liquid and gas pipes to 4 0 MPa 40 bar do not pressurize more than 4 0 MPa 40 bar If the pressure does not All field wiring and components must be installed by a licensed electrician and must comply with relevant local and national regulations The field wiring must be carried out in accordance with the wiring diagrams and the instructions given below Be sure to use a dedicated power circuit Never use a power supply shared by another appliance This can lead to electric shock or fire Be sure to install an earth leakage circuit breaker Because this unit uses an inverter install an earth leakage circuit breaker that is capable of handling high harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leakage breaker itself Do not operate until refrigerant piping work is completed If operated before completion of the piping work the compressor may break down Never remove a thermistor sensor etc when connecting power wiring and transmission wiring If operated without thermistor compressor may break down sensor etc the The reversed phase protection detector of this product only functions when the product starts up Consequently reversed phase detection is not performed during normal operation of the product The reverse
350. tation or storage V Subcooling heat exchanger AUS hos liquid refrigerant from the electronic expansion valve cooling or _ Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV W Capillary tube compressor E Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the STD1 X Capillary tube compressor 1 Thermistor Outdoor air Ta Used to detect outdoor temperature correct discharge pipe temperature and others 2 R2T Thermistor Suction pipe Ts Used to detect suction pipe temperature Thermistor INV discharge 3 R31T na Tdi pipe Tdi Used to detect discharge pipe temperature make the temperature protection control of Thermistor STD1 discharge compressor and others 4 R32T pipe Tds1 5 R4T Thermistor Heat exchanger Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger determine defrosting deicer Tb operation and others Used to detect gas pipe temperature on the evaporation side of subcooling heat 6 R5T Thermistor ee exchanger keep the superheated degree at the outlet of subcooling heat exchanger ger gas pipe constant and others 7 R6T Thermistor Liquid pipe TI Used to detect liquid pipe temperature Used to detect gas pipe temperature at the accumulator inlet Keep the suction 8 Thermistor Accumulator inlet superheated degree constant in heating operation and others 16 Refrigerant Circuit
351. te timer when the fan stops running The thermostat will not turn ON in one minute due to the temperature while the fan stops W This control shall be disabled at test run both in cooling and heating The test run shall be conducted first Function 47 Outline of Control ESiEN09 06 48 Function ESiEN09 06 Part 5 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 1 Different Systems with their Control Boxes 50 Tali System A PA IRuuu u EN 50 1 2 52 2 GOO unan unum u a sa 55 2 1 X Con trol uuu E 55 2 2 Y9GODlIOl uyu u nanum aa aba as d EORR edu or iii 56 2 9 rie t tede eri taut ut ep Era eR Ew eris Foo er UR d Ru n rw 57 3 Wiring Diagram of Control Box a arrssssssssss 58 S l OX E AEE ES 58 3 2 F D0X2 uuu 59 4 Attention u u uuu uU and durius das dava EREA audiam MEE 60 5 System A EKEQF amp EKEQD box Installation and Operation Manual 61 6 System B EKEQM box Installation and Operation Manual 76 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 49 Different Systems with their Control Boxes ESiEN09 06 1 Different Systems with their Control Boxes For steering a field supply AHU by an outdoor inverter heat pump 2 systems can be used System A PAIR application ERQ outdoor m System B MULTI applicat
352. ted 243 3 43 U4 Malfunction of Transmission Between AHUS 244 3 44 U5 AHU Malfunction of Transmission Between Remote Control and AHU 246 3 45 U9 AHU Malfunction of Transmission Between AHU and Outdoor Units in the Same 247 3 46 UA Improper Combination of AHU and Outdoor Units AHUs and Remote Controle eed lp m dau E 248 3 47 UF System is not Set yet 250 3 48 UH Malfunction of System Refrigerant System Address Undefined 251 Table of Contents ESiEN09 06 4 Troubleshooting OP Unified ON OFF Controller 253 4 1 Operation Lamp 253 Part 9 Appendix 259 A PUIG aksa asa 260 a dide a aun Sma ORA 260 2 Wiring Diagrams for Reference 263 2 1 Outdoor Unit uu soceri exe ra Uo ventas eR prag 263 2 2 Field Wlirltig ario o vox v bk tea d Ug uva a 266 3 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 267 Set Outdoor teer p 267 A EISE Pe ee een 269 5 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics 270 O Pressure Senso
353. tee that interference will not occur in a particular installation It is therefore recommended to install the equipment and electric wires keeping proper distances away from stereo equipment personal computers etc See figure 3 Personal computer or radio Fuse Earth leakage breaker Remote control Cool heat selector Air handling unit Control box WOW N Expansion valve kit In places with weak reception keep distances of 3 m or more to avoid electromagnetic disturbance of other equipment and use conduit tubes for power and transmission lines In heavy snowfall areas select an installation site where snow will not affect the operation of the unit The refrigerant R410A itself is nontoxic nonflammable and is safe If the refrigerant should leak however its concentration may exceed the allowable limit depending on room size Due to this it could be necessary to take measures against leakage Refer to the chapter Caution for refrigerant leaks Do not install in the following locations e Locations where sulfurous acids and other corrosive gases may present in the atmosphere Copper piping and soldered joints may corrode causing refrigerant to leak Locations where a mineral oil mist spray or vapour may be present in the atmosphere Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or causing water leakage Locations where equipment that produces electro magnetic waves is found The
354. th the hydrofluorocarbon collection and destruction regulations Operation manual DAIKIN ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B 168 Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 ESiEN09 06 Part 8 Troubleshooting 1 Symptom based Troubleshooting 171 2 Troubleshooting by Remote Control 174 21 The INSPECTION TEST 174 2 2 Self diagnosis by Wired Remote Control s 175 2 3 Remote Control Service 176 2 4 Remote Control Self Diagnosis Function 178 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 185 3 1 AO AHU Error of External Protection 185 32 AT AHU PC Board Defect 186 3 3 AHU Malfunction of Drain Level Control System S1L 187 3 4 AHU Fan Motor M1F Lock Overload 189 3 5 A9 AHU Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve ret 190 3 6 AF AHU Drain Level above Limit 192 3 7 AJ Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device 193 3 8 C4 Malfunction of Thermistor R2T
355. the casing ERQ125 250A7W1B DAIKIN Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 Installation manual 145 3 Piping connections 4 2 How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged See figure 10 Additional refrigerant to be charged R kg gm Front connection R should be rounded off in units of 0 1 kg Remove the stop valve cover to connect R Total length m of liquid piping size at 9 5 x0 059 Bottom connection Determine the weight of refrigerant to be charged additionally Remove the knock holes on the bottom frame and route the referring to the item Additional refrigerant charge on page 154 piping under the bottom frame and fill in the amount on the fluorinated greenhouse gas label A Front connection 4 3 Diameters Remove the stop valve cover to connect B Bottom connection Piping size mm Remove the knock holes on the bottom frame and route the piping Outdoor unit type Gas under the bottom frame 125 015 9 29 5 1 Gas pipe stop valve 2 Liquid pipe stop valve 200 219 1 29 5 3 Service port for adding refrigerant 250 022 2 09 5 4 Gas side accessory pipe 1 5 Gas side accessory pipe 2 6 5 Protection against contamination when installing 6 Liquid side accessory pipe 1 pipes 7 Liquid side accessory pipe 2 Take measures to prevent foreign materials like moisture and 8 Brazing contamination from mixing into the system 9 Gas side piping field sup
356. the air handling unit fan keeps operating In these cases contact your dealer Installation and operation manual DAIKIN EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 MAINTENANCE NOTES A Only a qualified service person is allowed to perform maintenance Before obtaining access to terminal devices all power supply circuits must be interrupted Water or detergent may deteriorate the insulation of electronic components and result in burn out of these components DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Dismantling of the unit treatment of the refrigerant of oil and of other parts must be done in accordance with relevant local and national legislation EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units DAIKIN Installation and operation manual with field supplied air handling units 75 4PW52446 1 System B EKEQM box Installation and Operation Manual ESiEN09 06 6 System B EKEQM box Installation and Operation Manual 76 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 DAIKIN y INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with EKEQMCBV3 field supplied air handling units Installation and operation manual Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units Installations und Bedienungsanleitung Erweiterungsbausatz f
357. the electrical characteristics normal control Faulty control PCB lt s the pressure value checked with the Service Checker Faulty high corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor pressure i i i i i EN Faulty AHU Faulty valve coil lt Are the coll resistance and insulation motorized normal valve Faulty valve body Faulty high pressure sensor lt Are the electrical characteristics normal In heating If the AHU electronic Faulty Faulty AHU liquid 15 the connector properly connected j i i i isti expansion valve excessively control pipe thermistor Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal throttled See 2 Faulty control PCB 15 the pressure value checked with the Service y Checker corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor TT 7 In cooling Al Short circuit ls the suction air temperature not more than 43 C 1 g Sal on x Is the outdoor temperature not more than 43 C High suction emperature o air outdoor unit NA High ambient temperature temperature of the High suction Short circuit lt ls the suction air temperature not more than 27 C condenser air temperature of AHU High ambient temperature ls the indoor temperature not more than 27 C Is the connector properly connected Faully suction air thermistor of AHU Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal In heating High suction air temperature of outdoor unit lt s the
358. the outdoor temperature is low this mode provides high pressure control using the outdoor unit fan to retain appropriate liquid pressure thus ensuring refrigerant circulation rate to be supplied to AHU Upper limit of fan revolutions Step 8 Pc lt 2 75MPa Pc gt 3 24MPa Upper limit of outdoor unit fan revolutions PI control For fan revolutions in each step refer to information on page 107 y Lapse of 20 sec 1 step on outdoor unit fan PI control Hold the current step on outdoor unit fan PI control lt 1 step on outdoor unit fan Lapse of 20 sec 28 Function ESiEN09 06 Special Control 3 Special Control 3 1 Startup Control This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the startup of the compressor thus reducing startup loads Furthermore the inverter is turned ON to charge the capacitor In addition to avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup the following control is made and the position of the four way valve is also determined To position the four way valve the master and slave units simultaneously start up 3 1 4 Startup Control in Cooling Operation m Thermostat ON Pressure equalization Startup control model control prior to startup STEP1 STE
359. tic low noise operation mode m Make this setting while in Setting mode 2 Select a mode with No 22 of Setting mode Start Possible to selectintherangeof gt 20 00 to 24 00 hours D End time Possible to select in the range of Select the start time with No 26 and the c 06 00 to 08 00 hours s eC susu Use the said time as a guide since the aa ie aa XUI start time and the end time are estimated g D according to outdoor temperatures m Used to place limits on the compressor E For setting with the use of external control rers nd frequency to RM the upper ea imit of power consumption etthe system to External control adapter 1 Mode 1 of Demand 1 60 or less of for outdoor unit with No 12 of Setting Setting of demand rating mode 2 and select the mode with No 30 operation 1 2 Mode 2 of Demand 1 70 or less of For setting only in Setting mode 2 ratin 3 a Modo 3 of Demand 1 80 or less of Set the system to Normal demand mode rating with No 32 of Setting mode 2 and select 4 Demand 2 40 or less of rating the mode with No 30 m Make this setting to operate a system with diffuser duct while in high static pressure Setting of high mode Use this setting mode when shields Qatti static pressure are installed on upper floors or balconies E Set No 18 of Setting mode 2 to ON In order to mount the diffuser duct remove the cover from the outdoor uni
360. times within 30 min the malfunction code E4 is output Low pressure not limited Pe LP pressure sensor detection value for outdoor unit A Hot gas SVP OFF Pe 0 17MPa men Pe gt 0 23 MPa Pe lt 0 12MPa Pe gt 0 17MPa INV upper limit frequency amp ae 3 step down from current INV upper limit Hz MAX compressor frequency v After 10 sec or gas B Pe 0 17MPa Pe gt 0 20MPa ae Low pressure limited gt INV upper limit frequency 1 step Pe lt 0 13MPa up from current compressor After 15 sec frequency After 10 sec p 52 Hz OFF OFF Pe lt 0 07MPa Low pressure standby gt When occurring 4 times within 30 min the malfunction code E4 is output Function 37 Protection Control ESiEN09 06 4 3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature against a malfunction or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature INV compressor Normal operation HTdi Value of INV compressor discharge pipe temperature Tdi compensated with HTdi gt 115 C outdoor air temperature of Tp gt 135 C Tp Value of compressor port temperature HTdi lt 100 C calculated by Tc and Te and suction INV upper limit frequency Tp lt 110 C superheated degree
361. ting Abnormal piping length lt Does the piping length fall in the permissible range High pipe Bent or crashed pipe lt Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions resistance Clogging of foreign particles lt 15 there any temperature difference caused before and after the filter or branch pipe Less Stop valve closed lt Check to be sure the stop valve is open circulation quantity of Inadequate refrigerant quantity lt Refer to UO Outdoor unit Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure Moisture choke Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation lt 15 the heat exchanger clogged Degradation evaporator g condensing lt the fan motor be rotated with hands Faulty fan motor capacity Decreased y Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal fan output Decreased Faulty control PCB f a spare PCB is mounted is the capacity fan airflow Including capacity setting setting properly made rate High air passage Dirty filter lt s the air filter clogged resistance Obstacle lt 15 there any obstacle the air passage 1 For details of the compressor capacity control while in cooling refer to Compressor PI Control 2 The low pressure protection control includes low pressure protection control and hot gas bypass control For details refer to Low Pressure Protection Control 3 In cooling the
362. tion Are the stop valves opened NO gt Open stop valve Is the check operation carried out AHU outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring YES Replace AHU PC board Is AHU outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring normal gt After fixing incorrect wiring push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds The unit will not run for up to 12 minutes gt Wiring check operation may not have been carried out successfully V2830 n Note Wiring check operation may not be successful if carried out after the outdoor unit has been off for more than 12 hours or if it is not carried out after running all connected AHUs in the fan mode for at least an hour 250 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 48 UH Malfunction of System Refrigerant System Address Undefined Remote Control Display Applicable All models of AHUs Models ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Method of Detect an AHU with no address setting Malfunction Detection Malfunction The malfunction decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected Decision Conditions Supposed m Improper connection of transmission wiring between AHU outdoor units and outdoor Causes outdoor units Defect of AHU PC board W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P Troubl
363. tion Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All AHU models Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by gas pipe thermistor When the gas pipe thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running W Defect of AHU thermistor R3T for gas pipe W Defect of AHU PC board A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Remove the thermistor from the AHU PC board and then insert it again Is the thermistor normal NO Remove the thermistor from the AHU PC board and then make resistance measurement of the thermistor using a multiple meter YES gt Normal The malfunction is caused by faulty contact NO 5 to 90 kO Replace the thermistor R3T YES Replace the AHU PC board Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 Troubleshooting 195 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 10 C9 AHU Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Suction Air Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All AHU models Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by suction air temperature thermistor When the sucti
364. tion of Drain Level Control System S1L Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes AHU By float switch OFF detection When rise of water level is not a condition and the float switch goes OFF 220 240V power supply is not provided Defect of float switch or short circuit connector Defect of drain pump Drain clogging upward slope etc Defect of AHU PC board Loose connection of connector Troubleshooting 187 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred S power supply 220 240V provided The float switch is connected to X8A of the AHU PC board The float switch contact is forming a short circuit continuity check with X8A or X15A disconnected Water builds up in the drain pan The drain pump is connected to X25A or NO connector is connected to normal when X8A of the AHU PC board is short switch functions normally terminals Y1 and Y2 of the AHU PC board The drain pump works when YES the power supply is reset for the AHU The voltage of terminals Y1 and 2 X25A is 220 240 VN NO within 5 minutes of resetting the power s
365. tions comply with specifications The unit may malfunction or components may burn out Are wiring and piping correct The unit may malfunction or components may burn out Is the unit safely grounded Dangerous at electric leakage EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Installation and operation manual DAIKIN Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 VALVE KIT INSTALLATION Cautions for brazing Mechanical installation Be sure to carry out a nitrogen blow when brazing Brazing without carrying out nitrogen replacement or releasing 1 Remove the valve kit box cover by unscrewing 4x M5 nitrogen into the piping will create large quantities of oxidized film on the inside of the pipes adversely affecting valves and 2 Drill 4 holes on correct position measurements as indicated in compressors in the refrigerating system and preventing normal figure below and fix the valve kit box securely with 4 screws operation through the provided holes 9 mm B When brazing while inserting nitrogen into the piping nitrogen must be set to 0 02 MPa with a pressure reducing valve just NOTE Make sure that the expansion valve is installed enough so that it can be felt on the skin vertically 1 2 3 4 5 Make sure there is enough free space for future maintenance O Brazing work 6 For details see manual of th
366. to information on page 270 remove the causes by which the low pressure has become low 1 Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the pressure gauge As to the voltage of the pressure sensor make measurement of voltage at the connector and then convert it to pressure according to information on Pressure 2 Make a comparison between the low pressure value checked with the Service Checker and the voltage of the pressure sensor see 1 3 Make measurement of voltage a thie pressure sensor Connector for low pressure sensor Blue 4 Red 3 Black Low Micro controller pressure input 2 White sensor 1 Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires 202 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 15 ES Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Motor Lock i Remote Control LI Display Applicable ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Models Method of Inverter PC board takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and Malfunction compressor and the malfunction is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phase Detection current waveform Malfunction This malfunction will be output when the inverter compressor motor does not start up even in Decision forced startup mode Conditions Supposed Inverter compressor lock Causes High dif
367. trogen 80 must be set to 0 02 MPa with a pressure reducing valve just 100 0715 9 enough so that it be felt the skin 125 9 52 1 2 3 140 200 219 1 250 022 2 lt 6 HHI Selection of piping material 1 Refrigerant piping 1 Foreign materials inside pipes including oils for fabrication 2 Part to be brazed must be 30 mg 10 m or less PM M 3 Taping 2 Use the following material specification for refrigerant piping omi EE Construction material phosphoric acid deoxidized seamless 5 Pressure reducing valve copper for refrigerant 6 Nitrogen W Temper grade use piping with temper grade in function of the pipe diameter as listed in the table below For details see manual of the outdoor unit lt 15 9 219 1 1 2H O Annealed 1 2H Half hard W The pipe thickness of the refrigerant piping should comply with relevant local and national regulations The minimal pipe thickness for R410A piping must be in accordance with the table below 6 4 0 80 9 5 0 80 12 7 0 80 15 9 0 99 19 1 0 80 22 2 0 80 3 In case the required pipe sizes inch sizes are not available it is also allowed to use other diameters mm sizes taken the following into account W select the pipe size nearest to the required size W use the suitable adapters for the change over from inch to mm pipes field supply EKEQMCBV3 Installation and operation manual DAIKIN Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field suppli
368. ts and components 1 Outdoor unit 2 Control box 3 Air handling unit field supply 4 Remote control standard 5 Field piping field supply 6 Expansion valve kit Wiring connections 7 Outdoor unit power supply 8 Control box wiring Power supply and communication between control box and outdoor unit 9 Air handling unit thermistors 10 Communication between controller and control box 11 Power supply and control wiring for air handling unit and controller power supply is separate from the outdoor unit 12 Air thermistor control for air handling unit 13 Controller field supply 14 Remote control optional for service only For more details refer to the manual of the control box ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 DAIKIN Operation manual 163 4 REMOTE CONTROL Refer to the operation manual of the remote control b CHANGEOVER SWITCH NAME AND FUNCTION OF EACH SWITCH See figure 3 1 FAN ONLY AIR CONDITIONING SELECTOR SWITCH Set the switch to e2 for fan only operation or to B for heating or cooling operation 2 COOL HEAT CHANGEOVER SWITCH Set the switch to 5 for cooling or to 9 for heating operation 6 OPERATION RANGE Operation range Use the system in the following temperature and humidity ranges for safe and effective operation ERQ125 250_W1 ERQ100 140_V1 Outdoor 5 43 C DB 20 21 DB 5 46 C DB 20 24 c DB te
369. u unn aa 67 Installation of the electrical control box 68 Electric wiring work ss 68 Installation of thermistors 71 Refrigerant piping work 72 Test operation 72 Operation and maintenance 72 What to do before 72 Operation and display signals 74 Troubleshooting 74 me 75 Disposal 75 READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION IMPROPER INSTALLATION OR ATTACHMENT OF EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES COULD RESULT IN ELECTRIC SHOCK SHORT CIRCUIT LEAKS FIRE OR OTHER DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT BE SURE ONLY TO USE ACCESSORIES MADE BY DAIKIN WHICH ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR USE WITH THE EQUIPMENT AND HAVE THEM INSTALLED BY A PROFESSIONAL IF UNSURE OF INSTALLATION PROCEDURES OR USE ALWAYS CONTACT YOUR DAIKIN DEALER FOR ADVICE AND INFORMATION The English text is the original instruction Other languages are translations of the original instructions Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units Installation and operation manual INTRODUCTION A Only opti
370. uge on the high pressure service port Connect the Service Checker Reset the operation using the remote control and then restart the operation Is the HPS operating value normal i e 4 0MPa Does the stop due to malfunction E3 recur Replace the HPS characteristics of the high pressure sensor normal gt Replace the high pressure sensor s the pressure detected with the PCB normal See 2 NO Replace the main PCB The high pressure sensor is normal and the pressure detected with the PCB is also normal The high pressure has really become high Referring to information on page 268 remove the causes b Sl which the high pressure has become high T 1 Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the pressure gauge As to the voltage of the pressure sensor make measurement of voltage at the connector and then convert it to pressure according to information on Pressure Sensor 2 Make a comparison between the high pressure value checked with the Service Checker and the voltage of the pressure sensor see 1 3 Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor pressure sensor Red Connector for high 4 Red 3 Black High TE pressure 2 sensor A D input 1 White Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires 200 Trou
371. unit PC board V Conduct check operations M Check for normal operation O Be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before starting operation to protect compressors to power on clankcase heater O Check to be sure the transmission is normal The transmission is normal if the LEDs display conditions as shown in table below LED display OON e OFF Blinking Micro COOL HEAT select LED display computer MODE TEST Low emand Multi Default status before operation IND sca noise delivery monitor STER S HAP 1 H2P HPP H6P One outdoor unit installed e e The check operations shown below will be automatically initiated Check for erroneous wirings Check for failure to open stop valves Check for excessive refrigerant refilling Automatic judgment of piping length O Before starting the normal operation after the completion of check operations make sure AHU and outdoor unit normally operate 92 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Test Operation 1 2 3 Air Tight Test and Vacuum Drying Note Always use nitrogen gas for the airtightness test W Absolutely do not open the shutoff valve until the main power circuit insulation measurement has been completed measuring after the shutoff valve is opened will cause the insulation value to drop 1 2 3 1 Preparations Need
372. upply gt Provide 220 240V power supply Connect either a short circuit connector or float switch and turn on again Defect of AHU PC board Loose connection of connector Replace float switch Modify the float switch s connection and turn on again Connect the drain pump and turn on again Check the drain piping for clogging or upward slope etc Replace AHU PC board Replace the drain pump or check for dirt etc V2778 188 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control U Fan Motor M1F Lock Overload 3 4 AH Remote Control Display Applicable All AHUs Models Method of Detection by failure of signal for detecting number of turns to come from the fan motor Malfunction Detection Malfunction When number of turns can t be detected even when output voltage to the fan is maximum Decision Conditions Supposed m Fan motor lock Causes m Disconnected or faulty wiring between fan motor and PC board Troubleshooting A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred fan motor securely NO onnected to connectors o the AHU PC board Wiring between the AHU YES PC board and fan motor is disconnected Does the fan YES motor run NO gt Connect the wiring and turn on again Fix the wiring and
373. ure should be prevented from getting mixed into the system Tight Read Piping installation on page 81 carefully and follow these procedures correctly Since R410A is a mixed refrigerant the required additional refrigerant must be charged in its liquid state If the refrigerant is in state of gas its composition changes and the System will not work properly B The connected air handling units must have heat exchangers designed exclusively for R410A Cautions for selection of the air handling unit Select the air handling unit field supply according to the technical data and limitations mentioned in Table 1 Lifetime of the outdoor unit operation range or operation reliability may be influenced if you neglect these limitations This control box can only be used in heat pump applications NOTE B For maximum number of indoor units see the qu outdoor unit specifications ifthe total capacity of the connected indoor units exceeds the capacity of the outdoor unit cooling and heating performance may drop when running the indoor units Refer to the section on performance charac teristics in the Engineering Data Book for details The capacity class of the air handling unit is determined by the selection of the expansion valve kit according to Table 1 Depending on the heat exchanger a connectable EKEXV expansion valve kit must be selected to these limitations Table 1 Allowed
374. ure to turn the power on at least 6 hours before operation in order to have power running to the crank case heater STEP3 Check the LED display on the outdoor unit PC board A1P is as shown in the table below and transmission is normal SERV TEST C H SELECTOR DE LED display MODE L N O P AND MULTI Default status of shipped IND MASTERSLAVE HAP 1 H2P H4P H5P H6P H7P H8P Single system T x e e e e e LED display e OFF lt ON xk Blinking STEP4 Make the onsite settings as needed using the push button BS1 BS5 on the outdoor unit PC board A1P with the power on STEP5 Perform the check operation following the Check Operation Method of the Service Precautions label on the EL COMPO BOX lid The system operation for about 40 minutes and automatically stops the check operation If the malfunction code is not displayed in the remote control after the system stop check operation is completed Normal operation will be possible after 5 minutes If the malfunction code is displayed in the remote control correct the malfunction following Remote control displays malfunction code and perform the check operation again Test Operation 99 Test Operation ESiEN09 06 Remote control displays malfunction code Installation error Remedial action E3 E4 A The shutoff valve of the
375. voltage 11 J2 N3 2 to 15kQ 11 J2 N3 12V due to capacitor 12 J3 N3 12 J3 N3 including charge or else 274 Appendix ESiEN09 06 Part 10 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 1 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 276 1 1 STi ET 276 1 2 Refrigerant Cylinder upas sauna apuqa 278 TODIS etre ener ener errr reer S yaa s 279 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 275 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 06 1 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 1 4 Outline 1 1 1 About Refrigerant R 410A m Characteristics of new refrigerant R 410A 1 Performance Almost the same performance as R 22 and R 407C 2 Pressure Working pressure is approx 1 4 times more than R 22 and R 407C 3 Refrigerant composition Few problems in composition control since it is a Quasi azeotropic mixture refrigerant HFC units Units using new refrigerants HCFC units Refrigerant name R 407C R 410A R 22 Non azeotropic mixture Quasi azeotropic mixture Composing ofHFC32 125 and of HFC32 and 125 Single component HFC134a 1 1 g 3 2 MPa gauge pressure 4 0 MPa gauge pressure 2 75MPa gauge pressure Design pressure Z 32 6 kgf cm 40 8 kgf cm 28 0 kgf cm Refrigerant oil Synthetic oil Ether Mineral oil Suniso Ozone destruction factor ODP
376. w oppositely into the system while the pump is not working Connecting the refrigerant piping Front connection or side connection Installation of refrigerant piping is possible as front connection or side connection when taken out from the bottom as shown in the figure Installation manual DAIKIN 144 ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 1 Left side connection 2 Front connection 3 Right side connection NOTE Precautions when knocking out knock holes WU m E B Be sure to avoid damaging the casing After knocking out the holes we recommend you remove the burrs and paint the edges and areas around the edges using the repair paint to prevent rusting When passing electrical wiring through the knock holes wrap the wiring with protective tape to prevent damage 2 Removing the pinched piping See figure 9 Any gas or oil remaining inside the stop valve may blow off the pinched piping Failure to observe the instructions in procedure below properly may result in property damage or personal injury which may be serious depending on the circumstances A 1 Use the following procedure to remove the pinched piping Remove the valve lid and make sure that the stop valves are fully closed M o s 2 Connect a charge hose to service ports of all stop valves 3 Recover gas and oil from the pinched piping by using a r
377. when the fan is being used also Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 216 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 25 JS Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R2T R7T for Suction Pipe Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 250 A7W1 Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the suction pipe temperature thermistor When a short circuit or an open circuit in the suction pipe temperature thermistor is detected W Defect of thermistor R2T R7T for outdoor unit suction pipe W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P W Defect of thermistor connection A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector is connected to NO X30A of outdoor unit PC gt Connect the connector and turn on board A1P again YES esistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor R2T R7T from the outdoor unit PC board 1 8kQ to 800kQ NO gt Replace the thermistor R2T YES gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3073 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 Troubleshooting 217 Troubleshoot
378. wice and then change to 00 zNormal the Unit No will change to 0 and the operation mode will automatically switch from check mode to normal mode displaying the set temperature Troubleshooting 175 Troubleshooting by Remote Control ESiEN09 06 2 3 Remote Control Service Mode How to Enter the Service Mode Normal operation mode gt Field set mode Service mode c the lt button for 4 seconds or one P the button for 4 seconds or longer Service Mode Operation Method VFO20 1 Select the mode No Set the desired mode No with the button For infrared remote control Mode 43 only can be set 2 Return to the normal operation mode Push button one time TES 176 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Remote Control Mode No Function Contents and operation method Remote control display example Malfunction history display Display malfunction history The history No can be changed with the button Unit 1 119 Malfunction code 2 04 Malfunction code Hystory No 1 9 1 Latest VE007 lt Display of sensor and address data Display various types of data Select the data to be displayed with the button Sensor data 0 Thermostat sensor in remote control 1 Suction or level if DDC co
379. wire to the plastic bracket using a field supplied clamp to prevent external force being applied to the terminal N 9 Clamp field supply 10 Cup washer 11 When connecting the earth wire it is recommended to perform curling When routing ground wires secure clearance of 50 mm or more away from compressor lead wires Failure to observe this instruction properly may adversely effect correct operation of other units connected to the same ground When connecting the power supply cord the earth connection must be made before the current carrying connections are established When disconnecting the power supply cord the current carrying connections must be separated before the earth connection is Length of the conductors between the power supply cord anchorage and the terminal block itself must be such that the current carrying conductors are tautened before the earthing conductor is in case the power supply cord is pulled loose from the cord anchorage Precautions when laying power wiring Do not connect wiring of different thicknesses to the power terminal block Slack in the power wiring may cause abnormal heat W When connecting wiring which is the same thickness do as shown in the figure below ee eem e O x X For wiring use the designated power wire and connect firmly then secure to prevent outside pressure being exerted on the terminal board Use an appropriate screwdriv
380. without a door or where there are openings above and below the door which are each equivalent in size to 0 1596 or more of the floor area 3 Calculating the refrigerant density using the results of the calculations in steps 1 and 2 above total volume of refrigerant in the refrigerant system maximum concentration level size m of smallest kglm room in which there is an air handling unit installed If the result of the above calculation exceeds the maximum concentration level then make similar calculations for the second then third smallest room and so until the result falls short of the maximum concentration 4 Dealing with the situations where the result exceeds the maximum concentration level Where the installation of a facility results in a concentration in excess of the maximum concentration level then it will be necessary to revise the system Please consult your supplier 15 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Dismantling of the unit treatment of the refrigerant of oil and of other parts must be done in accordance with relevant local and national legislation ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51323 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 159 DAIKIN y OPERATION MANUAL Inverter condensing unit Operation manual Inverter condensing unit English Bedienungsanleitung Deutsch Invertierer Verfl ssiger Manuel d utilisation 4 Fran ais Groupe condenseur inverter Gebruiksaanwijzing
381. xpansion valve EKEQMCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units DAIKIN Installation and operation manual with field supplied air handling units 85 4PW52447 1 INSTALLATION OF THERMISTORS Refrigerant thermistors Location of the thermistor A correct installation of the thermistors is required to ensure a good operation 1 Liquid R2T Install the thermistor behind the distributor on the coldest pass of the heat exchanger contact your heat exchanger dealer Gas R3T Install the thermistor at the outlet of the heat exchanger as close as possible to the heat exchanger Evaluation must be done to check if the air handling unit is protected against freeze up Execute test operation and check for freeze up 1 Liquid R2T Gas R3T Fixation of the thermistor Installation of the thermistor cable Put the thermistor cable in a separate protective tube Always add a pull relief to the thermistor cable to avoid strain on the thermistor cable and loosening of the thermistor Strain on the thermistor cable or loosening of the thermistor may result in bad contact and incorrect temperature measurement Put the thermistor wire slightly down to avoid water accumulation on top of the thermistor L J good contact between thermistor and air handling unit Put the top of the thermistors on the air handling unit this is the most sensitive point of th
382. xperience and knowledge unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance Installation and operation manual DAIKIN EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 INSTALLATION For installation of the air handling unit refer to the air handling unit installation manual Never operate the air conditioner with the discharge pipe thermistor R3T suction pipe thermistor R2T and pressure sensors S1NPH S1NPL removed Such operation may burn out the compressor The equipment is not intended for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere ACCESSORIES EKEQFCB EKEQDCB Thermistor R1T w 1 Thermistor R3T R2T a 2 2 5 m cable Insulation sheet Rubber sheet Wire to wire splice Installation and operation manual D 7 8 Screw nut Oy Tie wrap Capacity setting adapter T Stopper closing cup 0 2 Obligatory accessory EKEQFCB Expansion valve kit EKEXV EKEQDCB Refer to chapter Valve kit installation on page 67 for installation instructions Optional accessories EKEQFCB EKEQDCB Remote control 10 1 Not required for operation only u
383. y Indication on the Remote Control ESiEN09 06 3 8 CH AHU Malfunction of Thermistor R2T for Heat Exchanger Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All AHU models Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by heat exchanger thermistor When the heat exchanger thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running W Defect of thermistor R2T for liquid pipe W Defect of AHU PC board A Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Remove the thermistor from the AHU PC board and then insert it again Is the thermistor normal NO Remove the thermistor from the AHU PC board and then make resistance measurement of the thermistor using a multiple meter YES gt Normal The malfunction is caused by faulty contact 5 kQ to 90 kQ Replace the thermistor R2T YES Replace the AHU PC board Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P270 194 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 06 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control 3 9 CS AHU Malfunction of Thermistor R3T for Gas Pipes Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunc
384. yout 105 P PC Board Defect 186 198 Piping DIagratms inne nho hern RA 260 Outdoor Unit 260 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure 240 Pressure Sensor 272 R Refrigerant Overcharged 212 Remote Controller Self Diagnosis Function 178 Remote Controller Service Mode 176 Reverse Phase Open Phase 239 RXYQTOP 12P icai nete neis 20 PA YO OP 2 Em 18 RAY Q8P aE 19 s Self diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller 175 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand ieu 128 Image of operation in the case of A 129 131 Image of operation in the case of A and B 129 Drawings amp Flow Charts ESiEN09 06 131 Image of operation in the case of B 129 131 Simplified Remote Controller 107 BRC2A51 BRC2C51 107 System is not Set yet 250 T Test Operation 90 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller 44 44 Heating cad 45 TORQUE WrerlCh uuu rhet 281 Troubleshooting Unified ON OFF Controller 253 Troubleshooting by Remote Control

Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents